Honda Civic Sedan 2009 - Usuario - Eng

Main Menu
Introduction
Congratulations! Your selection of a 2009 Honda Civic was a wise investment. As you read this manual, you will
It will give you years of driving pleasure. find information that is preceded by
a symbol. This
One of the best ways to enhance the enjoyment of your new vehicle is to information is intended to help you
read this manual. In it, you will learn how to operate its driving controls and avoid damage to your vehicle, other
convenience items. Afterwards, keep this owners manual in your vehicle so property, or the environment.
you can refer to it at any time.
Several warranties protect your new vehicle. Read the warranty booklet
thoroughly so you understand the coverages and are aware of your rights
and responsibilities.
Maintaining your vehicle according to the maintenance minder shown in the

instrument panel helps to keep your driving trouble-free while it preserves
your investment. When your vehicle needs maintenance, keep in mind that
your dealers staff is specially trained in servicing the many systems unique
to your vehicle. Your dealer is dedicated to your satisfaction and will be
pleased to answer any questions and concerns.
i
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Introduction
California Proposition 65 Warning
WARNING: This product contains or emits chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
Event Data Recorders

This vehicle is equipped with one or more devices commonly referred to as event data recorders. These
devices record front seat belt use, front passenger seat occupancy, airbag deployment data, and the failure
of any airbag system component. This data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else
except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders

This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data
can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may
also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential.
ii
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
is very important. And operating this including:
vehicle safely is an important
responsibility. Safety Labels on the vehicle.
Safety Messages preceded by a safety alert symbol and one of
To help you make informed three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
decisions about safety, we have These signal words mean:
provided operating procedures and
other information on labels and in You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY
this manual. This information alerts HURT if you dont follow instructions.
you to potential hazards that could
hurt you or others. You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY
HURT if you dont follow instructions.
Of course, it is not practical or
possible to warn you about all the You CAN be HURT if you dont follow
hazards associated with operating or instructions.
maintaining your vehicle. You must
use your own good judgement. Safety Headings such as Important Safety Reminders or Important
Safety Precautions.
Safety Section such as Driver and Passenger Safety.
Instructions how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information please read it
carefully.
iii
2009 Civic Coupe
2009 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual
Contents
Owner's Identification Form
Introduction .......................................................................................................................................................... i
A Few Words About Safety .............................................................................................................................. iii
Your Vehicle at a Glance (main controls) .................................................................................................... 3
Driver and Passenger Safety (seat belts, SRS, and child protection) .................................................... 5
Instruments and Controls (indicators, gauges, dashboard, and steering column) ................................ 53
Features (heating and cooling, audio, steering wheel, security, cruise control, and other convenience items) ............ 115
Before Driving (fuel, vehicle break-in, and cargo loading) ...................................................................... 263
Driving (engine and transmission operation) ................................................................................................ 279
Maintenance (minder, fluid checking, minor services, and vehicle storage)........................................... 301
Taking Care of the Unexpected (flat tire, dead battery, overheating, and fuses) ............................. 349
Technical Information (vehicle specifications, tires, and emissions controls) ....................................... 373
Warranty and Customer Relations (U. S. and Canada only) (warranty and contact information) ... 391
Authorized Manuals (U. S. only) (how to order) ......................................................................................... 395
Index ............................................................................................................................... ........................................ I
Service Information Summary ( fluid capacities and tire pressures)
00X31-SVA-6300 1

Main Menu
Overview of Contents
Contents Before Driving Warranty and Customer

A convenient reference to the What gasoline to use, how to break- Relations
sections in this manual. in your new vehicle, and how to load (U.S. and Canada only)
luggage and other cargo. A summary of the warranties
Your Vehicle at a Glance covering your new vehicle, and how
A quick reference to the main Driving to contact us for any reason. Refer to
controls in your vehicle. The proper way to start the engine, your warranty manual for detailed
shift the transmission, and park. information.
Driver and Passenger Safety
Important information about the Maintenance Authorized Manuals
proper use and care of your vehicles The maintenance minder shows you (U.S. only)
seat belts, an overview of the when you need to take your vehicle How to order manuals and other
supplemental restraint system, and to the dealer for maintenance service. technical literature.
valuable information on how to There is also a list of things to check
protect children with child restraints. and instructions on how to check Index
them.
Instruments and Controls Service Information Summary
Explains the purpose of each Taking Care of the Unexpected A summary of the information you
instrument panel indicator and gauge, This section covers several problems need when you pull up to the fuel
and how to use the controls on the motorists sometimes experience, pump.
dashboard and steering column. and details how to handle them.
Features Technical Information

How to operate the heating and air ID numbers, dimensions, capacities,
conditioning system, the audio and technical information.
system, and other convenience
features.
2
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Your Vehicle at a Glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL HAZARD WARNING MOONROOF SWITCH (P.104)

INDICATORS (P.55, 56) BUTTON (P.75)

GAUGES (P.65) CLOCK (P.222)
DRIVERS FRONT AIRBAG

(P.9, 23)
PASSENGERS FRONT

AIRBAG (P.9, 23)
MIRROR CONTROLS
(P.106)
AUDIO SYSTEM
(P.121)
POWER DOOR LOCK
MASTER SWITCH
(P.81)
HEATING/COOLING
POWER WINDOW CONTROLS
SWITCHES (P.116)
(P.102)
HOOD RELEASE
HANDLE
(P.266)
FUEL FILL DOOR/ SEAT HEATER ACCESSORY POWER AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
TRUNK RELEASE HANDLE SWITCHES SOCKETS (P.110) (P.286)
(P.265, 91) (P.101) MANUAL TRANSMISSION
USB ADAPTER CABLE (P.283)
A/T model without navigation system is shown. (P.142, 152, 195, 206)
: If equipped
3
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
HEADLIGHTS/FOG LIGHTS3/ WINDSHIELD WIPERS/WASHERS

TURN SIGNALS (P.72, 73) (P.71) PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF
INDICATOR (P.29)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
BRIGHTNESS
(P.74)
DISPLAY CHANGE
BUTTON
(P.66)
SEL/RESET BUTTON
(P.65)
MIRROR CONTROLS3
(P.106) REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
VEHICLE STABILITY (P.75)
ASSIST (VSA ) HEATED MIRRORS3
SYSTEM OFF HORN2 (P.107)
SWITCH3
(P.295) HAZARD WARNING
STEERING WHEEL BUTTON
BLUETOOTH ADJUSTMENTS (P.76) (P.75)
HANDSFREELINK ACCESSORY POWER
SYSTEM VOICE REMOTE AUDIO CRUISE SOCKET
CONTROL BUTTONS CONTROLS3 (P.219) CONTROL (P.110)
(P.227) BUTTONS3
NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE CONTROL BUTTONS1 (P.224) AUXILIARY INPUT JACK3
(P.220)
1 : Only on vehicles equipped with navigation system, refer to the navigation system manual.
2 : To use the horn, press the center pad of the steering wheel.
3 : If equipped.
4
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
This section gives you important Additional Information About All Children Should Sit in a
information about how to protect Your Seat Belts ........................ 18 Back Seat .................................. 33
yourself and your passengers. It Seat Belt System Components ... 18 The Passengers Front Airbag
shows you how to use seat belts. It Lap/Shoulder Belt ....................... 19 Can Pose Serious Risks .......... 33

explains how your airbags work. And Automatic Seat Belt If You Must Drive with Several
it tells you how to properly restrain Tensioners ................................ 19 Children .................................... 35
infants and children in your vehicle. Seat Belt Maintenance ................ 20 If a Child Requires Close
Additional Information About Attention ................................... 35
Your Airbags ............................ 21 Additional Safety Precautions .... 35
Airbag System Components ....... 21 Protecting Infants and Small
How Your Front Airbags Children .................................... 37
Work.......................................... 23 Protecting Infants ........................ 37
How Your Side Airbags Work.... 26 Protecting Small Children .......... 38
Important Safety Precautions .......... 6 How Your Side Curtain Airbags Selecting a Child Seat ...................... 39
Your Vehicles Safety Features........ 7 Work.......................................... 28 Installing a Child Seat ..................... 40
Protecting Adults and Teens.......... 11 How the SRS Indicator Works ... 28 With LATCH ................................ 41
1. Close and Lock the Doors ...... 11 How the Side Airbag Off With a Lap/Shoulder Belt .......... 43
2. Adjust the Front Seats ............ 11 Indicator Works ....................... 29 With a Tether ............................... 45
3. Adjust the Seat-Backs ............. 12 How the Passenger Airbag Off Protecting Larger Children ............ 46
4. Adjust the Head Restraints .... 13 Indicator Works ....................... 29 Checking Seat Belt Fit ................ 46
5. Fasten and Position the Seat Airbag Service .............................. 30 Using a Booster Seat ................... 47
Belts ...................................... 14 Additional Safety Precautions .... 31 When Can a Larger Child Sit in
6. Maintain a Proper Sitting Protecting Children General Front .......................................... 48
Position ................................. 15 Guidelines ................................. 32 Additional Safety Precautions .... 49
Advice for Pregnant Women...... 16 All Children Must Be Carbon Monoxide Hazard .............. 50
Additional Safety Precautions .... 16 Restrained ................................ 32 Safety Labels .................................... 51
5
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Important Safety Precautions
Youll find many safety Restrain All Children every additional drink. So dont drink
recommendations throughout this Children age 12 and under should and drive, and dont let your friends
section, and throughout this manual. ride properly restrained in a back drink and drive, either.
The recommendations on this page seat, not the front seat. Infants and
are the ones we consider to be the small children should be restrained Control Your Speed
most important. in a child seat. Larger children Excessive speed is a major factor in
should use a booster seat and a lap/ crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
Always Wear Your Seat Belt shoulder belt until they can use the the higher the speed, the greater the
A seat belt is your best protection in belt properly without a booster seat risk, but serious injuries can also
all types of collisions. Airbags are (see pages 32 49 ). occur at lower speeds. Never drive
designed to supplement seat belts, faster than is safe for current
not replace them. So even though Be Aware of Airbag Hazards conditions, regardless of the
your vehicle is equipped with airbags, While airbags can save lives, they maximum speed posted.
make sure you and your passengers can cause serious or fatal injuries to
always wear your seat belts, and occupants who sit too close to them, Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
wear them properly (see page 14 ). or are not properly restrained. Condition
Infants, young children, and short Having a tire blowout or a
adults are at the greatest risk. Be mechanical failure can be extremely
sure to follow all instructions and hazardous. To reduce the possibility
warnings in this manual. of such problems, check your tire
pressures and condition frequently,
Dont Drink and Drive and perform all regularly scheduled
Alcohol and driving dont mix. Even maintenance (see page 303 ).
one drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions, and
your reaction time gets worse with
6
2009 Civic Coupe


Your Vehicles Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many

(1) (3) (4) (6) (9) features that work together to
(8) protect you and your passengers
(11) during a crash.

(7) Some features do not require any
action on your part. These include a
(5) strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger
compartment, front and rear crush
zones, a collapsible steering column,
(2) and tensioners that tighten the front
(10) seat belts in a crash.
(12) (8)
(7) However, you and your passengers
(1) Safety Cage cant take full advantage of these
(2) Crush Zone
(3) Seats and Seat-Backs features unless you remain sitting in
(2) (4) Head Restraints a proper position and always wear
(5) Collapsible Steering Column your seat belts. In fact, some safety
(6) Seat Belts
(7) Front Airbags features can contribute to injuries if
(8) Side Airbags they are not used properly.
(9) Side Curtain Airbags
(10) Front Seat Belt Tensioners The following pages explain how you
(11) Door Locks
(12) Front Seat Belt Buckle can take an active role in protecting
Tensioners yourself and your passengers.
7
2009 Civic Coupe


Seat Belts Help keep you from being thrown

Your vehicle is equipped with seat against the inside of the vehicle
belts in all seating positions. Not wearing a seat belt properly and against other occupants.
increases the chance of serious
Your seat belt system also includes injury or death in a crash, even Keep you from being thrown out
an indicator on the instrument panel though your vehicle has airbags. of the vehicle.
and a beeper to remind you and your
passengers to fasten your seat belts. Be sure you and your Help keep you in a good position
passengers always wear seat should the airbags ever deploy. A
Why Wear Seat Belts belts and wear them properly. good position reduces the risk of
Seat belts are the single most injury from an inflating airbag and
effective safety device for adults and allows you to get the best
larger children. (Infants and smaller When properly worn, seat belts: advantage from the airbag.
children must be properly restrained
in child seats.) Keep you connected to the vehicle Of course, seat belts cannot
so you can take advantage of the completely protect you in every
Not wearing a seat belt properly vehicles built-in safety features. crash. But in most cases, seat belts
increases the chance of serious can reduce your risk of serious
injury or death in a crash, even Help protect you in almost every injury.
though your vehicle has airbags. type of crash, including:
frontal impacts What You Should Do:
In addition, most states and all side impacts Always wear your seat belt, and
Canadian provinces require you to rear impacts make sure you wear it properly.
wear seat belts. rollovers
8
2009 Civic Coupe


Airbags

Your vehicle has a supplemental Your vehicle also has side airbags to In addition, your vehicle has side
restraint system (SRS) with front help protect the upper torso of the curtain airbags to help protect the
airbags to help protect the heads and driver or a front seat passenger heads of the driver, front passenger,
chests of the driver and a front seat during a moderate to severe side and passengers in the outer rear
passenger during a moderate to impact (see page 26 for more seating positions during a moderate
severe frontal collision (see page information on how your side airbags to severe side impact (see page
23 for more information on how work). 28 for more information on how
your front airbags work). your side curtain airbags work).
CONTINUED
9
2009 Civic Coupe


The most important things you need What you should do: Always wear The rest of this section gives more
to know about your airbags are: your seat belt properly, and sit detailed information about how you
upright and as far back from the can maximize your safety.
Airbags do not replace seat belts. steering wheel as possible while
They are designed to supplement allowing full control of the vehicle. A Remember, however, that no safety
the seat belts. front passenger should move their system can prevent all injuries or
seat as far back from the dashboard deaths that can occur in a severe
Airbags offer no protection in rear as possible. crash, even when seat belts are
impacts, or minor frontal or side properly worn and the airbags deploy.
collisions.
Airbags can pose hazards. To do

their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So while
airbags help save lives, they can
cause minor injuries or more
serious or even fatal injuries if
occupants are not properly
restrained or sitting properly.
10
2009 Civic Coupe


Protecting Adults and Teens
Introduction Locking the doors reduces the 2.Adjust the Front Seats
The following pages provide chance of someone being thrown out
instructions on how to properly of the vehicle during a crash, and it
protect the driver, adult passengers, helps prevent passengers from

and teenage children who are large accidentally opening a door and
enough and mature enough to drive falling out.
or ride in the front.
Locking the doors also helps prevent
See pages 32 36 for important an outsider from unexpectedly
guidelines on how to properly opening a door when you come to a
protect infants, small children, and stop.
larger children who ride in your
vehicle. See page 80 for how to lock the
doors, and page 63 for how the door-
1.Close and Lock the Doors open indicator works. Adjust the drivers seat as far to the
After everyone has entered the rear as possible while allowing you to
vehicle, be sure the doors are closed Some models have the auto door maintain full control of the vehicle.
and locked. locking/unlocking feature. For more Have a front passenger adjust their
information, see page 82 . seat as far to the rear as possible.
Your vehicle has a door-
open indicator on the
instrument panel to indicate when
either door is not tightly closed.
CONTINUED
11
2009 Civic Coupe


If you sit too close to the steering 3.Adjust the Seat-Backs

wheel or dashboard, you can be
seriously injured by an inflating front Sitting too close to a front
airbag, or by striking the steering airbag can result in serious
wheel or dashboard. injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and Transport Always sit as far back from the
Canada recommend that drivers front airbags as possible.
allow at least 10 inches (25 cm)
between the center of the steering
wheel and the chest. In addition to Once your seat is adjusted correctly,
adjusting the seat, you can adjust the rock it back and forth to make sure
steering wheel up and down, and in the seat is locked in position.
and out (see page 76 ). Adjust the drivers seat-back to a
See page 93 for how to adjust the comfortable, upright position,
If you cannot get far enough away front seats. leaving ample space between your
from the steering wheel and still chest and the airbag cover in the
reach the controls, we recommend center of the steering wheel.
that you investigate whether some
type of adaptive equipment may help. Passengers with adjustable seat-
backs should also adjust their seat-
back to a comfortable, upright
position.
12
2009 Civic Coupe


4.Adjust the Head Restraints
Reclining the seat-back too far Improperly positioning head

can result in serious injury or restraints reduces their

death in a crash. effectiveness and you can be
seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an
upright position, and sit well Make sure head restraints are
back in the seat. in place and positioned properly
before driving.
Reclining a seat-back so that the

shoulder part of the belt no longer Properly adjusted head restraints
rests against the occupants chest will help protect occupants from
reduces the protective capability of Adjust the drivers head restraint so whiplash and other crash injuries.
the belt. It also increases the chance the center of the back of your head
of sliding under the belt in a crash rests against the center of the See page 96 for how to adjust the
and being seriously injured. The restraint. head restraints and how the drivers
farther a seat-back is reclined, the and front passengers active head
greater the risk of injury. Have passengers adjust their head restraints work.
restraints properly as well. Taller
See page 93 for how to adjust the persons should adjust their restraint
seat-backs. as high as possible.
13
2009 Civic Coupe


5.Fasten and Position the Seat This spreads the forces of a crash
Belts over the strongest bones in your
Insert the latch plate into the buckle, upper body.
then tug on the belt to make sure the
belt is securely latched. Check that
the belt is not twisted, because a
twisted belt can cause serious Improperly positioning the seat
injuries in a crash. belts can cause serious injury
or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are

properly positioned before
driving.
Position the lap part of the belt as
low as possible across your hips,
then pull up on the shoulder part of
the belt so the lap part fits snugly.
This lets your strong pelvic bones
take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
If necessary, pull up on the belt again

to remove any slack, then check that
the belt rests across the center of
your chest and over your shoulder.
14
2009 Civic Coupe


Never place the shoulder portion of a 6.Maintain a Proper Sitting In addition, an occupant who is out of
lap/shoulder belt under your arm or Position position in the front seat can be
behind your back. This could cause After all occupants have adjusted seriously or fatally injured in a crash
very serious injuries in a crash. their seats and head restraints, and by striking interior parts of the

put on their seat belts, it is very vehicle or being struck by an
If a seat belt does not seem to work important that they continue to sit inflating front airbag.
properly, it may not protect the upright, well back in their seats, with
occupant in a crash. their feet on the floor, until the
vehicle is parked and the engine is
No one should sit in a seat with an off. Sitting improperly or out of
inoperative seat belt. Using a seat position can result in serious
belt that is not working properly can Sitting improperly can increase the injury or death in a crash.
result in serious injury or death. chance of injury during a crash. For
Have your dealer check the belt as example, if an occupant slouches, Always sit upright, well back in
soon as possible. lies down, turns sideways, sits the seat, with your feet on the
forward, leans forward or sideways, floor.
See page 18 for additional or puts one or both feet up, the
information about your seat belts chance of injury during a crash is
and how to take care of them. greatly increased.
15
2009 Civic Coupe


Advice for Pregnant Women When driving, remember to sit Additional Safety Precautions
upright and adjust the seat as far Two people should never use the
back as possible while allowing full same seat belt. If they do, they
control of the vehicle. When riding could be very seriously injured in a
as a front passenger, adjust the seat crash.
as far back as possible.
Do not put any accessories on seat
This will reduce the risk of injuries belts. Devices intended to improve
to both you and your unborn child occupant comfort or reposition the
that can be caused by a crash or an shoulder part of a seat belt can
inflating front airbag. reduce the protective capability of
the belt and increase the chance of
Each time you have a checkup, ask serious injury in a crash.
your doctor if its okay for you to
If you are pregnant, the best way to drive. Do not place hard or sharp objects
protect yourself and your unborn between yourself and a front
child when driving or riding in a airbag. Carrying hard or sharp
vehicle is to always wear a seat belt, objects on your lap, or driving with
and keep the lap part of the belt as a pipe or other sharp object in
low as possible across the hips. your mouth, can result in injuries
if your front airbag inflates.
16
2009 Civic Coupe


Keep your hands and arms away Never let passengers ride on top of
from the airbag covers. If your a folded-down rear seat. If they do,
hands or arms are close to an they could be very seriously
airbag cover, they could be injured injured in a crash.

if the airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on

the front airbag covers. Objects on
the covers marked SRS AIRBAG
could interfere with the proper
operation of the airbags or be
propelled inside the vehicle and
hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
Do not attach hard objects on or

near a door. If a side airbag or a
side curtain airbag inflates, a cup
holder or other hard object
attached on or near the door could
be propelled inside the vehicle and
hurt someone.
17
2009 Civic Coupe


Additional Information About Your Seat Belts
Seat Belt System Components This system monitors the front seat If the indicator comes on or the
Your seat belt system includes lap/ belts. If you turn the ignition switch beeper sounds when the drivers seat
shoulder belts in all seating positions. to the ON (II) position before your belt is latched and there is no front
The front seat belts are also seat belt is fastened, the beeper will seat passenger and no items on the
equipped with automatic seat belt sound and the indicator will flash. If front seat, something may be
tensioners. your seat belt is not fastened before interfering with the monitoring
the beeper stops, the indicator will system. Look for and remove:
This system uses the same sensors stop flashing but remain on.
as the front airbags to monitor Any items under the front
whether the front seat belts are If a front passenger does not fasten passengers seat.
latched or unlatched, and how much their seat belt, the indicator will
weight is on the front passengers come on about 6 seconds after the Any object(s) hanging on the seat
seat (see pages 22 and 25 ). ignition switch is turned to the ON or in the seat-back pocket.
(II) position.
The seat belt system Any object(s) touching the rear of
includes an indicator on the If either the driver or a front the seat-back.
instrument panel and a beeper to passenger does not fasten their seat
remind you and your passengers to belt while driving, the beeper will If no obstructions are found, have
fasten your seat belts. sound and the indicator will flash your vehicle checked by a dealer.
again at regular intervals.
When no one is sitting in the front

passengers seat, or a child or small
adult is riding there, the indicator
should not come on and the beeper
should not sound.
18
2009 Civic Coupe


Lap/Shoulder Belt All seat belts have an emergency Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The lap and shoulder belt goes over locking retractor. In normal driving,
your shoulder, across your chest, the retractor lets you move freely in
and across your hips. your seat while it keeps some

tension on the belt. During a collision
To fasten the belt, insert the latch or sudden stop, the retractor
plate into the buckle, then tug on the automatically locks the belt to help
belt to make sure the buckle is restrain your body.
latched (see page 14 for how to
properly position the belt). In addition, the lap/shoulder belts in
all seating positions except the
To unlock the belt, press the red drivers have a lockable retractor
PRESS button on the buckle. Guide that must be activated to secure a
the belt across your body so that it child seat (see page 43 ).
retracts completely. After exiting the For added protection, the front seat
vehicle, be sure the belt is out of the If the shoulder part of the belt is belts are equipped with automatic
way and will not get closed in the pulled all the way out, the lockable seat belt tensioners. When activated,
door. retractor will activate. The belt will the tensioners immediately tighten
retract, but it will not allow the the belts to help hold the driver and
passenger to move freely. a front passenger in position.
To deactivate the lockable retractor,

unlatch the buckle and let the seat
belt fully retract. To refasten the
seat belt, pull it out only as far as
needed. CONTINUED
19
2009 Civic Coupe


The tensioners are designed to Seat Belt Maintenance If a seat belt is worn during a crash,
activate in any collision severe For safety, you should check the it must be replaced by your dealer. A
enough to cause the front airbags to condition of your seat belts regularly. belt that has been worn during a
deploy. crash may not provide the same level
Pull each belt out fully, and look for of protection in a subsequent crash.
If a side curtain airbag deploys frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Check
during a side impact, the tensioner that the latches work smoothly and The dealer should also inspect the
on that side of the vehicle will also the belts retract easily. If a belt does anchors for damage and replace
activate. not retract easily, cleaning the belt them if needed. If the automatic seat
may correct the problem (see page belt tensioners activate during a
The tensioners can also be activated 331 ). Any belt that is not in good crash, they must be replaced.
during a collision in which the front condition or working properly will
airbags do not deploy. In this case, the not provide good protection and
airbags would not be needed, but the should be replaced as soon as
additional restraint could be helpful. possible. Not checking or maintaining
seat belts can result in serious
When the tensioners are activated, Honda provides a limited warranty injury or death if the seat belts
the seat belts will remain tight until on seat belts. See your Honda do not work properly when
they are unbuckled. Warranty Information booklet for needed.
details.
Check your seat belts regularly
and have any problem
corrected as soon as possible.
20
2009 Civic Coupe


Additional Information About Your Airbags
Airbag System Components
(8) (12) (8) (9) (17) (2) (13) (17)

(11)
(5)
(10)
(1) Drivers Airbag (1) (4)

(2) Front Passengers Airbag
(3) Control Unit
(4) Front Seat Belt Tensioners
(5) Side Airbags (3)
(6) Drivers Seat Position Sensor
(7) Front Passengers Weight Sensors
(8) Front Impact Sensors
(9) Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
(10) Side Impact Sensors (First)
(7) (16)
(11) Occupant Position Detection System (OPDS) Sensors
(12) SRS Indicator (15)
(13) Occupant Detection System (ODS) Unit
(14) Front Seat Belt Buckle Tensioners (10)
(15) Rear Safing Sensor (6)
(16) Side Impact Sensors (Second) (5) (16) (4) (14)
(17) Side Curtain Airbags
CONTINUED
21
2009 Civic Coupe


Your airbag system includes: Sensors that can detect a Weight sensors that monitor the
Two SRS (supplemental restraint moderate to severe front impact or weight on the front passengers
system) front airbags. The drivers side impact. seat. If the weight is about 65 lbs
airbag is stored in the center of (29 kg) or less (the weight of an
the steering wheel; the front Sensors that can detect whether a infant or small child), the
passengers airbag is stored in the child is in the passengers side passengers front airbag will be
dashboard. Both are marked SRS airbag path and signal the control turned off (see page 25 ).
AIRBAG (see page 23 ). unit to turn the airbag off (see
page 27 ). A sophisticated electronic system
Two side airbags, one for the that continually monitors and
driver and one for a front Sensors that can detect whether records information about the
passenger. The airbags are stored the drivers seat belt and the front sensors, the control unit, the
in the outer edges of the seat- passengers seat belt are latched airbag activators, the seat belt
backs. Both are marked SIDE or unlatched (see page 18 ). tensioners, and driver and front
AIRBAG (see page 26 ). passenger seat belt use when the
A drivers seat position sensor that ignition switch is in the ON (II)
Two side curtain airbags, one for monitors the distance of the seat position.
each side of the vehicle. The from the front airbag. If the seat is
airbags are stored in the ceiling, too far forward, the airbag will An indicator on the instrument
above the side windows. The front inflate with less force (see page panel that alerts you to a possible
and rear pillars are marked SIDE 25 ). problem with your airbags,
CURTAIN AIRBAG (see page sensors, or seat belt tensioners
28 ). (see page 28 ).
Automatic front seat belt

tensioners (see page 19 ).
22
2009 Civic Coupe


An indicator on the instrument How Your Front Airbags Work During a frontal crash, your seat belt
panel that alerts you that the restrains your lower body and torso,
passengers side airbag has been and the front airbag helps protect
turned off (see page 29 ). your head and chest.

An indicator on the dashboard that Although both airbags normally
alerts you that the passengers inflate within split second of each
front airbag has been turned off other, it is possible for only one
(see page 29 ). airbag to deploy.
Emergency backup power in case This can happen if the severity of a

your vehicles electrical system is collision is at the margin, or
disconnected in a crash. threshold, that determines whether
or not the airbags will deploy. In
If you ever have a moderate to such cases, the seat belt will provide
severe frontal collision, sensors will sufficient protection, and the
detect the vehicles rapid supplemental protection offered by
deceleration. the airbag would be minimal.
If the rate of deceleration is high Only the drivers airbag will deploy if
enough, the control unit will instantly there is no passenger in the front
inflate the drivers and front seat, or if the advanced airbag
passengers airbags, at the time and system has turned the passengers
with the force needed. airbag off (see page 25 ).
CONTINUED
23
2009 Civic Coupe


After a crash, you may see what Dual-Threshold Airbags

looks like smoke. This is actually Your front airbags are also dual-
powder from the airbags surface. threshold airbags. Airbags with this
Although the powder is not harmful, feature have two deployment
people with respiratory problems thresholds that depend on whether
may experience some temporary sensors detect the occupant is
discomfort. If this occurs, get out of wearing a seat belt or not.
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so. If the occupants belt is not latched,
the airbag will deploy at a slightly
Dual-Stage Airbags lower threshold, because the
Your front airbags are dual-stage occupant would need extra
airbags. This means they have two protection.
inflation stages that can be ignited
After inflating, the front airbags sequentially or simultaneously, If the occupants belt is latched, the
immediately deflate, so they wont depending on crash severity. airbag will inflate at a slightly higher
interfere with the drivers visibility, threshold, when the airbag would be
or the ability to steer or operate In a more severe crash, both stages needed to supplement the protection
other controls. will ignite simultaneously to provide provided by the seat belt.
the quickest and greatest protection.
The total time for inflation and
deflation is one-tenth of a second, so In a less severe crash, one stage will
fast that most occupants are not ignite first, then the second stage
aware that the airbags deployed until will ignite a split second later. This
they see them lying in their laps. provides longer airbag inflation time
with a little less force.
24
2009 Civic Coupe


Advanced Airbags
Your front airbags are also advanced
airbags. The main purpose of this
feature is to help prevent airbag-

caused injuries to short drivers and
children who ride in front.
For both advanced airbags to work

properly: DRIVERS PASSENGERS
SEAT SEAT WEIGHT
POSITION SENSORS
Occupants must sit upright and SENSOR
wear their seat belts properly.
Do not spill any liquids on or The drivers advanced front airbag The passengers advanced front
under the seats, cover the sensors, system includes a seat position airbag system has weight sensors
or put any objects or metal items sensor under the seat. If the seat is under the seat. Although Honda
under the front seats. too far forward, the airbag will does not encourage carrying an
inflate with less force, regardless of infant or small child in front, if the
Back-seat passengers should not the severity of the impact. sensors detect the weight of an
put their feet under the front seats. infant or small child (up to about 65
If there is a problem with the sensor, lbs or 29 kg), the system will
Failure to follow these instructions the SRS indicator will come on, and automatically turn the passengers
could damage the sensors or prevent the airbag will inflate in the normal front airbag off.
them from working properly. manner regardless of the drivers
seating position.
CONTINUED
25
2009 Civic Coupe


Be aware that objects placed on Moving the front seat forcibly How Your Side Airbags Work
the passengers seat can also back against cargo on the seat or
cause the airbag to be turned off. floor behind it.
When the airbag is turned off, a Moving the front seat or seat-back
passenger airbag off indicator in forcibly back against the folded
the center of the dashboard comes rear seat.
on (see page 29 ).
Hanging heavy items on the front
If the weight sensors detect there is passenger seat, or placing heavy
no passenger in the front seat, the items in the seat-back pocket.
airbag will be off. However, the
passenger airbag off indicator will If your vehicle is equipped with
not come on. the floor mats, make sure the floor
mat behind the front passengers If you ever have a moderate to
To ensure that the passengers seat is hooked to the floor mat severe side impact, sensors will
advanced front airbag system will anchor (see page 332 ). If it is not, detect rapid acceleration and signal
work properly, do not do anything the mat may interfere with the the control unit to instantly inflate
that would increase or decrease the proper operation of the sensors either the drivers or the passengers
weight on the front passengers seat. and operation of the seat. side airbag.
This includes:
A rear passenger pushing or

pulling on the back of the front
passengers seat.
26
2009 Civic Coupe


Only one airbag will deploy during a Side Airbag Cutoff System If the side airbag off indicator comes
side impact. If the impact is on the Your vehicle has a side airbag cutoff on (see page 29 ), have the
passengers side, the passengers system designed primarily to protect passenger sit upright. Once the
side airbag will deploy even if there a child riding in the front passengers passenger is out of the airbags

is no passenger. seat. deployment path, the system will
turn the airbag back on, and the
To get the best protection from the Although Honda does not encourage indicator will go out.
side airbags, front seat occupants children to ride in front, if position
should wear their seat belts and sit sensors detect a child has leaned into There will be some delay between
upright and well back in their seats. the side airbags deployment path, the moment the passenger moves
the airbag will shut off. into or out of the airbag deployment
path and when the indicator comes
The side airbag may also shut off if a on or goes off.
short adult leans sideways, or a
larger adult slouches and leans A front seat passenger should not
sideways into the airbags use a cushion or other object as a
deployment path. backrest. It may prevent the cutoff
system from working properly.
Objects placed on the front
passenger seat can also cause the
side airbag to be shut off.
27
2009 Civic Coupe


How Your Side Curtain Airbags If the impact is on the passengers How the SRS Indicator Works
Work side, the passengers side curtain The SRS indicator alerts
airbag will inflate even if there are no you to a potential problem
occupants on that side of the vehicle. with your airbags or seat belt
tensioners.
To get the best protection from the
side curtain airbags, occupants When you turn the ignition switch to
should wear their seat belts and sit the ON (II) position, this indicator
upright and well back in their seats. comes on briefly then goes off. This
tells you the system is working
properly.
If the indicator comes on at any

SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG other time, or does not come on at all,
you should have the system checked
In a moderate to severe side impact, by your dealer. For example:
sensors will detect rapid acceleration
and signal the control unit to If the SRS indicator does not come
instantly inflate the side curtain on after you turn the ignition
airbag and activate the seat belt switch to the ON (II) position.
tensioner on the drivers or the
passengers side of the vehicle. If the indicator stays on after the
engine starts.
If the indicator comes on or

flashes on and off while you drive.
28
2009 Civic Coupe


If you see any of these indications, How the Side Airbag Off How the Passenger Airbag Off
the airbags and seat belt tensioners Indicator Works Indicator Works
may not work properly when you U.S. Canada
need them. PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF INDICATOR

This indicator alerts you that the U.S.
passengers side airbag has been
Ignoring the SRS indicator can automatically shut off. It does not
result in serious injury or death mean there is a problem with your
if the airbag systems or side airbags.
Canada
tensioners do not work properly.
When you turn the ignition switch to
Have your vehicle checked by a the ON (II) position, the indicator
dealer as soon as possible if should come on briefly and then go
the SRS indicator alerts you to off (see page 58 ). If it doesnt come
a possible problem. on, stays on, or comes on while This indicator alerts you that the
driving without a passenger in the passengers front airbag has been
front seat, have the system checked. shut off because weight sensors
detect about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less
(the weight of an infant or small
child) on the front passengers seat.
It does not mean there is a problem
with the airbag.
CONTINUED
29
2009 Civic Coupe


Be aware that objects placed on the If the indicator comes on with no Airbag Service
front seat can cause the indicator to front seat passenger and no objects Your airbag systems are virtually
come on. on the seat, or with an adult riding maintenance free, and there are no
there, something may be interfering parts you can safely service.
If no weight is detected on the front with the weight sensors. Look for However, you must have your
seat, the airbag will be automatically and remove: vehicle serviced if:
shut off. However, the indicator will
not come on. Any items under the front An airbag ever inflates. Any airbag
passengers seat. that has deployed must be
The passenger airbag off indicator replaced along with the control
may come on and off repeatedly if Any object(s) hanging on the seat unit and other related parts. Any
the total weight on the seat is near or in the seat-back pocket. seat belt tensioner that activates
the airbag cutoff threshold. must also be replaced.
Any object(s) touching the rear of
If an adult or teenage passenger is the seat-back. Do not try to remove or replace
riding in front, move the seat as far any airbag by yourself. This must
to the rear as possible, and have the If no obstructions are found, have be done by an authorized dealer or
passenger sit upright and wear the your vehicle checked by a dealer as a knowledgeable body shop.
seat belt properly. soon as possible.
The SRS indicator alerts you to a
problem. Take your vehicle to an
authorized dealer as soon as
possible. If you ignore this
indication, your airbags may not
operate properly.
30
2009 Civic Coupe


If your vehicle has a moderate to Additional Safety Precautions Do not cover or replace front seat-
severe impact. Even if your Do not attempt to deactivate your back covers without consulting
airbags do not inflate, your dealer airbags. Together, airbags and your dealer. Improperly replacing
should inspect the drivers seat seat belts provide the best or covering front seat-back covers

position sensor, the front protection. can prevent your side airbags from
passengers weight sensors, the inflating during a side impact.
front seat belt tensioners, and all Do not tamper with airbag
seat belts and their anchors worn components or wiring for any Do not expose the front passengers
during a crash to make sure they reason. Tampering could cause seat-back to liquid. If water or
are operating properly. the airbags to deploy, possibly another liquid soaks into the seat-
causing very serious injury. back, it can prevent the side airbag
cutoff system from working
Do not remove or modify a front properly.
seat without consulting your
dealer. This could make the
drivers seat position sensor or the
front passengers weight sensors
ineffective. If it is necessary to
remove or modify a front seat to
accommodate a person with
disabilities, first contact Honda
Automobile Customer Service at
(800) 999-1009.
31
2009 Civic Coupe


Protecting Children General Guidelines
All Children Must Be Restrained

Each year, many children are injured
or killed in vehicle crashes because Children who are unrestrained
they are either unrestrained or not or improperly restrained can be
properly restrained. In fact, vehicle seriously injured or killed in a
accidents are the number one cause crash.
of death of children age 12 and
under. Any child too small for a seat
belt should be properly
To reduce the number of child restrained in a child seat. A
deaths and injuries, every state and larger child should be properly
Canadian province requires that restrained with a seat belt and
infants and children be properly use a booster seat if necessary.
Children depend on adults to protect restrained when they ride in a
them. However, despite their best vehicle.
intentions, many adults do not know Larger children must be restrained
how to properly protect child Infants and small children must be with a lap/shoulder belt and ride on
passengers. restrained in an approved child seat a booster seat until the seat belt fits
that is properly secured to the them properly (see pages 46 49 ).
If you have children, or ever need to vehicle (see pages 37 45 ).
drive with a child in your vehicle, be
sure to read this section. It begins
with important general guidelines,
then presents special information for
infants, small children, and larger
children.
32
2009 Civic Coupe


All Children Should Sit in a Back The Passengers Front Airbag Small Children
Seat Can Pose Serious Risks Placing a forward-facing child seat in
According to accident statistics, Front airbags have been designed to the front seat of a vehicle equipped
children of all ages and sizes are help protect adults in a moderate to with a passengers front airbag can

safer when they are restrained in a severe frontal collision. To do this, be hazardous. If the vehicle seat is
back seat. the passengers front airbag is quite too far forward, or the childs head is
large, and it can inflate with enough thrown forward during a collision, an
The National Highway Traffic Safety force to cause very serious injuries. inflating front airbag can strike the
Administration and Transport child with enough force to kill or
Canada recommend that all children Even though your vehicle has an very seriously injure a small child.
age 12 and under be properly advanced front airbag system that
restrained in a back seat. Some automatically turns the passengers Larger Children
states have laws restricting where front airbag off (see page 25 ), Children who have outgrown child
children may ride. please follow these guidelines: seats are also at risk of being injured
or killed by an inflating passengers
Children who ride in back are less Infants front airbag. Whenever possible,
likely to be injured by striking Never put a rear-facing child seat in larger children should sit in the back
interior vehicle parts during a the front seat of a vehicle equipped seat, on a booster seat if needed, and
collision or hard braking. Also, with a passengers front airbag. If be properly restrained with a seat
children cannot be injured by an the airbag inflates, it can hit the back belt (see page 46 for important
inflating front airbag when they ride of the child seat with enough force information about protecting larger
in the back. to kill or very seriously injure an children).
infant.
CONTINUED
33
2009 Civic Coupe


To remind you of the passengers U.S. Models DASHBOARD

front airbag hazards, and that SUN VISORS
children must be properly restrained
in a back seat, your vehicle has
warning labels on the dashboard
(U.S. models) and on the front visors.
Please read and follow the
instructions on these labels.
Canadian Models
SUN VISORS
34
2009 Civic Coupe


If You Must Drive with Several If a Child Requires Close Additional Safety Precautions
Children Attention Never hold an infant or child on
Your vehicle has a back seat where Many parents say they prefer to put your lap. If you are not wearing a
children can be properly restrained. an infant or a small child in the front seat belt in a crash, you could be

If you ever have to carry a group of passenger seat so they can watch the thrown forward and crush the
children, and a child must ride in child, or because the child requires child against the dashboard or a
front: attention. seat-back. If you are wearing a
seat belt, the child can be torn
Place the largest child in the front Placing a child in the front seat from your arms and be seriously
seat, provided the child is large exposes the child to hazards in a hurt or killed.
enough to wear the lap/shoulder frontal collision, and paying close
belt properly (see page 46 ). attention to a child distracts the Never put a seat belt over yourself
driver from the important tasks of and a child. During a crash, the
Move the vehicle seat as far to the driving, placing both of you at risk. belt could press deep into the child
rear as possible (see page 93 ). and cause serious or fatal injuries.
If a child requires close physical
Have the child sit upright and well attention or frequent visual contact, Never let two children use the
back in the seat (see page 15 ). we strongly recommend that another same seat belt. If they do, they
adult ride with the child in the back could be very seriously injured in a
Make sure the seat belt is properly seat. The back seat is far safer for a crash.
positioned and secured (see page child than the front.
14 ).
CONTINUED
35
2009 Civic Coupe


Make sure any unused seat belt Lock both doors and the trunk
that a child can reach is buckled, when your vehicle is not in use.
the lockable retractor is activated, Children who play in vehicles can
and the belt is fully retracted and accidentally get trapped inside.
locked. If a child wraps a loose Teach your children not to play in
seat belt around their neck, they or around vehicles. Know how to
can be seriously or fatally injured. operate the emergency trunk
(See pages 43 and 44 for how to opener and decide if your children
activate and deactivate the should be shown how to use this
lockable retractor.) feature (see page 92 ).
Do not leave children alone in a Keep vehicle keys/remote

vehicle. Leaving children without transmitters out of the reach of
adult supervision is illegal in most children. Even very young
states and Canadian provinces, children learn how to unlock
and can be very hazardous. vehicle doors, turn on the ignition
switch, and open the trunk, which
For example, infants and small can lead to accidental injury or
children left in a vehicle on a hot death.
day can die from heatstroke. A
child left alone with the key in the
ignition switch can accidentally set
the vehicle in motion, possibly
injuring themselves or others.
36
2009 Civic Coupe


Protecting Infants and Small Children
Protecting Infants Two types of seats may be used: a Rear-facing Child Seat Placement
seat designed exclusively for infants, A rear-facing child seat can be placed
or a convertible seat used in the rear- in any seating position in the back
facing, reclining mode. seat, but not in the front. Never put a

rear-facing child seat in the front
Do not put a rear-facing child seat in seat.
a forward-facing position. If placed
facing forward, an infant could be If the passengers front airbag
very seriously injured during a inflates, it can hit the back of the
frontal collision. child seat with enough force to kill or
seriously injure an infant.
When properly installed, a rear-

facing child seat may prevent the
Child Seat Type driver or a front passenger from
An infant must be properly moving their seat as far back as
restrained in a rear-facing, reclining recommended, or from locking their
child seat until the child reaches the seat-back in the desired position.
seat makers weight or height limit
for the seat, and the child is at least It can also interfere with proper
one year old. operation of the passengers
advanced front airbag system.
Only a rear-facing child seat provides
proper support for a babys head,
neck, and back.
CONTINUED
37
2009 Civic Coupe


Protecting Infants and Small Children
In any of these situations, we Protecting Small Children We also recommend that a small
strongly recommend that you install child use the child seat until the child
the child seat directly behind the reaches the weight or height limit
front passengers seat, move the seat for the seat.
as far forward as needed, and leave it
unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get Child Seat Placement
a smaller rear-facing child seat. We strongly recommend placing a
forward-facing child seat in a back
seat, not the front.
Placing a rear-facing child seat Placing a forward-facing child seat in

in the front seat can result in the front seat of a vehicle equipped
serious injury or death during a with a passengers airbag can be
collision. hazardous. If the vehicle seat is too
far forward, or the childs head is
Always place a rear-facing child Child Seat Type thrown forward during a collision, an
seat in the back seat, not the A child who is at least one year old, inflating airbag can strike the child
front. and who fits within the child seat with enough force to cause very
makers weight and height limits, serious or fatal injuries.
should be restrained in a forward-
facing, upright child seat. Even with advanced front airbags
that automatically turn the
Of the different seats available, we passengers front airbag off (see
recommend those that have a five- page 25 ), a back seat is the safest
point harness system as shown. place for a small child.
38
2009 Civic Coupe


Protecting Infants and Small Children, Selecting a Child Seat
If it is necessary to put a forward- Selecting a Child Seat In seating positions and vehicles not
facing child seat in the front, move When buying a child seat, you need equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-
the vehicle seat as far to the rear as to choose either a conventional child compatible child seat can be installed
possible, and be sure the child seat is seat, or one designed for use with using a seat belt.

firmly secured to the vehicle and the the lower anchors and tethers for
child is properly strapped in the seat. children (LATCH) system. Whatever type of seat you choose, to
provide proper protection, a child
Conventional child seats must be seat should meet three
secured to a vehicle with a seat belt, requirements:
Placing a forward-facing child whereas LATCH-compatible seats
seat in the front seat can result are secured by attaching the seat to 1. The child seat should meet U.S. or
in serious injury or death if the hardware built into the two outer Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
front airbag inflates. seating positions in the back seat. Standard 213. Look for FMVSS
213 or CMVSS 213 on the box.
If you must place a forward- Since LATCH-compatible child seats
facing child seat in front, move are easier to install and reduce the 2. The child seat should be of the
the vehicle seat as far back as possibility of improper installation, proper type and size to fit the child.
possible, and properly restrain we recommend selecting this style. Rear-facing for infants, forward-
the child. facing for small children.
CONTINUED
39
2009 Civic Coupe


Selecting a Child Seat, Installing a Child Seat
3. The child seat should fit the Installing a Child Seat movement can be expected and
vehicle seating position (or After selecting a proper child seat should not reduce the child seats
positions) where it will be used. and a good place to install the seat, effectiveness.
there are three main steps in
Before purchasing a conventional installing the seat: If the child seat is not secure, try
child seat, or using a previously installing it in a different seating
purchased one, we recommend that 1. Properly secure the child seat to position, or use a different style of
you test the seat in the specific the vehicle. All child seats must be child seat that can be firmly secured.
vehicle seating position or positions secured to the vehicle with the lap
where the seat will be used. part of a lap/shoulder belt or with 3. Secure the child in the child seat.
the LATCH (lower anchors and Make sure the child is properly
tethers for children) system. A strapped in the child seat
child whose seat is not properly according to the child seat makers
secured to the vehicle can be instructions. A child who is not
endangered in a crash. properly secured in a child seat
can be seriously injured in a crash.
2. Make sure the child seat is firmly
secured. After installing a child The following pages provide
seat, push and pull the seat guidelines on how to properly install
forward and from side-to-side to a child seat. A forward-facing child
verify that it is secure. seat is used in all examples, but the
instructions are the same for rear-
A child seat secured with a seat belt facing child seats.
should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, it does not need
to be rock solid. Some side-to-side
40
2009 Civic Coupe


Installing a Child Seat
Installing a Child Seat with BUTTONS

LATCH
Your vehicle is equipped with
LATCH (lower anchors and tethers

for children) at the outer rear seats.
The lower anchors are located

between the seat-back and seat
bottom, and are to be used only with
a child seat designed for use with
LATCH.
LOWER ANCHORS Rigid type
The location of each lower anchor is
indicated by a small button above the To install a LATCH-compatible child 3. Place the child seat on the vehicle
anchor point. seat: seat, then attach the seat to the
lower anchors according to the
1. Move the seat belt buckle or child seat makers instructions.
tongue away from the lower
anchors. Some LATCH-compatible seats
have a rigid-type connector as
2. Make sure there are no objects shown above.
near the anchors that could
prevent a secure connection
between the child seat and the
anchors.
CONTINUED
41
2009 Civic Coupe


TETHER STRAP HOOK 6. Attach the tether strap hook to the

tether anchor, then tighten the
strap as instructed by the child
seat maker.
7. Push and pull the child seat

forward and from side-to-side to
verify that it is secure.
Flexible type ANCHOR
Other LATCH-compatible seats 5. Adjust the head restraint to its

have a flexible-type connector as lowest position. Route the tether
shown above. strap over the head restraint,
making sure the strap is not
4. Whatever type you have, follow twisted.
the child seat makers instructions
for adjusting or tightening the fit.
42
2009 Civic Coupe


Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/

Shoulder Belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child seats must be secured to the

vehicle with the lap part of a lap/
shoulder belt.
In addition, the lap/shoulder belts in

all seating positions except the
drivers have a lockable retractor
that must be activated to secure a
child seat.
1. With the child seat in the desired 2. To activate the lockable retractor,
seating position, route the belt slowly pull the shoulder part of the
through the child seat according belt all the way out until it stops,
to the seat makers instructions, then let the belt feed back into the
then insert the latch plate into the retractor.
buckle.
3. After the belt has retracted, tug on
it. If the belt is locked, you will not
be able to pull it out. If you can pull
the belt out, it is not locked, and
you will need to repeat these steps.
CONTINUED
43
2009 Civic Coupe


To deactivate the lockable retractor

and remove a child seat, unlatch the
buckle, unroute the seat belt, and let
the belt fully retract.
4. After confirming that the belt is 5. Push and pull the child seat
locked, grab the shoulder part of forward and from side-to-side to
the belt near the buckle, and pull verify that it is secure enough to
up to remove any slack from the stay upright during normal driving
lap part of the belt. Remember, if maneuvers. If the child seat is not
the lap part of the belt is not tight, secure, unlatch the belt, allow it to
the child seat will not be secure. retract fully, then repeat these
steps.
To remove slack, it may help to
put weight on the child seat, or
push on the back of the seat while
pulling up on the belt.
44
2009 Civic Coupe


Installing a Child Seat with a Using an Anchor

Tether
Front Front
TETHER ANCHORAGE POINTS

TETHER STRAP
HOOK
TETHER
STRAP
HOOK
ANCHOR ANCHOR
Outer position Center position
ANCHOR COVER
1. After properly securing the child 3. Tighten the strap according to the
A child seat with a tether can be seat (see page 43 ), adjust the seat makers instructions.
installed in any seating position in head restraint to its lowest
the back seat, using one of the position, then route the tether
anchorage points shown above. strap over the head restraint.
Since a tether can provide additional 2. Lift the anchor cover, then attach
security to the lap/shoulder belt the tether strap hook to the
installation, we recommend using a anchor, making sure the strap is
tether whenever one is required or not twisted.
available.
45
2009 Civic Coupe


Protecting Larger Children
When a child reaches the Checking Seat Belt Fit

recommended weight or height limit
for a forward-facing child seat, the Allowing a child age 12 or under
child should sit in a back seat on a to sit in front can result in injury
booster seat and wear a lap/shoulder or death if the passengers front
belt. airbag inflates.
The following pages give If a child must ride in front,

instructions on how to check proper move the vehicle seat as far
seat belt fit, what kind of booster back as possible, use a booster
seat to use if one is needed, and seat if needed, have the child
important precautions for a child sit up properly and wear the
who must sit in front. seat belt properly.
To determine if a lap/shoulder belt

properly fits a child, have the child
put on the seat belt, then ask
yourself:
1. Does the child sit all the way back

against the seat?
2. Do the childs knees bend

comfortably over the edge of the
seat?
46
2009 Civic Coupe


3. Does the shoulder belt cross Using a Booster Seat Some states and Canadian provinces
between the childs neck and arm? also require children to use a booster
seat until they reach a given age or
4. Is the lap part of the belt as low as weight (e.g., 6 years or 60 lbs). Be

possible, touching the childs sure to check current laws in the
thighs? states or provinces where you intend
to drive.
5. Will the child be able to stay
seated like this for the whole trip? Booster seats can be high-back or
low-back. Whichever style you select,
If you answer yes to all these make sure the booster seat meets
questions, the child is ready to wear federal safety standards (see page
the lap/shoulder belt correctly. If 39 ) and that you follow the booster
you answer no to any question, the seat makers instructions.
child needs to ride on a booster seat. A child who has outgrown a forward-
facing child seat should ride in a If a child who uses a booster seat
back seat and use a booster seat must ride in front, move the vehicle
until the lap/shoulder belt fits them seat as far back as possible, and be
properly without the booster. sure the child is wearing the seat
belt properly.
CONTINUED
47
2009 Civic Coupe


A child may continue using a booster When Can a Larger Child Sit in Of course, children vary widely. And
seat until the tops of their ears are Front while age may be one indicator of
even with the top of the vehicles or The National Highway Traffic Safety when a child can safely ride in front,
boosters seat-back. A child of this Administration and Transport there are other important factors you
height should be tall enough to use Canada recommend that all children should consider.
the lap/shoulder belt without a age 12 and under be properly
booster seat. restrained in the back seat. Physical Size
Physically, a child must be large
If the passengers front airbag enough for the lap/shoulder belt to
inflates in a moderate to severe properly fit (see pages 14 and 46 ). If
frontal collision, the airbag can cause the seat belt does not fit properly,
serious injuries to a child who is with or without the child sitting on a
unrestrained, improperly restrained, booster seat, the child should not sit
sitting too close to the airbag, or out in front.
of position.
Maturity
A side airbag also poses risks. If any To safely ride in front, a child must
part of a larger childs body is in the be able to follow the rules, including
path of a deploying side airbag, the sitting properly, and wearing the seat
child could receive possibly serious belt properly throughout a ride.
injuries.
48
2009 Civic Coupe


If you decide that a child can safely Additional Safety Precautions Do not put any accessories on a
ride up front, be sure to: Do not let a child wear a seat belt seat belt. Devices intended to
across the neck. This could result improve a childs comfort or
Carefully read the owners manual, in serious neck injuries during a reposition the shoulder part of a

and make sure you understand all crash. seat belt can make the belt less
seat belt instructions and all safety effective and increase the chance
information. Do not let a child put the shoulder of serious injury in a crash.
part of a seat belt behind the back
Move the vehicle seat to the rear- or under the arm. This could
most position. cause very serious injuries during
a crash. It also increases the
Have the child sit up straight, back chance that the child will slide
against the seat, and feet on or under the belt in a crash and be
near the floor. injured.
Check that the childs seat belt is Two children should never use the
properly and securely positioned. same seat belt. If they do, they
could be very seriously injured in a
Supervise the child. Even mature crash.
children sometimes need to be
reminded to fasten the seat belts
or sit properly.
49
2009 Civic Coupe


Carbon Monoxide Hazard
Your vehicles exhaust contains With the trunk open, airflow can pull
carbon monoxide gas. Carbon exhaust gas into your vehicles
monoxide should not enter the Carbon monoxide gas is toxic. interior and create a hazardous
vehicle in normal driving if you Breathing it can cause condition. If you must drive with the
maintain your vehicle properly and unconsciousness and even kill trunk open, open all the windows and
follow the information on this page. you. set the heating and cooling system
as shown below.
Have the exhaust system inspected Avoid any enclosed areas or
for leaks whenever: activities that expose you to If you must sit in your parked vehicle
carbon monoxide. with the engine running, even in an
The vehicle is raised for an oil unconfined area, adjust the heating
change. and cooling system as follows:
High levels of carbon monoxide can
You notice a change in the sound collect rapidly in enclosed areas, 1. Select the fresh air mode.
of the exhaust. such as a garage. Do not run the 2. Select the mode.
engine with the garage door closed. 3. Turn the fan on high speed.
The vehicle was in an accident Even with the door open, run the 4. Set the temperature control to a
that may have damaged the engine only long enough to move the comfortable setting.
underside. vehicle out of the garage.
50
2009 Civic Coupe


Safety Labels
These labels are in the locations DASHBOARD SUN VISOR

shown. They warn you of potential U.S. models only U.S. models
hazards that could cause serious
injury or death. Read these labels

carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard

to read (except for the U.S.
dashboard label which may be
removed by the owner), contact your
dealer for a replacement.
RADIATOR CAP
Canadian models
CONTINUED
51
2009 Civic Coupe


Safety Labels
HOOD DOORJAMBS
U.S. models U.S. models Canadian models
Canadian models
52
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Instruments and Controls
This section gives information about Control Locations ............................ 54 Door Locks ....................................... 80
the controls and displays that Instrument Panel ............................. 55 Power Door Locks ....................... 81
contribute to the daily operation of Instrument Panel Indicators ........... 57 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking.. 82
your vehicle. All the essential Gauges .............................................. 65 Remote Transmitter ........................ 87
controls are within easy reach. Display Change Button ............... 66 Trunk................................................. 91
Odometer ...................................... 66 Emergency Trunk Opener ......... 92

Trip Meter .................................... 66 Seats .................................................. 93
Outside Temperature Seat Heaters ................................... 101
Indicator .................................... 67 Power Windows ............................. 102
Fuel Gauge ................................... 68 Moonroof ........................................ 104
Temperature Gauge .................... 68 Mirrors ............................................ 106
Check Fuel Cap Message ........... 68 Parking Brake ................................ 107
Maintenance Minder ................... 69 Interior Convenience Items .......... 108
Controls Near the Steering Beverage Holders ...................... 109
Wheel ............................................ 70 Console Compartment .............. 109
Windshield Wipers and Washers .. 71 Glove Box ................................... 109
Turn Signals and Headlights .......... 72 Coat Hook ................................... 110
Fog Lights......................................... 73 Accessory Power Sockets......... 110
Instrument Panel Brightness ......... 74 Vanity Mirror ............................. 111
Hazard Warning Button .................. 75 Sun Visor .................................... 112
Rear Window Defogger .................. 75 Interior Lights ................................ 113
Steering Wheel Adjustments ......... 76 Ceiling Light ............................... 113
Keys and Locks ................................ 77 Spotlights .................................... 113
Immobilizer System......................... 78 Courtesy Light ........................... 114
Ignition Switch ................................. 79
53
2009 Civic Coupe


Control Locations
HAZARD WARNING BUTTON (P.75) MOONROOF SWITCH (P.104)

INSTRUMENT PANEL
INDICATORS (P.55, 56)
GAUGES (P.65)
CLOCK
(P.222)
MIRROR CONTROLS
(P.106)
POWER DOOR LOCK AUDIO SYSTEM

MASTER SWITCH (P.121)
(P.81)
POWER WINDOW HEATING/COOLING

SWITCHES CONTROLS
(P.102) (P.116)
HOOD RELEASE
HANDLE FUEL FILL DOOR/ SEAT HEATER ACCESSORY POWER SOCKETS
(P.266) TRUNK RELEASE HANDLE SWITCHES (P.110)
(P.265, 91) (P.101)
USB ADAPTER CABLE
A/T model without navigation system is shown. (P.142, 152, 195, 206)
: If equipped
54
2009 Civic Coupe


Instrument Panel
DX, DX-G (Canada), LX, EX, EX-L

SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.64)
VSA ACTIVATION
INDICATOR (P.62)

LOW FUEL
DAYTIME INDICATOR
RUNNING (P.64)
LIGHTS
INDICATOR (P.63) SIDE AIRBAG LIGHTS ON HIGH BEAM SUPPLEMENTAL TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
VEHICLE OFF INDICATOR INDICATOR INDICATOR RESTRAINT SYSTEM SYSTEM (TPMS) INDICATOR (P.61)
STABILITY (P.58) (P.63) (P.63) INDICATOR (P.58)
ASSIST (VSA) PARKING BRAKE AND
SYSTEM BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR
INDICATOR (P.62) (P.58, 363)
CRUISE CONTROL ANTI-LOCK BRAKE
INDICATOR (P.62) SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.59)
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
INDICATOR (P.59) SEAT BELT REMINDER
LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR (P.57)
INDICATOR (P.57, 361)
TRUNK-OPEN INDICATOR
CHARGING SYSTEM (P.63)
INDICATOR (P.57, 361) DOOR-OPEN INDICATOR
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP CRUISE MAIN (P.63)
(P.57, 362) INDICATOR (P.62) LOW TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR (P.61)
MAINTENANCE MINDER INDICATOR (P.60, 303) : If equipped
The U.S. instrument panel is shown. Differences for Canadian models are noted in the text. CONTINUED
Canadian DX-G model with M/T has the electric power steering (EPS) indicator (see page 60) next to the immobilizer system indicator.
55
2009 Civic Coupe


Instrument Panel
Si
SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.64) REV LIMIT INDICATOR (P.61)
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR

(P.63)
LOW FUEL
LIGHTS ON INDICATOR INDICATOR
(P.63) (P.64)
SIDE AIRBAG OFF INDICATOR (P.58) SUPPLEMENTAL CRUISE MAIN INDICATOR (P.62)
VSA ACTIVATION INDICATOR (P.62) RESTRAINT SYSTEM LOW TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR
INDICATOR (P.58) (P.61)
FOG LIGHT INDICATOR (P.63) PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE
SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.58, 363)
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHTS INDICATOR (P.63) ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
INDICATOR (P.59)
VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST SEAT BELT REMINDER
(VSA) SYSTEM INDICATOR INDICATOR (P.57)
(P.62)
TRUNK-OPEN INDICATOR
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING (P.63)
(EPS) INDICATOR (P.60) DOOR-OPEN INDICATOR
LOW OIL PRESSURE (P.63)
INDICATOR (P.57, 361)
TIRE PRESSURE
CHARGING SYSTEM IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM MONITORING SYSTEM
INDICATOR (P.57, 361) INDICATOR (P.59) CRUISE CONTROL (TPMS) INDICATOR (P.61)
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR (P.62)
INDICATOR LAMP MAINTENANCE MINDER
: If equipped (P.57, 362) INDICATOR (P.60, 303)
The U.S. instrument panel is shown. Differences for Canadian models are noted in the text.
56
2009 Civic Coupe


Instrument Panel Indicators
The instrument panel has many If your front passenger does not Charging System
indicators to give you important fasten their seat belt, the indicator Indicator
information about your vehicle. comes on about 6 seconds after the If this indicator comes on when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON engine is running, the battery is not
Seat Belt Reminder (II) position. being charged. For more information,
Indicator see page 361 .

This indicator comes on when you If either of you do not fasten your
turn the ignition switch to the ON seat belt while driving, the beeper Low Oil Pressure
(II) position. It reminds you and your will sound and the indicator will flash Indicator
passengers to fasten your seat belts. again at regular intervals. For more The engine can be severely damaged
A beeper also sounds if you have not information, see page 18 . if this indicator flashes or stays on
fastened your seat belt. when the engine is running. For
more information, see page 361 .
If you turn the ignition switch to the
ON (II) position before fastening Malfunction Indicator
your seat belt, the beeper sounds Lamp
and the indicator flashes. If you do See page 362 .
not fasten your seat belt before the
beeper stops, the indicator stops
flashing but remains on.
57
2009 Civic Coupe


U.S. Canada Supplemental Restraint U.S. Canada

System Indicator
This indicator comes on briefly when
Parking Brake and Brake System you turn the ignition switch to the Side Airbag Off Indicator
Indicator ON (II) position. If it comes on at This indicator comes on briefly when
This indicator has two functions: any other time, it indicates a you turn the ignition switch to the
potential problem with your front ON (II) position. If it comes on at
1. It comes on when you turn the airbags. This indicator will also alert any other time, it indicates that the
ignition switch to the ON (II) you to a potential problem with your passengers side airbag has
position. It is a reminder to check side airbags, passengers side airbag automatically shut off. For more
the parking brake. A beeper cutoff system, side curtain airbags, information, see page 29 .
sounds if you drive with the automatic seat belt tensioners,
parking brake not fully released. drivers seat position sensor, or the
Driving with the parking brake not front passengers weight sensors.
fully released can damage the For more information, see page 28 .
brakes and tires.
2. If it stays on after you have fully

released the parking brake while
the engine is running, or if it
comes on while driving, there
could be a problem with the brake
system. For more information, see
page 363 .
58
2009 Civic Coupe


Anti-lock Brake System Immobilizer System

(ABS) Indicator Indicator
This indicator normally comes on for This indicator comes on briefly when Turn Signal and Hazard Warning
a few seconds when you turn the you turn the ignition switch to the Indicators
ignition switch to the ON (II) ON (II) position. It will then go off if The left or right turn signal indicator
position. If it comes on at any other you have inserted a properly coded blinks when you signal a lane change

time, there is a problem with the ignition key. If it is not a properly or turn. If an indicator does not blink
ABS. If this happens, have your coded key, the indicator will blink, or blinks rapidly, it usually means
vehicle checked at a dealer. With and the engines fuel system will be one of the turn signal bulbs is
this indicator on, your vehicle still disabled (see page 78 ). burned out (see pages 327 and 328 ).
has normal braking ability but no Replace the bulb as soon as possible,
anti-lock function. For more since other drivers cannot see that
information, see page 292 . you are signaling.
When you press the hazard warning

button, both turn signal indicators
and all turn signals on the outside of
the vehicle flash.
59
2009 Civic Coupe


Electric Power Steering If you turn the steering wheel to the Maintenance Minder
(EPS) Indicator full left or right position repeatedly Indicator
Si and Canadian DX-G with manual while stopping or driving at very low This indicator comes on for a few
transmission models speed, you may feel slightly harder seconds when you turn the ignition
This indicator normally comes on steering due to overheating of the switch to the ON (II) position. It
when you turn the ignition switch to steering gearbox. reminds you that it is time to take
the ON (II) position and goes off your vehicle in for scheduled
after the engine starts. If it comes on Continuously driving under those maintenance. The maintenance main
at any other time, there is a problem conditions could damage the power items and sub items will be displayed
in the electric power steering system. steering system. in the information display. See page
If this happens, stop the vehicle in a 303 for more information on the
safe place, and turn off the engine. maintenance minder.
Reset the system by restarting the
engine. The indicator will not turn This indicator goes off when your
off immediately. If it does not go off dealer resets it after completing the
after driving a short distance, or required maintenance service.
comes back on again while driving,
take the vehicle to your dealer to
have it checked. With the indicator
on, the EPS may be off, making the
vehicle harder to steer.
60
2009 Civic Coupe


Low Tire Pressure Tire Pressure Monitoring Rev Limit Indicator

Indicator System (TPMS) Indicator
U.S. models only U.S. models only REV LIMIT INDICATOR
This indicator normally comes on for This indicator normally comes on for
a few seconds when you turn the a few seconds when you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II) ignition switch to the ON (II)

position. If it comes on while driving, position.
it indicates that one or more of your
vehicles tires are significantly low If this indicator comes on and stays
on pressure. on at any other time, or if it does not
come on when you turn the ignition
If this happens, pull to the side of the switch to the ON (II) position, there Si model only
road when it is safe, check which tire is a problem with the TPMS. With This indicator shows you when the
has lost the pressure, and determine this indicator on, the low tire engine speed is near the tachometers
the cause. If it is because of a flat tire, pressure indicator will not come on red zone. When the engine speed
replace the flat tire with the compact when a tire loses pressure. Take the gets to near the red zone, the
spare (see page 351 ), and have the vehicle to your dealer to have the indicator blinks. If you exceed the
flat tire repaired as soon as possible. system checked. maximum speed for the gear you are
If two or more tires are underinflated, in, the indicator stays on, and you
call a professional towing service may feel the engine cut in and out
(see page 370 ). For more due to the engine speed limiter (see
information, see page 296 . page 285 ).
To protect the engine from damage,

never drive with the tachometer in
its red zone.
61
2009 Civic Coupe


Cruise Main Indicator Vehicle Stability Assist VSA Activation Indicator

(VSA) System Indicator
If equipped If equipped If equipped
This indicator comes on when you This indicator normally comes on for This indicator has three functions:
turn on the cruise control system by a few seconds when you turn the
pressing the CRUISE button (see ignition switch to the ON (II) 1. It comes on as a reminder that you
page 224 ). position. have turned off the vehicle
stability assist (VSA) system.
Cruise Control Indicator If it comes on and stays on at any
other time, or if it does not come on 2. It flashes when VSA is active (see
If equipped when you turn the ignition switch to page 294 ).
This indicator comes on when you the ON (II) position, there is a
set the cruise control. See page problem with the VSA system. Take 3. It comes on along with the VSA
224 for information on operating the your vehicle to a dealer to have it system indicator if there is a
cruise control. checked. Without VSA, your vehicle problem with the VSA system.
still has normal driving ability, but
will not have VSA traction and This indicator normally comes on for
stability enhancement. See page a few seconds when you turn the
294 for more information on the ignition switch to the ON (II)
VSA system. position. See page 294 for more
information on the VSA system.
62
2009 Civic Coupe


Daytime Running Lights Trunk-open Indicator Lights On Indicator

Indicator
If this indicator comes on when you This indicator comes on if the trunk This indicator reminds you that the
turn the ignition switch to the ON lid is not closed tightly. exterior lights are on. It comes on
(II) position and release the parking when the light switch is in either the
brake, it means there is a problem Door-open Indicator or position. If you turn the

with the DRL. There may also be a ignition switch to the ACCESSORY
problem with the high beam This indicator comes on if either (I) or LOCK (0) position without
headlights. Have your vehicle door is not closed tightly. turning off the light switch, this
checked by your dealer. indicator will stay on. A reminder
Washer Level Indicator chime will also sound when you open
High Beam Indicator the drivers door.
Canadian models only
This indicator comes on with the This indicator comes on when the Fog Light Indicator
high beam headlights. For more washer fluid level is low. Add washer
information, see page 72 . fluid when you see this indicator If equipped
(see page 319 ). This indicator comes on when you
This indicator also comes on with turn on the fog lights. For more
reduced brightness when the information, see page 73 .
daytime running lights (DRL) are on
(see page 73 ).
63
2009 Civic Coupe


Security System Indicator Low Fuel Indicator

Except Si
LOW FUEL INDICATOR
Si
SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR
If equipped This indicator is located in the fuel

This indicator comes on when the gauge. It comes on as a reminder
security system is set. See page that you must refuel soon.
223 for more information on the
security system. When the indicator comes on, there
are about 1.9 US gal (7.5 ) of fuel
remaining in the tank.
When the reading reaches E, there is
a very small amount of fuel in the
tank.
64
2009 Civic Coupe


Gauges
SEL/RESET BUTTON
SPEEDOMETER
TEMPERATURE GAUGE

FUEL
GAUGE
TACHOMETER
To switch the information display

between the odometer, trip meter,
and outside temperature (if
equipped), and engine oil life and
INFORMATION
maintenance service items, press the
DISPLAY SEL/RESET button repeatedly.
ODOMETER/OUTSIDE TRIP METER

TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
U.S. EX-L model with A/T is shown.
: If equipped
65
2009 Civic Coupe


Gauges
Display Change Button Odometer Trip Meter

This shows the total distance your This meter shows the number of
DISPLAY CHANGE BUTTON vehicle has been driven. It measures miles or kilometers driven since you
miles or kilometers. last reset it.
It is illegal under U.S. federal law and
Canadian provincial regulations to There are two trip meters: Trip A
disconnect, reset, or alter the and Trip B. Switch between these
odometer with the intent to change displays by pressing the SEL/
the number of miles or kilometers RESET button repeatedly. Each trip
indicated. meter works independently, so you
can keep track of two different
The odometer and the outside distances.
temperature indicator (if equipped)
use the same display. To switch the When you turn the ignition switch to
Press and hold the display change display between them, press the the ON (II) position, your last
button until you hear a beep. The SEL/RESET button repeatedly. selection is displayed.
speedometer, trip meter, and When you turn the ignition switch to
odometer readings switch between the ON (II) position, your last To reset a trip meter, display it, and
miles per hour (mph) and kilometers selection is displayed. then press and hold the SEL/RESET
per hour (km/h). button until the number resets to
0.0.
66
2009 Civic Coupe


Gauges
Outside Temperature Indicator If the outside temperature is In certain weather conditions,

If equipped incorrectly displayed, you can adjust temperature readings near freezing
This indicator displays the outside it up to 5F in U.S. models (3C (32F, 0C) could mean that ice is
temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S. in Canadian models) warmer or forming on the road surface.
models) or Celsius (Canadian cooler.
models). To see the outside

temperature, press and release the NOTE: The temperature must be
SEL/RESET button until the stabilized before doing this
temperature is shown on the procedure.
information display.
Select the outside temperature
The temperature sensor is in the display, then press and hold the
front bumper. Therefore, the SEL/RESET button for 10 seconds.
temperature reading can be affected The following sequence will appear
by heat reflection from the road for 1 second each: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5,
surface, engine heat, and the 4, 3, 2, 1, 0 (U.S.) or 0, 1, 2,
exhaust from surrounding traffic. 3, 3, 2, 1, 0 (Canada).
This can cause an incorrect
temperature reading when your When it reaches the desired value,
speed is under 19 mph (30 km/h). release the SEL/RESET button. You
should see the new outside
The sensor delays the display update temperature displayed.
until it reaches the correct outside
temperature. This may take several
minutes.
67
2009 Civic Coupe


Gauges
Fuel Gauge Temperature Gauge Check Fuel Cap Message

This shows how much fuel you have. This shows the temperature of the Your vehicles onboard diagnostic
It may show slightly more or less engines coolant. During normal system will detect a loose or missing
than the actual amount. operation, the reading should rise to fuel fill cap as an evaporative system
about the middle of the gauge. In leak. The first time a leak is detected
severe driving conditions, such as a CHECK FUEL CAP message
very hot weather or a long period of appears on the information display.
Avoid driving with an extremely low uphill driving, the reading may rise Turn the engine off, and confirm the
f uel level. Running out of f uel could into the upper half of the gauge. If it fuel fill cap is installed. If it is, loosen
cause the engine to misf ire, damaging reaches the red (Hot) mark, pull it, then retighten it until it clicks at
the catalytic converter. safely to the side of the road. See least once. The message should go
page 359 for instructions and off after several days of normal
precautions on checking the engine driving once you tighten or replace
cooling system. the fuel fill cap. To scroll to another
display, press the SEL/RESET
button. The CHECK FUEL CAP
message will appear each time you
restart the engine until the system
turns the message off.
68
2009 Civic Coupe


Gauges
If the system still detects a leak in Maintenance Minder

your vehicles evaporative emissions The information display in the
system, the malfunction indicator instrument panel shows you the
lamp (MIL) comes on. If the fuel fill engine oil life and maintenance
cap was not already tightened, turn service items when the ignition
the engine off, and check or switch is in the ON (II) position. This

retighten the fuel fill cap until it information helps to keep you aware
clicks at least once. The MIL should of the periodic maintenance your
go off after several days of normal vehicle needs for continued trouble-
driving once the cap is tightened or free driving. Refer to page 303 for
replaced. If the MIL does not go off, more information.
have your vehicle inspected by a
dealer. For more information, see
page 362 .
69
2009 Civic Coupe


Controls Near the Steering Wheel
HEADLIGHTS/FOG LIGHTS2/ WINDSHIELD WIPERS/WASHERS PASSENGERS AIRBAG OFF

TURN SIGNALS (P.72, 73) (P.71) INDICATOR (P.29)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
BRIGHTNESS AUDIO SYSTEM2 (P.121)
(P.74)
MIRROR CONTROLS2
(P.106)
VEHICLE STABILITY
ASSIST (VSA )
SYSTEM OFF SWITCH REAR WINDOW
(P.295) DEFOGGER
(P.75)
HEATED MIRRORS2
BLUETOOTH HORN1 (P.107)
HANDSFREELINK
SYSTEM VOICE HAZARD WARNING
CONTROL2 (P.227) REMOTE BUTTON (P.75)
AUDIO
CONTROLS 2
ACCESSORY POWER
NAVIGATION SYSTEM CRUISE CONTROL SOCKET (P.110)
VOICE CONTROL (P.269) BUTTONS2
BUTTONS3 STEERING WHEEL (P.224) AUXILIARY INPUT JACK2
ADJUSTMENTS (P.220)
(P.76)
1: To use the horn, press the center pad of the steering wheel.
2: If equipped.
3: Only on vehicles equipped with navigation system. Refer to the navigation system manual.
70
2009 Civic Coupe


Windshield Wipers and Washers
MIST The wipers run at high Windshield Washers Pull the

speed until you release the lever. wiper control lever toward you, and
hold it. The washers spray until you
OFF The wipers are not activated. release the lever. The wipers run at
low speed, then complete one more
INT The wipers operate every sweep after you release the lever.

few seconds.
On EX, EX-L and Si models in the U.S.,

and LX, EX-L and Si models in Canada
ADJUSTMENT RING
The length of the wiper interval is
: EX, EX-L, Si, Canadian LX varied automatically according to the
vehicles speed.
1. MIST
2. OFF Vary the delay by turning the
3. INT Intermittent adjustment ring. If you turn it to the
4. LO Low speed shortest delay ( position), the
5. HI High speed wipers change to low speed
6. Windshield washers operation when the vehicle speed
exceeds 12 mph (20 km/h).
Push the right lever up or down to
select a position. LO The wipers run at low speed.
HI The wipers run at high speed.
71
2009 Civic Coupe


Turn Signals and Headlights
Turn Signal Push down on the If you leave the lights on with the
lever to signal a left turn and up to key removed from the ignition
signal a right turn. To signal a lane switch, you will hear a reminder
change, push lightly on the lever, chime when you open the drivers
and hold it. The lever will return to door.
center when you release it or
complete a turn. High Beams Push the lever
forward until you hear a click. The
Headlights On Turning the high beam indicator will come on
switch to the position turns (see page 63 ). Pull the lever back to
on the parking lights, taillights, return to the low beams.
Si model is shown. instrument panel lights, side-marker
lights, and rear license plate lights. To flash the high beams, pull the
1. Turn signal lever back lightly, then release it.
2. Off Turning the switch to the The high beams will stay on as long
3. Parking and instrument panel position turns on the headlights. as you hold the lever back.
lights
4. Headlights on When the light switch is in the
5. High beams or position, the
6. Flash high beams lights on indicator comes on as a
7. Fog lights off reminder.
8. Fog lights on
This indicator stays on if you leave
: If equipped the lights on and turn the ignition
switch to the ACCESSORY (I) or
LOCK (0) position.
72
2009 Civic Coupe


Headlights, Fog Lights
Daytime Running Lights Fog Lights You can use the fog lights only when
With the headlight switch off or in the headlights are on low beam.
the position, the high beam They will go off when you turn the
headlights and the high beam headlights off or onto high beam.
indicator come on with reduced
brightness when you turn the

ignition switch to the ON (II)
position and release the parking
brake. They remain on until you turn
the ignition switch off, even if you
set the parking brake.
The headlights revert to normal

operation when you turn them on
with the switch. Si model
Turn the fog lights on and off by
turning the switch next to the
headlight switch.
73
2009 Civic Coupe


Instrument Panel Brightness
CONTROL BUTTONS There are six brightness levels. The center of each meter (upper and
When you push either button, the lower) illuminates with reduced
information display indicates the brightness when you unlock and
current level. You will hear a tone open the drivers door, and then goes
when you reach the maximum or back to the selected brightness when
minimum brightness. The display you turn the ignition switch to the
returns to the odometer 5 seconds ON (II) position.
after you stop adjusting the
brightness. If you insert the key but do not turn
the ignition switch to the ON (II)
To reduce glare at night, the position, the illumination turns off in
instrument panel illumination dims about 10 seconds.
when you turn the light switch to the
The buttons under the left side vent or position.
control the brightness of the
instrument panel. Push the or
button to adjust the brightness.
Separate adjustments can be made

when the headlights are on and off.
74
2009 Civic Coupe


Hazard Warning Button, Rear Window Defogger
Hazard Warning Button Rear Window Defogger Make sure the rear window is clear
and you have good visibility before
starting to drive.
The defogger and antenna wires on

the inside of the rear window can be

accidentally damaged. When
cleaning the glass, always wipe side-
to-side.
On U.S. EX-L, Canadian LX, EX-L and

Si models
U.S. EX-L, Canadian LX, EX, EX-L, Si Pushing this button also turns the
mirror heaters on or off. For more
Push the button to turn on the The rear window defogger will clear information, see page 107 .
hazard warning lights (four-way fog, frost, and thin ice from the
flashers). This causes all four window. Push the defogger button to
outside turn signals and both turn turn it on and off. The indicator in
indicators in the instrument panel to the button comes on to show the
flash. Use the hazard warning lights defogger is on. If you do not turn it
if you need to park in a dangerous off, the defogger will shut itself off
area near heavy traffic, or if your after about 15 minutes. It also shuts
vehicle is disabled. off when you turn off the ignition
switch. You have to turn the
defogger on again when you restart
the vehicle.
75
2009 Civic Coupe


Steering Wheel Adjustments
Make any steering wheel 3. Push the lever up to lock the

adjustments before you start driving. steering wheel in position.
4. Make sure you have securely

locked the steering wheel in place
Adjusting the steering wheel by trying to move it up, down, in,
position while driving may and out.
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured
in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only

when the vehicle is stopped.
1. Push the lever under the steering
column all the way down.
2. Move the steering wheel up or

down, and in or out, so it points
toward your chest, not toward
your face. Make sure you can see
the instrument panel gauges and
indicators.
76
2009 Civic Coupe


Keys and Locks
All EX, EX-L and Si models, and Canadian U.S. LX and Canadian DX-G models The master key fits all the locks on
LX model your vehicle. The valet key works
MASTER KEY WITH MASTER KEY WITH
only in the ignition and the drivers
REMOTE TRANSMITTER REMOTE TRANSMITTER door lock. You can keep the trunk
VALET KEY KEY NUMBER VALET KEY
and trunk release handle locked
KEY NUMBER
when you leave your vehicle and the

TAG (Gray) TAG (Gray)
valet key at a parking facility.
On DX model (except Canadian

DX-G), the passengers door can
also be locked or unlocked with
the key.
You should have received a key

DX model (except Canadian DX-G) number tag with your keys. You will
MASTER KEYS (Black) need this key number if you ever
KEY NUMBER VALET KEY have to get a lost key replaced. Use
TAG (Gray) only Honda-approved key blanks.
CONTINUED
77
2009 Civic Coupe


Keys and Locks, Immobilizer System
These keys contain electronic Immobilizer System If the system repeatedly does not
circuits that are activated by the The immobilizer system protects recognize the coding of your key,
immobilizer system. They will not your vehicle from theft. If an contact your dealer.
work to start the engine if the improperly coded key (or other
circuits are damaged. device) is used, the engines fuel Do not attempt to alter this system
system is disabled. or add other devices to it. Electrical
Protect the keys from direct problems could result that may make
sunlight, high temperature, and When you turn the ignition switch to your vehicle inoperable.
high humidity. the ON (II) position, the immobilizer
system indicator should come on If you have lost your key and cannot
Do not drop the keys or set heavy briefly, then go off. If the indicator start your engine, contact your
objects on them. starts to blink, it means the system dealer.
does not recognize the coding of the
Keep the keys away from liquids. key. Turn the ignition switch to the
If they get wet, dry them LOCK (0) position, remove the key,
immediately with a soft cloth. reinsert it, and turn the ignition Always take the ignition key with you
switch to the ON (II) position again. whenever you leave the vehicle alone.
The valet key does not contain a
battery. Do not try to take it apart. The system may not recognize your
keys coding if another immobilizer
On DX model (except Canadian DX-G) key or other metal object (i.e. key
The keys do not contain batteries. fob) is near the ignition switch when
Do not try to take them apart. you insert the key.
78
2009 Civic Coupe


Immobilizer System, Ignition Switch
As required by the FCC: Ignition Switch If the front wheels are turned, the
This device complies with Part 15 of the anti-theft lock may make it difficult
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the to turn the key. Firmly turn the
following two conditions: (1) This device steering wheel to the left or right as
may not cause harmful interference, and you turn the key.
(2) this device must accept any

interference received, including ACCESSORY (I) You can
interference that may cause undesired operate the audio system and the
operation. accessory power sockets in this
position.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for ON (II) This is the normal key
compliance could void the users position when driving. Several of the
authority to operate the equipment. indicators on the instrument panel
The ignition switch has four come on as a test when you turn the
This device complies with Industry positions: LOCK (0), ACCESSORY ignition switch from the
Canada Standard RSS-210. (I), ON (II), and START (III). ACCESSORY (I) to the ON (II)
Operation is subject to the following two position.
conditions: (1) this device may not cause LOCK (0) You can insert or
interference, and (2) this device must remove the key only in this position. START (III) Use this position
accept any interference that may cause To turn the key, push it in slightly. If only to start the engine. The switch
undesired operation of the device. your vehicle has an automatic returns to the ON (II) position when
transmission, the shift lever must you let go of the key.
also be in park.
CONTINUED
79
2009 Civic Coupe


Ignition Switch, Door Locks
You will hear a reminder beeper if Door Locks On DX model except Canadian DX-G
you leave the key in the ignition To lock the passengers door when
switch in the LOCK (0) or the LOCK LOCK TAB getting out of the vehicle, pull out
ACCESSORY (I) position and open the lock tab and close the door. To
the drivers door. Remove the key to lock the drivers door, pull and hold
turn off the beeper. the outside door handle then pull out
the lock tab. Release the handle,
If your vehicle has an automatic then close the door.
transmission, the shift lever must be
in Park before you can remove the Each door can be locked or unlocked
key from the ignition switch. with the ignition key.
UNLOCK RED MARK
Removing the key from the Each door has a lock tab next to the
ignition switch while driving inside door handle. Pull out the tab
locks the steering. This can to lock the door, and push it in to
cause you to lose control of the unlock.
vehicle.
When the door is unlocked, the red
Remove the key from the mark on the lock tab is shown.
ignition switch only when
parked.
80
2009 Civic Coupe


Door Locks
Power Door Locks The lock tab on the passengers door Lockout Prevention
locks and unlocks only that door. If you forget and leave the key in the
Pushing in the drivers door lock tab ignition switch, lockout prevention
only unlocks the drivers door. will not allow you to lock the drivers
To unlock only the drivers door door. With either door open and the
from the outside, turn the key and key in the ignition switch, locking

release it. If you turn it again, both with master door lock switch is
doors unlock. disabled. If the drivers door is
closed, the lock tab on the drivers
To lock the passengers door when door is not disabled. Pulling the
getting out of the vehicle, pull out drivers lock tab rearward will lock
the lock tab and close the door. To both doors. If you try to lock an open
MASTER DOOR LOCK SWITCH lock the drivers door, remove the drivers door by pulling the lock tab
key from the ignition switch and pull rearward, the drivers door lock tab
On LX, EX, EX-L and Si models in the out the lock tab or push the top of pops out and unlocks the drivers
U.S., and DX-G, LX, EX-L and Si the master switch, then close the door.
models in Canada door.
To lock the doors, push the top of
the master door lock switch on
either door, pull out the lock tab on
the drivers door, or use the key in
the outside lock on the drivers door.
Pushing the bottom of either master

door lock switch unlocks both doors.
81
2009 Civic Coupe


Door Locks
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Auto Door Locking To turn off the Auto Door Lock
On LX, EX, EX-L and Si models in the The auto door locking feature has modes:
U.S., and DX-G, LX, EX-L and Si three possible settings:
models in Canada
Your vehicle has customizable The auto door locking is
settings for the doors to deactivated all the time.
automatically lock and unlock. There
are default settings for each of these The doors lock whenever you
features. You can turn off or change move the shift lever out of the
the settings for these features as Park (P) position (A/T vehicles).
described on the following pages.
The doors lock when the vehicle
When you customize the setting, speed reaches 9 mph (15 km/h).
make sure your vehicle is parked This is the default setting.
safely, the engine is off, and the
parking brake is applied. Make all 1. Make sure the shift lever is in the
settings before you start driving. Park (P) position (A/T vehicles).
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

(II) position, and open the drivers
door.
82
2009 Civic Coupe


Door Locks
3. Push and hold the front of the To program the Park Lock mode: 3. Push and hold the front of the
master door lock switch on the Locks both doors when the shift lever is master door lock switch on the
drivers door until you hear a click moved out of the Park (P) position (A/T drivers door. You will hear a click.
(after about 5 seconds). vehicles only). Keep holding the switch until you
hear another click (after about 5
4. Release the switch, and within 5 seconds).

seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK (0) position. 4. Release the switch, and within 5
to the LOCK (0) position.
1. Make sure the shift lever is in the

Park (P) position.

(II) position, and make sure to
close the drivers door.
CONTINUED
83
2009 Civic Coupe


Door Locks
To program the Drive Lock mode: 4. Push and hold the front of the Auto Door Unlocking
Locks both doors when the vehicles master door lock switch on the The auto door unlocking feature has
speed reaches about 9 mph (15 km/h). drivers door. You will hear a click. five possible settings:
Keep holding the switch until you The auto door unlocking is
hear another click (after about 5 deactivated all the time.
seconds).
On A/T vehicles, the drivers door
5. Release the switch, and within 5 unlocks when you move the shift
seconds, turn the ignition switch lever to the Park (P) position.
to the ACCESSORY (I) position. This is the default setting.
On A/T vehicles, move the shift
lever to the Park (P) position. Both doors unlock when you move
the shift lever to the Park (P)
6. Turn the ignition switch to the position (A/T vehicles).
LOCK (0) position.
The drivers door unlocks
1. Make sure the shift lever is in the whenever you turn the ignition
Park (P) position (A/T vehicles). switch to the ACCESSORY (I)
position.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON This is the default setting on M/T
(II) position, and make sure to vehicles.
Both doors unlock whenever you
3. On A/T vehicles, push and hold the turn the ignition switch to the
brake pedal, and move the shift ACCESSORY (I) position.
lever out of the Park (P) position.
84
2009 Civic Coupe


Door Locks
To turn off the Auto Door Unlock 3. Push and hold the rear of the To program the Park Unlock mode:
modes: master door lock switch on the Unlocks the drivers door or both doors
drivers door. You will hear a click, when the shift lever is moved into the
and after about 5 seconds, you will Park (P) position (A/T vehicles only).
hear another click.

4. Release the switch, and within 5
to the LOCK (0) position.

Park (P) position (A/T vehicles).
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON Park (P) position.
(II) position, and open the drivers
door. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
CONTINUED
85
2009 Civic Coupe


Door Locks
3. Push and hold the rear of the To program the Ignition Switch 3. On A/T vehicles, push and hold the
master door lock switch on the Unlock mode: brake pedal, then move the shift
drivers door. You will hear a click. Unlocks the drivers door or both doors lever out of the Park (P) position.
Continue to hold the switch: when the ignition switch is moved out of
the ON (II) position. 4. Push and hold the rear of the
Until you hear another click master door lock switch on the
(after about 5 seconds) to drivers door. You will hear a click.
activate drivers door unlock Continue to hold the switch:
feature.
Until you hear another click
Or, until you hear two more (after about 5 seconds) to
clicks (after about 10 seconds) activate drivers door unlock
to activate both doors unlock feature.
feature.
Or, until you hear two more
4. Release the switch, and within 5 clicks (after about 10 seconds)
seconds, turn the ignition switch to activate both doors unlock
to the LOCK (0) position. feature.
Park (P) position (A/T vehicles).

86
2009 Civic Coupe


Door Locks, Remote Transmitter
5. Release the switch, and within 5 Remote Transmitter

to the ACCESSORY (I) position. U.S.: LX U.S.: EX, EX-L, Si
Canada: DX-G Canada: LX, EX-L, Si
On A/T vehicles, move the shift
lever to the Park (P) position. LED LED
LOCK LOCK

BUTTON BUTTON
6. Turn the ignition switch to the UNLOCK UNLOCK
LOCK (0) position. BUTTON BUTTON
Even if your vehicles battery is

removed or goes dead, the system TRUNK
keeps the auto door lock/unlock PANIC PANIC RELEASE
setting which you selected. BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON
U.S.: LX, EX, EX-L, Si UNLOCK Press this button once

Canada: DX-G, LX, EX-L, Si to unlock the drivers door. Push it
LOCK Press this button once to twice to unlock the passengers door.
lock both doors. Some exterior lights Some exterior lights will flash twice
will flash once. When you push each time you push the button.
LOCK twice within 5 seconds, you
will hear a beep to verify that the
doors are locked and that the
security system (if equipped) has set.
You cannot lock the doors if either
door is not fully closed or the key is
in the ignition switch. CONTINUED
87
2009 Civic Coupe


Remote Transmitter
The ceiling light and the door EX, EX-L, Si and Canadian LX models Remote Transmitter Care
activated spotlights (if equipped) TRUNK RELEASE Press this Avoid dropping or throwing the
come on when you press the button for about 1 second to open transmitter.
UNLOCK button if the lights are in the trunk. You cannot open the trunk
the door activated position. If you do if the key is in the ignition switch. Protect the transmitter from
not open either door within 30 extreme temperature.
seconds, the light(s) will fade out. If PANIC Press and hold this
you relock the doors with the remote button for about 2 seconds to attract Do not immerse the transmitter in
transmitter before 30 seconds have attention: the horn will sound and any liquid.
elapsed, the light(s) will go off the exterior lights will flash for about
immediately. 30 seconds. To cancel panic mode, If you lose a transmitter, the
press any other button on the remote replacement needs to be
If you do not open either door within transmitter, or turn the ignition reprogrammed by your dealer.
30 seconds, the doors automatically switch to the ON (II) position.
relock, and the security system (if
equipped) sets. You cannot unlock it
if the key is in the ignition switch.
88
2009 Civic Coupe


Remote Transmitter
Replacing the Transmitter

Battery
If it takes several pushes on the
button to lock or unlock the doors,
replace the battery as soon as
BATTERY
possible.

Battery type: CR1616
To replace the battery: SCREW

1. Remove the screw at the base of TAB
the transmitter with a small Model with trunk release is shown.
Phillips-head screwdriver.
2. Separate the transmitter by prying 3. Inside the transmitter, separate
NOTE: Be careful when removing its middle seam with your the inner cover from the keypad
this screw as the head of the screw fingernail. by releasing the two tabs on the
can strip out. cover.
CONTINUED
89
2009 Civic Coupe


Remote Transmitter
4. Remove the old battery from the As required by the FCC:

back of the inner cover, and insert This device complies with Part 15 of the
a new battery into the back of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
cover with the side facing down. following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
An improperly disposed of battery (2) this device must accept any
can hurt the environment. interference received, including
Always confirm local regulations interference that may cause undesired
for battery disposal. operation.
5. Install the parts in reverse order. Changes or modifications not expressly

approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the users
authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry

Canada Standard RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
90
2009 Civic Coupe


Trunk
U.S. DX and LX, Canadian DX and DX-G

Keep the trunk lid closed at all times
while driving to avoid damaging the
Pull lid, and to prevent exhaust gas from
getting into the interior. See Carbon
Monoxide Hazard on page 50 .

TRUNK RELEASE HANDLE MASTER KEY
You can open the trunk in two ways: On U.S. DX and LX models, and
Canadian DX and DX-G models
Pull the trunk release handle to Use the master key to open the
the left of the drivers seat. trunk lock. The valet key does not
work in this lock.
On EX, EX-L, Si and
Canadian LX models To close the trunk, press down on
Press and hold the trunk release the trunk lid.
button on the remote transmitter.
CONTINUED
91
2009 Civic Coupe


Trunk
On EX, EX-L, Si and Canadian LX Emergency Trunk Opener

Even if the trunk release lever is
locked with the master key, you can
open the trunk with the remote
transmitter.
MASTER KEY
To protect items in the trunk when

you need to give the key to someone As a safety feature, your vehicle has
else: a release lever on the trunk latch so
the trunk can be opened from the
1. Lock the trunk release handle inside. To open the trunk, push the
with the master key. release lever to the left.
2. Give the person the valet key. Parents should decide if their
children should be shown how to use
this feature. For more information
about child safety, see page 35 .
92
2009 Civic Coupe


Seats
Front Seat Adjustments

See pages 11 13 for important safety
information and warnings about how to
properly position the seats and seat-
backs.

Make all seat adjustments before
you start driving.
To adjust the seat forward or To change the seat-back angle, pull

backward, pull up on the bar under up on the lever on the outside of the
the seat cushions front edge. Move seat bottom.
the seat to the desired position, and
release the bar. Try to move the seat Once a seat is adjusted correctly,
to make sure it is locked in position. rock it back and forth to make sure it
is locked in position.
93
2009 Civic Coupe


Seats
Drivers Seat Height Adjustment Armrest Rear Seat Access
SEAT-BACK ADJUSTMENT LEVER
The height of your drivers seat is On all models except DX Drivers Side
adjustable. To raise the seat bottom, To use the console lid as an armrest, To get into the rear seat on the
repeatedly pull up the lever on the slide it to one of its three positions. drivers side, open the door and pull
outside of the seat cushion. To lower up on the seat-back adjustment lever.
the seat, push the lever down The seat-back will tilt forward to
repeatedly. allow easier entry to the rear seat.
Make all seat adjustments before

you start driving.
94
2009 Civic Coupe


Seats
Passengers Side Except U.S. DX

When you push down the release
RELEASE LEVER
lever or pull up the adjustment lever,
the seat will also move forward.
After a passenger gets into the back
seat, push the seat-back to the

upright position, and push the seat
backwards until it latches. Make
sure the seat is fully latched before
sitting in it.
To get into the rear seat on the

passengers side, push downward on
the release lever at the base of the
seat-back or pull up on the seat-back
adjustment lever. The seat-back will
tilt forward to allow easier entry to
the rear seat.
95
2009 Civic Coupe


Seats
Head Restraints FRONT

See page 13 for important safety
information and a warning about
improperly positioning head restraints.
Your vehicle is equipped with head

restraints in all seating positions to
help protect you and your
passengers from whiplash and other
injuries. RELEASE
BUTTON
LEGS SEAT-BACK
They are most effective when you Adjusting the Head Restraint
adjust them so the center of the back The head restraints adjust for height.
of the occupants head rests against You need both hands to adjust a
the center of the restraint. restraint. Do not attempt to adjust it
while driving. To raise it, pull upward.
To lower the restraint, push the
release button sideways, and push
the restraint down.
96
2009 Civic Coupe


Seats
Rear Center Position Removing the Head Restraint

To remove a head restraint for
LEG cleaning or repair, pull it up as far as Failure to reinstall the head
it will go. Push the release button, restraints can result in severe
then pull the restraint out of the seat- injury during a crash.
back.

Always replace the head
restraints before driving.
When reinstalling a head restraint,

SEAT-BACK RELEASE BUTTON put the legs back in place. Then
adjust it to the appropriate height
When a passenger is seated in the while pressing the release button.
rear center seating position, the
center head restraint should be Make sure the head restraint locks
adjusted up or down, to match the in position when you reinstall it.
passengers height.
CONTINUED
97
2009 Civic Coupe


Seats
Active Head Restraints against whiplash and injuries to the For a head restraint system to work
neck and upper spine. properly:
After a collision, the activated Do not hang any items on the head
restraint should return to its normal restraints, or from the restraint
position. legs.
If the restraints do not return to their Do not place any object between
normal position, or in the event of a an occupant and the seat-back.
severe collision, have the vehicle
inspected by a Honda dealer. Install each restraint in its proper
location.
Only use genuine Honda

The drivers and front passengers replacement head restraints.
seats have active head restraints. If
the vehicle is struck severely from
the rear, the occupant properly
secured with the seat belt will be
pushed against the seat-back and the
head restraint will automatically
move forward.
This reduces the distance between

the restraint and the occupants head.
It also helps protect the occupants
98
2009 Civic Coupe


Seats
Folding Rear Seat

GUIDE RELEASE
The back of the rear seat folds down When storing cargo, you can move To release the seat-back, pull the
to give you direct access to the trunk. the rear center shoulder belt out of release under the trunk panel. Push
The seat-back can be released from the way by removing the belt from the seat-back down, then let go of
inside the trunk. the guide. the release.
For 60/40 split rear fold-down seat
On all models except DX, Canadian Remove any items from the seat models, a release is located on each
DX-G and U.S. LX before you fold down the seat-back. side of the trunk.
The left and right halves can be
folded separately. For full rear fold-down seat models,
the release is located on the drivers
side of the trunk.
CONTINUED
99
2009 Civic Coupe


Seats
Make sure that the folded seat-back Make sure all rear shoulder belts are
does not press against the front positioned in front of the rear seat-
passengers seat, as this could cause back, and the center shoulder belt is
the weight sensors to work re-positioned in the guide whenever
improperly. the seat-back is in its upright position.
Be sure there are no twists in any
If the rear head restraints get caught shoulder belt.
on the front seat backs and you
cannot fold down the rear seat-back Do not put any heavy items on the
fully, you can remove the head seat-back when it is folded down.
restraints (see page 97 ).
Make sure the removed head Make sure all items in the trunk, or
restraints are securely stored. items extending through the opening
into the back seat, are secured.
To lock the seat-back upright, push it Loose items can fly forward and
firmly against the trunk panel. Make cause injury if you have to brake
sure it is latched in place by pulling hard. See Carrying Cargo on page
on the top of the seat. 275 .
Never drive with the seat-back

folded down and the trunk lid open.
See Carbon Monoxide Hazard on
page 50 .
100
2009 Civic Coupe


Seat Heaters
Passengers In the HI setting, the heater turns off

Seat when the seat gets warm, and turns
back on after the seats temperature
drops.
In the LO setting, the heater runs

continuously. It does not cycle with
temperature changes.
Follow these precautions whenever

Drivers you use the seat heaters:
HEATERS Seat SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
Use the HI setting only to heat the
If equipped Push the front of the switch, HI, to seats quickly, because it draws
Both front seats are equipped with rapidly heat up the seat. After the large amounts of current from the
seat heaters. Because of the sensors seat reaches a comfortable battery.
for the side airbag cutoff system, temperature, select LO by pushing
there is no heater in the passengers the back of the switch. This will keep If the engine is left idling for an
seat-back. The ignition switch must the seat warm. extended period, do not use the
be in the ON (II) position to use the seat heaters even on the LO
heaters. setting. It can weaken the battery,
causing hard starting.
101
2009 Civic Coupe


Power Windows
DRIVERS WINDOW SWITCH Except DX and Canadian DX-G

AUTO To open the drivers
Closing a power window on window fully, push the window
someones hands or fingers can switch firmly down, then release it.
cause serious injury. The window automatically goes
down all the way. To stop the
Make sure your passengers are window from going all the way down,
away from the windows before pull back on the window switch
closing them. briefly.
To close the drivers window fully,

MAIN SWITCH The drivers armrest has a master pull back the window switch firmly,
power window control panel. To then release it. The window
Turn the ignition switch to the ON open the passengers window, push automatically goes all the way up. To
(II) position to raise or lower either down on the switch and hold it down stop the window from going all the
window. To open a window, push the until the window reaches the desired way up, push down on the window
switch down and hold it. Release the position. To close the window, pull switch briefly.
switch when you want the window to back on the window switch. Release
stop. Pull back on the switch and the switch when the window gets to To open or close the drivers window
hold it to close the window. the position you want. partially, push down or pull back on
the window switch lightly and hold it.
The window will stop when you
release the switch.
102
2009 Civic Coupe


Power Windows
All models Except DX and Canadian DX-G If your vehicles battery is

When you push the MAIN switch in, AUTO REVERSE If the drivers disconnected or goes dead, or the
the switch is OFF, and the window runs into any obstacle while drivers window fuse is removed, the
passengers window cannot be raised it is closing automatically, it will AUTO function could be disabled. If
or lowered. To cancel this feature, reverse direction, and then stop. To the power window system needs to
push on the switch again to get it to close the window, remove the be reset after reconnecting the

pop out. Keep the MAIN switch off obstacle, then use the window switch battery or installing the fuse, do this:
when you have children in the again.
vehicle so they do not injure 1. Start the engine. Push down and
themselves by operating the window Auto reverse stops sensing when the hold the drivers window switch
unintentionally. window is almost closed. You should until the window is fully open.
always check that all passengers and
objects are away from the window 2. Pull and hold the drivers window
before closing it. switch to close the window
completely, then hold the switch
NOTE: Only on the drivers window, for about 2 seconds.
the auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the If the power windows do not operate
switch. properly after resetting, have your
vehicle checked by your dealer.
The windows operate for up to 10
minutes after you turn off the
ignition switch. Opening either door
cancels this function.
103
2009 Civic Coupe


Moonroof
To tilt up the moonroof, push on the AUTO To open the moonroof

MOONROOF SWITCH center of the moonroof switch. To fully, pull back the moonroof switch
stop the moonroof from tilting up firmly, then release it. The moonroof
Open fully, push the switch briefly. automatically opens all the way. To
stop the moonroof from opening,
To open the moonroof, pull back on push the switch briefly.
the switch and hold it. Release the
switch when the moonroof reaches To close the moonroof fully, firmly
the desired position. To close the push the moonroof switch forward,
moonroof, push the switch forward then release it. The moonroof
Tilt and hold it. Release the switch to automatically closes all the way. To
Close
stop the operation. stop the moonroof from closing,
push the switch briefly.
If equipped
The moonroof can be tilted up in the To open or close the moonroof
back for ventilation, or it can be slid Opening or closing the partially, lightly pull the switch back
back into the roof. Use the switch on moonroof on someones hands or push it forward and hold it. The
the front ceiling to operate the or fingers can cause serious moonroof will stop when you release
moonroof. You must turn the injury. the switch.
position to operate the moonroof. Make sure all hands and fingers
are clear of the moonroof
before opening or closing it.
104
2009 Civic Coupe


Moonroof
AUTO REVERSE If the The moonroof has a key-off delay.

moonroof runs into any obstacle You can open and close the
while it is closing automatically, it moonroof for up to 10 minutes after
will reverse direction and then stop. you turn off the ignition switch. The
To close the moonroof, remove the key-off delay cancels as soon as you
obstacle, then use the moonroof open either door.

switch again.
Auto reverse stops sensing when the

moonroof is almost closed. You If you try to open the moonroof in
should always check that all below-f reezing temperatures, or when
passengers and objects are away it is covered with snow or ice, you can
from the moonroof before closing it. damage the moonroof panel or motor.
105
2009 Civic Coupe


Mirrors
Adjusting the Power Mirrors 3. Push the appropriate edge of the

adjustment switch to move the
TAB SELECTOR SWITCH mirror right, left, up, or down.
4. When you finish, move the

selector switch to the center (off)
position. This turns the
adjustment switch off to keep your
settings.
ADJUSTMENT SWITCH
Keep the inside and outside mirrors
clean and adjusted for best visibility. If equipped
Be sure to adjust the mirrors before 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
you start driving. (II) position.
The inside mirror has day and night 2. Move the selector switch to L
positions. The night position reduces (drivers side) or R (passengers
glare from headlights behind you. side).
Flip the tab on the bottom edge of
the mirror to select the day or night
position.
106
2009 Civic Coupe


Mirrors, Parking Brake
Power Mirror Heaters Parking Brake
Driving the vehicle with the parking

brake applied can damage the rear
brakes and hubs. A beeper will sound if
the vehicle is driven with the parking

brake on.
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER/

HEATED MIRROR BUTTON PARKING BRAKE LEVER
EX-L model in the U.S. To apply the parking brake, pull the
LX, EX-L and Si models in Canada lever up fully. To release it, pull up
The outside mirrors are heated to slightly, push the button, and lower
remove fog and frost. With the the lever. The parking brake
ignition switch in the ON (II) indicator on the instrument panel
position, turn on the heaters by should go out when the parking
pressing the rear window defogger brake is fully released (see page 58 ).
button. The indicator in the button
comes on as a reminder. Press the
button again to turn the heaters and
the defogger off.
107
2009 Civic Coupe


Interior Convenience Items
CONSOLE COMPARTMENT VANITY MIRROR

SIDE POCKET
SUN VISOR
COAT HOOK
ACCESSORY
POWER SOCKET
BEVERAGE HOLDER
GLOVE BOX
CENTER POCKET

USB ADAPTER CABLE AUXILIARY INPUT JACK
SEAT-BACK POCKET BEVERAGE HOLDER
:If equipped ACCESSORY POWER SOCKET
108
2009 Civic Coupe


Beverage Holders Console Compartment Glove Box

Be careful when you are using the
beverage holders. A spilled liquid
that is very hot can scald you or your
passengers. Spilled liquids can
damage the upholstery, carpeting,

and electrical components in the
interior.
LEVER
CONSOLE COMPARTMENT
If equipped Open the glove box by pulling the

To open the console compartment, handle to the left. Close it with a firm
pull up on the lever, and lift the lid. push.
To close, lower the lid, and push it

down until it latches.
Open the front beverage holder by

sliding the lid.
CONTINUED
109
2009 Civic Coupe


Coat Hook Accessory Power Sockets
An open glove box can cause FRONT

serious injury to your passenger
in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat
belt.
Always keep the glove box

closed while driving.
COAT HOOK
To use a coat hook, pull it down. To use an accessory power socket,

Close it with a firm push. pull up the cover.
Make sure the coat hook is closed This socket is intended to supply
when you are not using it. This hook power for 12 volt DC accessories
is not designed for large or heavy that are rated 120 watts or less (10
items. amps).
To use an accessory power socket,
the ignition switch must be in the
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.
110
2009 Civic Coupe


Make sure to put the socket cover Vanity Mirror

back in place to prevent any small
CONSOLE COMPARTMENT foreign objects getting into the
socket.

EX, EX-L and Si
On EX, EX-L and Si models without To use the vanity mirror on the back
navigation system of the sun visor, pull up the cover.
Another accessory power socket is in
the center console compartment.
None of the sockets will power an

automotive type cigarette lighter
element. When both sockets are
being used, the combined power
rating of the accessories should be
120 watts or less (10 amps).
111
2009 Civic Coupe


Sun Visor Make sure you put the sun visor

back in place when you are getting
into or out of the vehicle.
SUN VISOR
To use the sun visor, pull it down.

When using the sun visor for the
side window, remove the support rod
from the clip, and swing it out.
112
2009 Civic Coupe


Interior Lights
Ceiling Light After both doors are closed tightly, Spotlights

the light dims slightly, then fades out
DOOR ACTIVATED in about 30 seconds.
ON The ceiling light (with the switch in

the center position) comes on when

you remove the key from the ignition
OFF switch. If you do not open a door, the
light stays on, then fades out in
about 30 seconds.
If you leave either door open without

the key in the ignition switch, the On models without moonroof
ceiling light goes off after 3 minutes.
The ceiling light has a three-position If equipped
switch: ON, Door Activated, and Turn on a spotlight by pushing the
OFF. In the Door Activated (center) lens. Push the lens again to turn it
position, the light comes on when off. You can use the spotlights at all
you: times.
Open either door.
Unlock the doors with the key or

the remote transmitter.
CONTINUED
113
2009 Civic Coupe


Interior Lights
On models with moonroof Courtesy Light

The spotlights have a two-position On models with moonroof
switch. In the DOOR position, the The courtesy light between the
lights come on when you open either spotlights comes on when you turn
door. In the OFF position, the lights the parking lights on. To adjust its
do not come on. brightness, push the instrument
panel brightness control buttons
COURTESY LIGHT under the drivers side vent with the
OFF POSITION
ignition switch in the ON (II)
position.
DOOR ACTIVATED SPOTLIGHT
The spotlights (with the switch in

the DOOR position) also come on
when you unlock the door with the
key or the remote transmitter, and
when you remove the key from the
ignition switch.
114
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Features
The heating and air conditioning Vents, Heating, and A/C .............. 116 Playing a PC Card .......................... 180
systems in your vehicle provide a Audio System ................................. 121 PC Card Error Messages.............. 192
comfortable driving environment in Audio System (Models without Playing an iPod ............................. 193
all weather conditions. navigation system) .................... 122 iPod Error Messages .................. 202

Air conditioning is optional on DX Playing the AM/FM Radio ........... 123 Playing a USB Flash Memory
model. Adjusting the Sound ...................... 126 Device ......................................... 203
Playing the XM Radio USB Flash Memory Device
The standard audio system has (Optional) ................................... 127 Error Messages ......................... 213
Features
many features. This section Playing a Disc ................................. 132 AM/FM Radio Reception ............. 214
describes those features and how to Disc Player Error Messages ........ 138 Protecting Your Discs ................... 216
use them. (If you have an optional Optional Disc Changer Error Remote Audio Controls................. 219
audio system, refer to the operating Messages .................................... 139 Auxiliary Input Jack ....................... 220
instructions that came with it.) Playing an iPod ............................. 140 Radio Theft Protection.................. 221
iPod Error Messages .................. 148 Setting the Clock ........................... 222
If equipped Playing a USB Flash Memory Security System ............................. 223
Your vehicle has an anti-theft audio Device ......................................... 149 Cruise Control ................................ 224
system that requires a code number USB Flash Memory Device Bluetooth HandsFreeLink ........ 227
to enable it. Error Messages ......................... 156
Audio System (Models with
U.S. LX, EX, EX-L and Si models navigation system) ................ 157
The security system helps to Voice Control System................ 157
discourage vandalism and theft of Playing the AM/FM Radio ........... 158
your vehicle. Playing the XM Radio ................. 161
Adjusting the Sound ...................... 168
Navigation systems are optional on Playing a Disc ................................. 170
U.S. EX, EX-L and Si models only. Disc Player Error Messages ........ 179
115
2009 Civic Coupe


Vents, Heating, and A/C
MODE BUTTONS
FAN CONTROL DIAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL

DIAL
MAX A/C BUTTON REAR WINDOW

DEFOGGER BUTTON/
AIR CONDITIONING BUTTON HEATED MIRRORS
RECIRCULATION BUTTON
: If equipped
116
2009 Civic Coupe


Fan Control Dial Recirculation Button Rear Window Defogger

Turn this dial to increase or decrease When the recirculation indicator is Button /
the fan speed and airflow. on, air from the vehicles interior is This button turns the rear window
sent throughout the system again. defogger off and on (see page 75 ).
Temperature Control Dial When the indicator is off, air is
Turning this dial clockwise increases brought in from the outside of the On some models, this button also
the temperature of the airflow. vehicle (fresh air mode). operates the heated outside mirrors
(see page 107 ).
Features
Air Conditioning (A/C) Button The outside air intakes for the
If equipped heating and cooling system are at Mode Control
This button turns the air the base of the windshield. Keep this Use the mode control buttons to
conditioning on and off. The area clear of leaves and other debris. select the vents air flows from. Some
indicator in the button is on when air will flow from the dashboard
the A/C is on. The system should be left in fresh corner vents in all modes.
air mode under almost all conditions.
MAX A/C Button Keeping the system in recirculation Air flows from the center
If equipped mode, particularly with the A/C off, and corner vents in the dashboard.
The system automatically can cause the windows to fog up.
turns on the A/C and switches to Airflow is divided between
recirculation mode (see page 119 to Switch to recirculation mode when the vents in the dashboard and the
use this setting). Air flows from the driving through dusty or smoky floor vents.
center and side vents in the conditions, then return to fresh air
dashboard. Pressing the , A/C, mode.
or any of the mode buttons cancels
MAX A/C, but the A/C stays on.
CONTINUED
117
2009 Civic Coupe


Air flows from the floor Air flows from the defroster Using the Heater
vents. vents at the base of the windshield. The heater uses engine coolant to
warm the air. If the engine is cold, it
When you select , the system When you select or , will be several minutes before you
automatically switches to fresh air the system automatically switches to feel warm air coming from the
mode. If you switch the mode from fresh air mode and turns on the A/C. system.
or to , the system You cannot turn the A/C off in this
keeps the A/C on. The A/C mode. 1. Select .
indicator will not come on if it was When you select , the system
off to start with. Ventilation automatically switches to fresh air
The flow-through ventilation system mode. If you switch the mode
To turn off the A/C, press the A/C draws in outside air, circulates it from or , the system
button to illuminate the indicator, through the interior, then releases it also automatically turns on the
then press it again to turn off the through vents near the rear window. A/C. This helps prevent the
A/C. windows from fogging up
1. Set the temperature to the lower unintendedly. The A/C indicator
When you switch to or limit. will not come on if it was off to
mode from , the A/C 2. Make sure the A/C is off. start with (see the first column on
turns off. But if it was on to start 3. Select and fresh air mode. this page).
with, the A/C stays on. 4. Set the fan to the desired speed. 2. Set the fan to the desired speed.
3. Adjust the warmth of the air with
Airflow is divided between the temperature control dial.
the floor vents and defroster vents at
the base of the windshield.
118
2009 Civic Coupe


Using the A/C If the interior is very warm, you can Dehumidify the Interior
Air conditioning places an extra load cool it down more rapidly by partially Air conditioning, as it cools, removes
on the engine. Watch the engine opening the windows, turning on the moisture from the air. When used in
coolant temperature gauge (see page air conditioning, and setting the fan combination with the heater, it
68 ). If it moves near the red zone, to maximum speed in fresh air mode. makes the interior warm and dry and
turn off the A/C until the gauge can prevent the windows from
reading returns to normal. To cool the interior with MAX A/C: fogging up.
1. Set the fan to the desired speed.
Features
1. Turn on the A/C by pressing the 2. Select MAX A/C. 1. Turn the fan on.
button. The indicator in the button The system automatically turns on 2. Turn on the air conditioning.
comes on when a fan speed is the A/C, selects , and 3. Select and fresh air mode.
selected. switches to recirculation mode. 4. Adjust the temperature to your
2. Make sure the temperature is set 3. Make sure the temperature is set preference.
to maximum cool. to maximum cool.
3. Select . This setting is suitable for all driving
4. If the outside air is humid, select conditions whenever the outside
recirculation mode. If the outside temperature is above 32F (0C).
air is dry, select fresh air mode.
5. Set the fan to the desired speed.
119
2009 Civic Coupe


To Defog and Defrost To Remove Exterior Frost or Ice To Turn Everything Off
To remove fog from the inside of the From the Windows Turning the fan speed control dial all
windows: 1. Select . The system the way to the left shuts the system
1. Set the fan to the desired speed, or automatically switches to fresh air off.
high for faster defrosting. mode and turns on the A/C.
2. Select . The system The A/C indicator does not come Keep the system off for short
automatically switches to fresh air on if it was off to start with. periods only.
mode and turns on the A/C. The 2. Select .
A/C indicator will not come on if it 3. Set the fan and temperature To keep stale air and mustiness
was off to start with. controls to maximum level. from collecting, you should have
3. Adjust the temperature so the the fan running at all times.
airflow feels warm. To clear the windows faster, you can
4. Select / to help clear the close the dashboard corner vents by
rear window. rotating the wheel next to each vent.
5. To increase airflow to the This sends more warm air to the
windshield, close the corner vents. windshield defroster vents. Once the
windshield is clear, select fresh air
When you switch to , from mode to avoid fogging the windows.
or , the A/C stays on.
This helps prevent the windows from For your safety, make sure you have
rapidly fogging up when the air is a clear view through all the windows
suddenly routed away from the before driving.
windshield. If you want to turn the
A/C off, press and release the A/C
button twice. The indicator in the
button comes on and then goes off.
120
2009 Civic Coupe


Audio System
An audio system is standard on all

Models without navigation system
models except the U.S. DX. Read the U.S. LX model EX, EX-L and Si models
appropriate pages (as shown below) Canadian DX, DX-G, and LX models
to use your vehicles audio system.
For vehicles without navigation

system, see pages 122 through 156 .
Features
For vehicles with navigation system,
see pages 157 through 213 .
Models with navigation system

U.S. EX, EX-L and Si models
121
2009 Civic Coupe


Audio System (Models without navigation system)
Your audio system shows a welcome

message on the display when you
turn the ignition switch to the
ACCESSORY (I) or the ON (II)
position. You can see a message
WELCOME on the display when
your vehicle was new.
You can also customize this welcome

message to your liking with the POWER/VOLUME TUNE KNOB
audio controls. KNOB
To Customize a Message SEEK BUTTON

You can set up to 16 characters on EX model is shown.
the display.
3. Turn the TUNE knob to change a To change the letter, select the
To select a character: letter. previous segment by pushing the
bottom of the SEEK button.
1. Make sure the audio system is off. 4. Push the top of the SEEK button
to select the next segment, then The system will return to the audio
2. Push and hold the TUNE knob, turn the TUNE knob to select a display about 10 seconds after you
then push the power/volume knob letter. Repeat this procedure to set stop selecting a letter.
on the audio control panel. You your message.
will see the first letter blinking.
122
2009 Civic Coupe


Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models without navigation system)
U.S. LX and Canadian DX, DX-G and LX models EX, EX-L and Si models
SCAN AM/FM A.SEL AM/FM BUTTON A.SEL (AUTO SELECT) BUTTON

BUTTON BUTTON (AUTO SELECT)
BUTTON
Features
POWER/VOLUME PRESET SEEK/ TUNE KNOB POWER/VOLUME PRESET SEEK/ TUNE KNOB
KNOB BUTTONS SKIP KNOB BUTTONS SKIP
BUTTON BUTTON
123
2009 Civic Coupe


To Play the AM/FM Radio To Select a Station SCAN The scan function samples
The ignition switch must be in the You can use any of five methods to all stations with strong signals on the
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position. find radio stations on the selected selected band. To activate it, press
Turn the system on by pushing the band: tune, seek, scan, the preset the SCAN button, then release it.
power/volume knob or the AM/FM buttons, and auto select. You will see SCAN in the display.
button. Adjust the volume by turning The system will scan for a station
the power/volume knob. TUNE Use the TUNE knob to with a strong signal. When it finds
tune the radio to a desired frequency. one, it will stop and play that station
The band and frequency that the Turn the knob to the right to tune to for about 10 seconds.
radio was last tuned to is displayed. a higher frequency, and turn it to the
To change bands, press the AM/FM left to tune to a lower frequency. If you do nothing, the system will
button. On the FM band, ST will be then scan for the next strong station
displayed if the station is broadcast- SEEK The seek function and play it for 10 seconds. When it
ing in stereo. Stereo reproduction in searches up and down from the plays a station you want to listen to,
AM is not available. current frequency to find a station press the SCAN button again.
with a strong signal. To activate it,
press the or side of the
SEEK/SKIP button, then release it.
124
2009 Civic Coupe


Preset Each side of the buttons AUTO SELECT If you are If you do not like the stations auto
(1 through 6) can store one traveling far from home and can no select has stored, you can store
frequency on AM, and two longer receive your preset stations, other frequencies on the preset
frequencies on FM. you can use the auto select feature to buttons as previously described.
find stations in the local area.
1. Select the desired band, AM or To turn off auto select, press the
FM. FM1 and FM2 let you store Press the A. SEL button. You will see A. SEL (auto select) button. This
six stations each. A. SEL flashing in the display, and restores the presets you originally
Features
the system goes into scan mode for set.
2. Use the tune, seek, or scan several seconds. It stores the
function to tune the radio to a frequencies of six AM, and twelve For information on AM/FM radio
desired station. FM stations in the preset buttons. frequencies and reception, see page
214 .
3. Pick a preset number (16), and You will see a 0 displayed after
hold it until you hear a beep. pressing a preset button if auto
select cannot find a strong station for
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 to store a every preset button.
total of six stations on AM and
twelve stations on FM.
125
2009 Civic Coupe


Adjusting the Sound (Models without navigation system)
Press the TUNE (SOUND) knob SVC Adjusts the volume level choose low. If you feel the sound is
repeatedly to display the SUBW (if based on the vehicle speed. too quiet, choose high.
equipped), BASS, TREBLE, FADER,
BALANCE, and SVC (speed- Each mode is shown in the display as This function is set to MID as the
sensitive volume compensation) it changes. Turn the TUNE knob to default setting when the vehicle
settings. adjust the setting to your liking. leaves the factory.
When the level reaches the center,
If equipped you will see C in the display. Audio System Lighting
SUBW Adjusts the strength of You can use the instrument panel
sound from the subwoofer speaker. The system will return to the audio brightness control buttons to adjust
display about 5 seconds after you the illumination of the audio system
BASS Adjusts the bass. stop adjusting a mode. (see page 74 ). The audio system
illuminates when the parking lights
TREBLE Adjusts the treble. Speed-sensitive Volume are on, even if the radio is off.
Compensation (SVC)
FADER Adjusts the front-to-back The SVC mode controls the volume
strength of the sound. based on vehicle speed. The faster
you go, the louder the audio volume
BALANCE Adjusts the side-to- becomes. As you slow down, the
side strength of the sound. audio volume decreases.
The SVC has four modes: SVC OFF,

SVC LOW, SVC MID, and SVC
HIGH. Turn the TUNE knob to
adjust the setting to your liking. If
you feel the sound is too loud,
126
2009 Civic Coupe


Playing the XM Radio (Models without navigation system)
Optional on U.S. EX, EX-L and Si

models
Your audio system is capable of POWER/VOLUME KNOB DISP BUTTON
receiving XM Radio anywhere in the
United States, except Hawaii and SCAN BUTTON XM RADIO BUTTON
Alaska.
XM is a registered trademark of
Features
XM Satellite Radio , Inc.
XM Radio receives signals from two

satellites to produce clear, high-
quality digital reception. It offers
many channels in several categories.
Along with a large selection of
different types of music, XM Radio
allows you to view channel and
category selections in the display.
PRESET BUTTONS TUNE KNOB
SEEK/SKIP BUTTON
127
2009 Civic Coupe


Operating the XM Radio MODE To switch between You may experience periods when
To listen to XM radio, turn the channel mode and category mode, XM Radio does not transmit the
ignition switch to the ACCESSORY press and hold the DISP button until artists name and song title
(I) or the ON (II) position. Press the the mode changes. information. If this happens, there is
AUX button to select XM radio mode. In channel mode, you can select all nothing wrong with your system.
Adjust the volume by turning the of the available channels. In category
knob. The last channel you listened mode, such as Jazz, Rock, Classical, TUNE Turn the TUNE knob to
to will show in the display. etc., you can select all of the change channel selections. Turn the
channels within that category. knob right for higher numbered
Each time you press and release the channels and left for lower
DISP button, the display changes in numbered channels. In the category
the following sequence: Channel mode, you can only select channels
name, channel number, category, within that category.
artist name, and music title.
SEEK/SKIP (CATEGORY)
Press either side of the SEEK/SKIP
button ( or ) to select
another category.
128
2009 Civic Coupe


SCAN The scan function gives 2. Use the tune, seek, or scan XM Radio Display Messages
you a sampling of all channels while function to tune to a desired LOADING XM is loading the
in the channel mode. In the category channel. audio or program information.
mode, only the channels within that
category are scanned. To activate In category mode, only channels OFF AIR The channel
scan, press the SCAN button. The within that category can be selected. currently selected is no longer
system plays each channel in In channel mode, all channels can be broadcasting.
numerical order for a few seconds, selected.
Features
then selects the next channel. When UPDATING The encryption
you hear a channel you want to 3. Pick a preset number you want for code is being updated. Wait until the
continue listening to, press the that channel. Press and hold the encryption code is fully updated.
button again. button until you hear a beep. Channels 0 and 1 should still work
normally.
Preset You can store up to 12 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to store the
preset channels using each side of first six channels. NO SIGNAL The signal is
the preset button. Each side of the currently too weak. Move the vehicle
button stores one channel from the 5. Press the AUX button again. Store to an area away from tall buildings,
XM1 band and one channel from the the next six channels using steps 2 and with an unobstructed view of the
XM2 band. and 3. southern horizon.
To store a channel: Once a channel is stored, press and

release the proper side of the preset
1. Press the AUX button. Either XM1 button to tune to it.
or XM2 will show in the display.
CONTINUED
129
2009 Civic Coupe


- - - - The selected channel

number does not exist, or is not part Signal may be blocked by Signal weaker in
of your subscription, or this channel mountains or large obstacles to these areas.
the south.
has no artist or title information at
this time.
ANTENNA There is a problem

with the XM antenna. Please consult
your dealer.
SATELLITE
GROUND REPEATER
The XM satellites are in orbit over Satellite signals are more likely to be
the equator; therefore, objects south blocked by tall buildings and
of the vehicle may cause satellite mountains the farther north you
reception interruptions. To help travel from the equator. Carrying
compensate for this, ground-based large items on a roof rack can also
repeaters are placed in major block the signal.
metropolitan areas.
130
2009 Civic Coupe


Depending on where you drive, you As required by the FCC: Your I.D. will appear in the display.
may experience reception problems. Changes or modifications not expressly
Interference can be caused by any of approved by the party responsible for After youve registered with XM
these conditions: compliance could void the users Radio, keep your audio system in the
authority to operate the equipment. satellite radio mode while you wait
Driving on the north side of an for activation. This should take about
east/west mountain road. Receiving XM Radio Service 30 minutes.
Driving on the north side of a If your XM Radio service has expired
Features
large commercial truck on an or you purchased your vehicle from While waiting for activation, make
east/west road. a previous owner, you can listen to a sure your vehicle remains in an open
Driving in tunnels. sampling of the broadcasts available area with good reception. Once your
Driving on a road beside a vertical on XM Radio. With the ignition audio system is activated, youll be
wall, steep cliff, or hill to the south switch in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON able to listen to XM radio broadcasts.
of you. (II) position, push the power/volume XM Radio will continue to send an
Driving on the lower level of a knob to turn on the audio system and activation signal to your vehicle for
multi-tiered road. press the AUX button. A variety of at least 12 hours from the activation
Driving on a single lane road music types and styles will play. request. If the service has not been
alongside dense trees taller than activated after 36 hours, contact
50 ft. (15 m) to the south of you. If you decide to purchase XM radio XM Radio.
Large items carried on a roof rack. service, contact XM Radio at
www.xmradio.com, or at
There may be other geographic 1-800-852-9696. You will need to give
situations that could affect XM Radio them your radio I.D. number and
reception. your credit card number. To get your
radio I.D. number, turn the TUNE
knob until 0 appears in the display.
131
2009 Civic Coupe


Playing a Disc (Models without navigation system)
U.S. LX model EX, EX-L and Si models

Canadian DX, DX-G and LX models
EJECT BUTTON RPT (REPEAT) EJECT LOAD INDICATOR CD BUTTON

BUTTON BUTTON
CD BUTTON RPT (REPEAT) RDM DISP
LOAD INDICATOR DISP BUTTON (RANDOM) BUTTON
BUTTON BUTTON
SCAN SCAN
BUTTON BUTTON
RDM (RANDOM) TUNE KNOB SEEK/SKIP BUTTON

BUTTON
POWER/VOLUME KNOB SEEK/SKIP POWER/VOLUME KNOB TUNE KNOB
BUTTON
132
2009 Civic Coupe


To Play a Disc NOTE: The specifications for compatible

To load or play discs, the ignition If a file on an MP3 or WMA disc is WMA files are:
switch must be in the ACCESSORY protected by digital rights Sampling frequency:
(I) or ON (II) position. management (DRM), the audio unit 22.05/32/44.1/48 kHz
displays FORMAT, and then skips to Bitrate:
You operate the disc player with the the next file. 48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps
same controls used for the radio. To Compatible with variable bitrate
select the disc player, press the CD Video CDs and DVDs do not work in and multi-session
Features
button. You will see CD in the this unit. Maximum layers
display. (including ROOT): 8 layers
The specifications for compatible
MP3 files are:
Sampling frequency:
Do not use discs with adhesive labels. 32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)
The label can curl up and cause the 16/22.05/24 kHz (MPEG2)
disc to jam in the unit. Bitrate:
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/
This audio system can also play 160/192/224/256/320 kbps
CD-Rs and CD-RWs compressed in (MPEG1)
MP3 or WMA formats. When 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/
playing a disc in MP3, you will see 112/128/160 kbps (MPEG2)
MP3 in the display. In WMA Compatible with variable bitrate
format, WMA will appear in the and multi-session
display. You can select up to 255 Maximum layers
folders or tracks. (including ROOT): 8 layers
CONTINUED
133
2009 Civic Coupe


To Load a Disc Text Data Display Function You will also see some text data
Insert a disc about halfway into the Each time you press the DISP button, under these conditions:
disc slot. The drive will pull the disc the display shows you the text data
in the rest of the way to play it. You on a disc, if the disc was recorded When a new folder, file, or track is
operate the disc player with the with text data. selected.
same controls used for the radio.
The number of the current track and You can see the album, artist, and When you change the audio mode
the elapsed time are shown in the track name in the display. If a disc is to play a disc with text data or in
display. When playing a disc in MP3 recorded in MP3 or WMA, you can MP3 or WMA.
or WMA, the numbers of the current see the folder and file name, and the
folder and file, and the elapsed time artist, album, and track tag. When you insert a disc, and the
are shown. The system will system begins to play.
continuously play a disc until you With the folder name, you will see
change modes. the FOLDER indicator in the display. When playing a CD-DA with text
The TRACK indicator is shown with data, the album and track name are
You cannot load and play 3-inch the file or track name. shown in the display. With a disc in
(8-cm) discs in this system. MP3 or WMA, the display shows the
The display shows up to 16 folder and file name.
characters of selected text data (the
folder name, file name, etc.). If the
text data has more than 16
characters, you will see the first 15
characters and the indicator in
the display. Press and hold the DISP
button until the next 16 characters
are shown.
134
2009 Civic Coupe


To Change or Select Tracks/Files In MP3 or WMA mode You will see F-RPT in the display.
Use the SEEK/SKIP button while a FOLDER SELECTION To The system continuously replays the
disc is playing to select passages and select a different folder, turn the current folder. Press the RPT button
change tracks (files in MP3/WMA TUNE knob to move to the again to turn it off. Pressing the
mode). beginning of the next folder. Turn RDM button, or selecting a different
the knob to the right until it clicks folder with the TUNE knob also
SEEK/SKIP Each time you once to skip to the next folder, and to turns off the repeat feature.
press and release the side of the left to move to the beginning of
Features
the SEEK/SKIP button, the player the previous folder. Turning the Each time you press and release the
skips forward to the beginning of the TUNE knob more than two clicks RPT button, the mode changes from
next track (file in MP3 or WMA skips several folders. file repeat to folder repeat, then to
mode). Press and release the normal play.
side to skip backward to the REPEAT (TRACK/FILE
beginning of the current track. Press REPEAT) To continuously replay RANDOM (Random within a
it again to skip to the beginning of a track (files in MP3 or WMA mode), disc/folder) This feature plays
the previous track. press and release the RPT button. the tracks within a disc (the files
You will see RPT in the display. within a folder in MP3 or WMA
To move rapidly within a track, press Press and hold the RPT button for 2 mode) in random order. To activate
and hold the or side of the seconds to turn it off. random play, press and release the
SEEK/SKIP button. RDM button. In MP3 or WMA mode,
In MP3 or WMA mode press the RDM button repeatedly to
FOLDER-REPEAT This feature, select RDM (within a folder random
when activated, replays all files in play). You will see RDM in the
the selected folder in the order they display. Press the RDM button for 2
are compressed. To activate folder seconds to return to normal play.
repeat, press the RPT button twice. CONTINUED
135
2009 Civic Coupe


In MP3 or WMA mode SCAN (TRACK/FILE SCAN) In MP3 or WMA mode

FOLDER-RANDOM This The scan function samples all tracks F-SCAN (FOLDER SCAN) This
feature, when activated, plays all (files in MP3 or WMA) on the disc in feature, when activated, samples the
files in the selected folder in random the order they are recorded on the first file of each folder on the disc.
order. To activate folder random, disc. To activate scan, press and To activate folder scan, press the
press and release the RDM button. release the SCAN button. You will SCAN button twice. You will see
You will see F-RDM in the display. see SCAN in the display. You will get F-SCAN in the display.
The system will then select and play a 10 second sampling of each track/
files randomly. This continues until file on the disc. Press and hold the The system plays the first file in the
you deactivate folder random by SCAN button for about 2 seconds to first folder for about 10 seconds. If
pressing and holding the RDM get out of scan mode and play the you do nothing, the system will then
button for 2 seconds, or by selecting last track/file sampled. play the first files in the remaining
a different folder with the TUNE folders for 10 seconds each. After
knob. Pressing either side of the SEEK/ playing the first file of the last folder,
SKIP button also turns off the scan the system plays normally.
Each time you press and release the feature.
RDM button, the mode changes Pressing either side of the SEEK/
from folder random play to random SKIP button, selecting a different
play (within a folder random play), folder with the TUNE knob, or
then to normal play. pressing the SCAN button, also turns
off the folder scan.
Each time you press and release the

SCAN button, the mode changes
from file scan to folder scan, then to
normal play.
136
2009 Civic Coupe


To Stop Playing a Disc If you turn the system off while a on the preset button. To select the
Press the eject button ( ) to disc is playing, either with the previous disc, press the preset 4
remove the disc. If you eject the disc, power/volume knob or by turning (DISC ), or the preset 1 (DISC )
but do not remove it from the slot, off the ignition switch, the disc will to select the next disc in sequence.
the system will automatically reload stay in the drive. When you turn the
the disc after 10 seconds and put it in system back on, the disc will begin If you select an empty slot in the
pause mode. To begin playing, press playing where it left off. magazine, the changer will search
the CD button. for the next available disc to load and
Features
Operating the Optional Disc play.
You can also eject the disc when the Changer
ignition switch is off. An optional six or eight disc changer Protecting Discs
is available for your vehicle. This For information on how to handle
To play the radio when a disc is disc changer uses the same controls and protect compact discs, see page
playing, press the AM/FM button or used for the in-dash disc player or 216 .
AUX button on models that are XM the radio.
radio capable. Press the CD button
again to switch back to the disc Load the desired discs in the
player. magazine, and load the magazine in
the changer according to the
To play an audio unit connected to instructions that came with the unit.
the auxiliary input jack or the USB
adapter cable when a disc is playing, To select the disc changer, press the
press the AUX button. Press the CD CD button. The disc and track
button again to switch back to the numbers will be displayed. To select
disc player. a different disc, use the preset 4
(DISC ) or the preset 1 (DISC )
137
2009 Civic Coupe


Disc Player Error Messages (Models without navigation system)
The chart on the right explains the

error messages you may see in the Error Cause Solution
display while playing a disc. Message
UNSUPPORT Track/File format not Current track will skipped. The next supported
If you see an error message in the FORMAT supported track or file plays automatically.
display while playing a disc, press BAD DISC Press the eject button and pull out the disc(s).
the eject button. After ejecting the PLEASE CHECK Check the disc for serious damage, signs of
disc, check it for damage or OWNERS Mechanical Error deformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt
deformation. If there is no damage, MANUAL (see page 217). Insert the disc again. If the code
insert the disc again. PUSH EJECT does not disappear, or the disc(s) cannot be
For additional information on BAD DISC removed, consult your dealer. Do not try to
damaged discs, see page 217 . PLEASE CHECK TOC Error force the disc out of the player.
OWNERS FOCUS Error
If there is still a problem, the error MANUAL
message will appear again. Press the
eject button, and pull out the disc. The ejected disc will not be reloaded automatically.
Insert a different disc. If the new

disc plays, there is a problem with
the first disc. If the error message
cycle repeats and you cannot clear it,
take your vehicle to a dealer.
138
2009 Civic Coupe


Optional Disc Changer Error Messages (Models without navigation system)

Press the magazine eject button, and pull the
If you see an error message in the FOCUS Error magazine out. If the message does not
display while playing a disc, press disappear or the magazine cannot be pulled out,
the eject button. After ejecting the see your dealer.
disc, check it for damage or No disc in the disc Insert disc.
Features
deformation. If there is no damage, magazine
insert the disc again. Press the magazine eject button, pull the
For additional information on magazine out, check for an error message, then
damaged discs, see page 217 . Mechanical Error insert the magazine again. If the message does
not disappear, or the magazine cannot be pulled
If there is still a problem, the error out, see your dealer.
message will appear again. Press the No disc magazine in the Insert disc magazine.
eject button, and pull out the disc. disc changer
High Temperature Will disappear when the temperature returns to
Insert a different disc. If the new normal.
disc plays, there is a problem with
139
2009 Civic Coupe


Playing an iPod (Models without navigation system)
EX, EX-L, Si and Canadian LX models

Canadian LX model EX, EX-L, and Si models
iPod INDICATOR DISP (DISPLAY) iPod INDICATOR DISP (DISPLAY)

CD AUX BUTTON BUTTON
CD AUX
BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON
POWER/VOLUME RPT (REPEAT) TUNE KNOB POWER/VOLUME RPT (REPEAT) TUNE KNOB
KNOB BUTTON SEEK/SKIP BUTTON KNOB BUTTON SEEK/SKIP BUTTON
RDM (RANDOM) BUTTON RDM (RANDOM) BUTTON
140
2009 Civic Coupe


To Play an iPod The audio system reads and plays iPods that are compatible with your
This audio system can select and sound files to be playable on the iPod. audio system are listed below.
play the audio files on the iPod with The system cannot operate an iPod
the same controls used for the disc as a mass storage device. The Model Firmware
player. To play an iPod, connect it to system will only play songs stored on iPod 5G Ver. 1.2 or more
the USB adapter cable in the console the iPod with iTunes. iPod classic Ver. 1.0 or more
compartment by using your dock iPod nano Ver. 1.2 or more
connector, then press the AUX iPod and iTunes are registered iPod nano Ver. 1.1.2 or more
Features
button. The ignition switch must be trademarks owned by Apple Inc. 2nd generation
in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) iPod nano Ver. 1.0 or more
position. The iPod will also be 3rd generation
recharged with the ignition switch in iPod touch Ver. 1.1.1 or more
these positions. iPhone Ver. 1.1.1 or more
: Use the latest firmware.
Use only compatible iPods with the

latest firmware. iPods that are not
compatible will not work in this audio
unit.
CONTINUED
141
2009 Civic Coupe


NOTE: Connecting an iPod

Do not connect your iPod using a
hub. USB CONNECTOR
Do not keep the iPod in the

vehicle. Direct sunlight and high USB ADAPTER
CABLE
heat will damage it.
CABLE
Do not use an extension cable
between the USB adapter cable
equipped with your vehicle and
your dock connector.
DOCK CONNECTOR
We recommend backing up your
data before playing it. 1. Pull out the USB connector from 2. Connect your dock connector to
the holder and remove the cable the iPod correctly and securely.
In AAC format, DRM (digital rights from the clip in the console
management) files cannot be played. compartment. 3. Install the dock connector to the
If the system finds a DRM file, the USB adapter cable securely.
audio unit displays UNPLAYABLE,
and then skips to the next file.
142
2009 Civic Coupe


: It may take a few minutes for Text Data Display Function

the Honda mark to display on Each time you press the DISP button,
Sample Display the iPod. If the display does not the display mode switches between
change, this function is not the album name, the song/track
supported on your iPod model name, the artist name, or name off
or firmware. (which turns off the text display).
If the iPod indicator does not appear The display shows up to 16
Features
in the audio display, check the characters of the selected data. If the
connections, and try to reconnect the text data has more than 16
iPod a few times. characters, you will see the first 15
OK to disconnect. characters and the indicator in
If the audio system still does not the display. Press and hold the DISP
recognize the iPod, the iPod may button until the next 16 characters
When the iPod is connected and the need to be reset. Follow the are shown.
iPod mode is selected on the audio instructions that came with your
display, USB LOAD is shown for a iPod, or you can find reset
few seconds, then the iPod indicator instructions online at www.apple.com/
is shown in the display. In the radio ipod.
or disc mode, the display shows a
USB CONNECTED message for a
few seconds. After loading, you will
see Honda mark on the iPod. That
means you can only operate your
iPod with the vehicles audio unit.
CONTINUED
143
2009 Civic Coupe


To Change or Select Files To Select a File from iPod Menu

You can use the SEEK/SKIP button
while an iPod is playing to select
passages and change files.
SKIP Each time you press and

release the side of the SEEK/
SKIP button, the system skips
forward to the beginning of the next
file. Press and release the side
of the button, to skip backward to
the beginning of the current file. Turn the TUNE knob.
Press it again to skip to the Push the TUNE knob.
beginning of the previous file.
You can also select a file from the mode.
To move rapidly within a file, press iPod menu: ALBUM (albums),
and hold either side ( or ) SONG (songs), P-LIST (playlists),
of the SEEK/SKIP button. and ARTIST (artists), by using the
TUNE knob. Push the TUNE
(SOUND) knob to switch the display
to an iPod menu, then turn the
TUNE knob to select a desired mode.
If you stop adjusting, the displayed
mode is selected after about five
seconds. The system begins to play
the first file stored in the selected
144
2009 Civic Coupe


For example, with the album mode

selected, turn the TUNE knob right
or left to select a different album.
Turn to the right to skip to the next
album, and turn to the left to skip to
the previous album. When the album
is selected, the system begins to play
the first song on that album. With
Features
the artist mode, turning the knob
selects a different artist.
Selection within a Mode Turn If you select ALL, all available files
the TUNE knob to select a different on the selected menu (album or
item in the selected mode. The artist) are played.
selected item will be shown on the
display for a few seconds. When you If you press and release the TUNE
stop turning, the system begins to (SOUND) knob repeatedly, the
play the first file from the selected display switches from the iPod menu
item. to the sound settings (see page 126 ).
CONTINUED
145
2009 Civic Coupe


To Select Repeat or Random Mode: the recorded order. To activate this,

You can select any type of repeat and press and release the RDM button
shuffle modes by using the RPT and RDM INDICATOR repeatedly until you see F-RDM in
RDM buttons. the display.
RPT (Repeat one track) This Each time you press and release the
feature continuously plays a file. To RDM button, the mode changes
activate repeat, press and release the from the all random, to the album
RPT button. You will see RPT in the random, then to normal play.
display. Press the button again to
turn it off. Press and hold the button until you
hear a beep to turn off either random
Pressing either side of the SEEK/ mode.
SKIP button or turning the TUNE RDM (All Random) This feature
knob changes the file while keeping plays all available files in a selected Pressing either side of the SEEK/
the repeat feature. mode (playlists, artists, albums or SKIP button or turning the TUNE
songs) in random order. To activate knob changes a file while keeping
this, press and release the RDM the random function.
button. You will see RDM in the
display. NOTE:
Available operating functions vary on
F-RDM (Album Random) This models or versions. Some functions
feature plays all available albums in a may not be available on the vehicles
selected mode (playlists, artists, audio system.
albums or songs) in random order.
The files in each album are played in
146
2009 Civic Coupe


To Stop Playing Your iPod Disconnecting an iPod iPod Error Messages

To play the radio, press the AM/FM You can disconnect the iPod at any If you see an error message in the
button. Press the CD button to time when you see the OK to display, see page 148 .
switch to the disc mode (if a disc is disconnect message in the iPod
loaded). Pressing the AUX button display. With the AUX mode, you will
switches the audio mode between see a USB NO DATA message in
the USB and AUX. the display. Always make sure you
see OK to disconnect in the iPod
Features
display before you disconnect it.
Make sure to follow the iPods
instructions on how to disconnect
the dock connector from the USB
adapter cable.
: The displayed message may

vary on models or versions. On
some models, there is no
message to disconnect.
If you reconnect the same iPod, the

system may begin playing where it
left off, depending on what mode the
iPod is in when it is reconnected.
147
2009 Civic Coupe


iPod Error Messages (Models without navigation system)
If you see an error message on the

audio display while playing an iPod, Error Message Solution
find the solution in the chart to the
right. If you cannot clear the error UNSUPPORTED The system cannot read the file(s). Check the files in the iPod. There
message, take your vehicle to your is a possibility that the files have been damaged.
dealer. UNSUPPORTED VER Appears when an unsupported iPod is inserted.
148
2009 Civic Coupe


Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models without navigation system)
EX, EX-L, Si and Canadian LX models

Canadian LX model EX, EX-L, and Si models
SCAN USB INDICATOR DISP (DISPLAY) SCAN USB INDICATOR DISP (DISPLAY)
CD AUX CD AUX
Features
POWER/VOLUME RPT (REPEAT) TUNE KNOB POWER/VOLUME RPT (REPEAT) TUNE KNOB
KNOB BUTTON SEEK/SKIP BUTTON KNOB BUTTON SEEK/SKIP BUTTON
RDM (RANDOM) BUTTON RDM (RANDOM) BUTTON
149
2009 Civic Coupe


To Play a USB Flash Memory The recommended USB flash Do not keep the USB flash
Device memory devices are 256 Mbyte or memory device in the vehicle.
This audio system can select and higher. Some digital audio players Direct sunlight and high heat will
play the audio files on a USB flash may be compatible as well. damage it.
memory device with the same
controls used for the disc player. To Some USB flash memory device We recommend backing up your
play a USB flash memory device, (such as devices with security lock- data before playing a USB flash
connect it to the USB adapter cable out features, etc.) will not work in memory device.
in the console compartment, then this audio unit.
press the AUX button. The ignition Depending on the type and
switch must be in the ACCESSORY NOTE: number of files, it may take some
(I) or ON (II) position. Do not use a device such as a card time before they begin to play.
reader or hard drive as the device
The audio system reads and plays or your files may be damaged. Depending on the software the
the audio files on the USB flash files were made with, it may not be
memory device in MP3, WMA or Do not connect your USB flash possible to play some files, or
AAC formats. The USB flash memory device using a hub. display some text data.
memory device limit is up to 700
folders or up to 65535 files. Do not use an extension cable to
the USB adapter cable equipped
Only AAC format files recorded with your vehicle.
with iTunes are playable on this
audio unit.
150
2009 Civic Coupe


The specifications for compatible The specifications for compatible Even if recorded in MP3, WMA or
MP3 files are: AAC files are: AAC format, a file with unsupported
Sampling frequency: Sampling frequency: version cannot be played. If the
32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1) 8/11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/ system finds it, the audio unit
16/22.05/24 kHz (MPEG2) 44.1/48 kHz displays UNSUPPORTED, and then
Bitrate: Bitrate: skips to the next file.
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/ 48320 kbps
160/192/224/256/320/VBR kbps Supported standards: In WMA or AAC format, DRM
Features
(MPEG1) MPEG4/AAC LC (digital rights management) files
Supported standards: MPEG2/AAC LC cannot be played. If the system finds
MPEG1 Audio Layer3 Partition: Top partition only a DRM file, the audio unit displays
MPEG2 Audio Layer3 Maximum layers: 8 UNPLAYABLE FILE, and then skips
Partition: Top partition only to the next file.
Maximum layers: 8
The specifications for compatible

WMA files are:
Sampling frequency:
32/44.1/48 kHz
Bitrate:
48320/VBR kbps (Max 384)
Supported standards:
WMA version 7/8/9
Partition: Top partition only
Maximum layers: 8
CONTINUED
151
2009 Civic Coupe


Connecting a USB Flash Memory When the USB flash memory device
Device is connected, the USB indicator is
shown in the display.
USB CONNECTOR
Text Data Display Function
Each time you press the DISP button,
the display mode shows you in
sequence, the folder name, the file
CABLE name, the artist tag, the album tag,
the track tag and name off (which
turns off the text display).
USB ADAPTER CABLE The display shows up to 16

characters of the selected data. If the
text data has more than 16
1. Pull out the USB connector from 2. Connect the USB flash memory characters, you will see the first 15
the holder and remove the cable device to the USB adapter cable characters and the indicator in
from the clip in the console correctly and securely. the display. Press and hold the DISP
compartment. button until the next 16 characters
When the USB flash memory device are shown.
is connected, the display shows a
USB CONNECTED message for a
few seconds. If the AUX mode is
selected, a USB LOAD message is
displayed for a few seconds.
152
2009 Civic Coupe


To Change or Select Files FOLDER SELECTION To F-RPT (Folder Repeat) This

Use the SEEK/SKIP button while a select a different folder, turn the feature replays all the files in the
USB flash memory device is playing TUNE knob right or left. Turn to the selected folder in the order they are
to select passages and change files. right to skip to the next folder, and stored. To activate folder repeat,
turn to the left to skip to the previous press and release the RPT button
SKIP Each time you press and folder. Turning the TUNE knob (preset 2) repeatedly until you see
release the side of the SEEK/ more than two clicks skips several F-RPT in the display.
SKIP button, the system skips folders.
Features
forward to the beginning of the next Each time you press and release the
file. Press and release the side RPT button, the mode changes from
of the button, to skip backward to file repeat to folder repeat, then to
RPT INDICATOR
the beginning of the current file. normal play.
Press it again to skip to the
beginning of the previous file. Press and hold the button until you
hear a beep to turn off either repeat
To move rapidly within a file, press mode. Pressing either side of the
and hold either side ( or ) SEEK/SKIP button also turns off
of the SEEK/SKIP button. this feature.
File repeat mode is shown.
RPT (File Repeat) This feature

continuously plays a file. To activate
file repeat, press and release the
RPT button (preset 2). You will see
RPT in the display. CONTINUED
153
2009 Civic Coupe


F-RDM (Folder Random) This F-SCAN (Folder Scan) This

feature plays the files in the selected feature samples the first file in each
folder in random order. To activate SCAN INDICATOR folder in the order they are stored.
folder random, press and release the To activate folder scan, press and
RDM button (preset 3). You will see release the SCAN button repeatedly
F-RDM in the display. until you see F-SCAN in the display.
You will get a 10 second sampling of
RDM (All Random) This feature the first file in each folder.
plays all the files in random order.
To activate all random, press and Each time you press and release the
release the RDM button (preset 3) SCAN button, the mode changes
repeatedly until you see RDM in the File scan is selected. from file scan to folder scan, then to
display. normal play.
SCAN (File Scan) This feature
Each time you press and release the samples all files in the selected Press and hold the button until you
RDM button, the mode changes folder in the order they are stored. hear a beep to turn off either scan
from folder random, to all random, To activate the scan, press and mode.
then to normal play. release the SCAN button. You will
see SCAN in the display. You will get
Press and hold the button until you a 10 second sampling of each file in
hear a beep to turn off either random the folder.
mode.
154
2009 Civic Coupe


To Stop Playing a USB Flash Disconnecting a USB Flash Memory USB Flash Memory Device Error
Memory Device Device Messages
To play the radio, press the AM/FM You can disconnect the USB flash If you see an error message in the
button. Press the CD button to memory device at any time even if display, see page 156 .
switch to the disc mode (if a disc is the USB mode is selected on the
loaded). Pressing the AUX button audio system. With the AUX mode,
switches the audio mode between you will see a USB NO DATA
the USB and AUX. message in the display. Make sure to
Features
follow the USB flash memory devices
instructions when you remove it.
If you reconnect the same USB flash

memory device, the system will
begin playing where it left off.
155
2009 Civic Coupe


USB Flash Memory Device Error Messages (Models without navigation system)

audio display while playing a USB Error Message Solution
flash memory device, find the
solution in the chart to the right. If The system cannot read the file(s). Check the files in the USB flash
you cannot clear the error message, UNPLAYABLE FILE memory device. There is a possibility that the files have been
take your vehicle to your dealer. damaged.
UNSUPPORTED Appears when the unsupported USB flash memory device is inserted.
156
2009 Civic Coupe


Audio System (Models with navigation system)
Voice Control System

In addition to the standard audio
controls, the audio system in your
vehicle can be operated using the FM2 ICON
voice control system. See the
navigation section in your Quick FM1 ICON AM ICON
Start Guide for an overview of this
system, and the Navigation System
Features
Manual for complete details.
AM/FM
BUTTON AUTO SELECT
ICON
AUDIO
BUTTON BACKGROUND
ICON
SCAN
BUTTON SOUND ICON
TUNE BAR PRESET BUTTONS
U.S. model is shown.
157
2009 Civic Coupe


Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models with navigation system)
To Play the AM/FM Radio The band and frequency that the To Select a Station
The ignition switch must be in the radio was last tuned to are displayed. You can use any of five methods to
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position. To change bands, press the AM/FM find radio stations on the selected
Turn the system on by pushing the button, or touch the desired band band: tune, seek, scan, the preset
power/volume knob or the AM/FM icon (FM1, FM2, AM, XM1, or XM2). buttons, and auto select.
button. Adjust the volume by turning On the FM band, STEREO will be
the power/volume knob. displayed if the station is TUNE Use the TUNE bar to tune
broadcasting in stereo. Stereo the radio to a desired frequency.
Pushing the AUDIO button will also reproduction on AM is not available. Press the side of the bar to tune
turn on the system. to a higher frequency, and press the
For information on XM radio, see side to tune to a lower
You can also operate the audio page 161 . frequency.
system without using the control
icons on the audio screen. Use the Press and hold the or side of
control buttons on the left side of the the TUNE bar until you hear two
screen. The status bar appears on beeps to change the frequency
the bottom of the screen each time rapidly. Release the bar when the
you operate any of the control display reaches the desired
buttons. On the navigation screen, frequency.
you can also see audio information
by touching the AUDIO INFO icon
on the lower of the screen.
158
2009 Civic Coupe


SEEK The seek function If you do nothing, the system will Each preset buttons frequency is
searches up and down from the then scan for the next strong station shown on the bottom of the audio
current frequency to find a station and play it for 10 seconds. When it display.
with a strong signal. To activate it, plays a station you want to listen to,
press and hold the or side of press the SCAN button again.
the TUNE bar until you hear a beep,
then release it. Preset Each preset button can
store one frequency on AM and two
Features
SCAN The scan function samples frequencies on FM.
all stations with strong signals on the
selected band. To activate it, press 1. Select the desired band, AM or
the SCAN button, then release it. FM. FM1 and FM2 let you store
You will see SCAN in the display. six stations each.
The system will scan for a station
with a strong signal. When it finds 2. Use the tune, seek, or scan
one, it will stop and play that station function to tune the radio to a
for about 10 seconds. desired station.
3. Pick a preset button, and hold it

until you hear a beep.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 to store a

total of six stations on AM and
twelve stations on FM.
CONTINUED
159
2009 Civic Coupe


AUTO SELECT If you are You will see a 0 displayed after

traveling far from home and can no pressing a preset button if auto
longer receive your preset stations, select cannot find a strong station for
you can use the auto select feature to every preset button.
find stations in the local area.
If you do not like the stations auto
Press the AUDIO button to view the select has stored, you can store
audio control icons, then touch the other frequencies on the preset
AUTO SEL icon. You will see AUTO buttons as previously described.
SEL flashes in the display, and the
system goes into scan mode for To turn off auto select, press the
several seconds. It stores the AUTO SEL icon. This restores the
frequencies of six AM, and twelve presets you originally set.
FM stations in the preset buttons.
For information on AM/FM radio
frequencies and reception, see page
214 .
160
2009 Civic Coupe


Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)
U.S. model
XM RADIO ICON MODE ICON
POWER/VOLUME JOYSTICK
KNOB
Features
CHANNEL
INDICATOR
AM/FM BUTTON
CD/XM (XM RADIO)
BUTTON
AUDIO BUTTON
SCAN BUTTON
PRESET CHANNEL
NUMBER
TUNE BAR PRESET BUTTONS
161
2009 Civic Coupe


Your audio system is capable of Operating the XM Radio MODE To switch between
receiving XM Radio anywhere in the To listen to XM radio, turn the channel mode and category mode,
United States, except Hawaii and ignition switch to the ACCESSORY touch the MODE icon. In channel
Alaska. (I) or the ON (II) position. Press the mode, you can select all of the
CD/XM button to select XM radio. available channels. In category mode,
XM is a registered trademark of Adjust the volume by turning the such as Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.,
XM Satellite Radio , Inc. knob. The last channel you listened you can select all of the channels
to will show in the display. within that category. Each time you
XM radio receives signals from two touch and release the MODE icon,
satellites to produce clear, high- You can also change to the XM radio the display changes between the
quality digital reception. It offers while you are listening to an FM channel mode and the category
many channels in several categories. station, AM station, disc, pc card, etc., mode.
Along with a large selection of by touching the XM1 or XM2 icon on
different types of music, XM radio the audio display.
allows you to view channel and
category selections in the display. You can also operate the radio using
When you press and hold the the control buttons on the left side of
AUDIO button, the display also the screen. The status bar appears
shows all XM information. on the bottom of the screen each
time you press any of the control
buttons. On the navigation screen,
you can also see the audio
information by touching the AUDIO
INFO icon on the lower of the screen.
162
2009 Civic Coupe


TUNE Press the TUNE bar to Preset You can store up to 12

change channel selections. Press preset channels using each preset
for higher numbered channels button or preset icons on the screen.
and for lower numbered Each preset button or icon stores
channels. In the category mode, you one channel from the XM1 band and
can only select channels within that one channel from the XM2 band.
category.
To store a channel:
Features
CATEGORY Press and hold
either side of the TUNE bar 1. Press the XM button. Either XM1
( or ) until you hear a beep or XM2 will show in the display.
to select another category.
2. Use the tune, seek, or scan
On the audio display, you will see the SCAN The scan function gives function to tune to a desired
selected CHANNEL (number), you a sampling of all channels while channel.
CATEGORY, NAME (artist name), in the channel mode. In the category
and TITLE (music title). mode, only the channels within that In category mode, only channels
category are scanned. To activate within that category can be selected.
You may experience periods when scan, press the SCAN button or In channel mode, all channels can be
XM Radio does not transmit the touch the SCAN icon on the screen. selected.
artists name and song title The system plays each channel in
information. If this happens, there is numerical order for a few seconds, 3. Pick the preset button (icon) you
nothing wrong with your system. then selects the next channel. When want for that channel. Press and
you hear a channel you want to listen hold the button (icon) until you
to, press the button or touch the icon hear a beep.
again. CONTINUED
163
2009 Civic Coupe


4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to store the To Select a Channel from List

first six channels.
5. Press the XM button again or

touch the other XM icon (XM1 or
XM2) on the audio display. Store
the next six channels using steps 2
and 3.
Once a channel is stored, press and

release the proper preset button
(icon) to tune to it. Each preset
buttons channel is shown on the CHANNEL LIST ICON
bottom of the audio display.
You can also select a desired channel Touch the CHANNEL LIST icon to
from the list shown on the screen. switch the display to the channel list
Press the AUDIO button to show the which shows all channels in all
audio control display on the categories. Select and touch a
navigation screen. desired channel.
To scroll through the display, touch

the or icon on the side of the
screen. To go back to the previous
display, touch the Return icon on the
screen.
164
2009 Civic Coupe


To select a desired icon with the XM Radio Display Messages NO SIGNAL The signal is
joystick, move it in the appropriate LOADING XM is loading the currently too weak. Move the vehicle
direction, then press ENT. audio or program information. to an area away from tall buildings,
and with an unobstructed view of the
OFF AIR The channel southern horizon.
currently selected is no longer
broadcasting. - - - - The selected channel
number does not exist or is not part
Features
UPDATING The encryption of your subscription.
code is being updated. Wait until the
encryption code is fully updated. NO INFO This channel has no
Channels 0 and 1 should still work artist or title information at this time.
normally.
ANTENNA There is a problem
with the XM antenna. Please consult
your dealer.
CONTINUED
165
2009 Civic Coupe


The XM satellites are in orbit over

Signal may be blocked by Signal weaker in the equator; therefore, objects south
mountains or large obstacles to these areas. of the vehicle may cause satellite
the south. reception interruptions. To help
compensate for this, ground-based
repeaters are placed in major
metropolitan areas.
Satellite signals are more likely to be

blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you
travel from the equator. Carrying
large items on a roof rack can also
block the signal.
SATELLITE
GROUND REPEATER
166
2009 Civic Coupe


Depending on where you drive, you As required by the FCC: Your I.D. will appear in the display.
may experience reception problems. Changes or modifications not expressly
Interference can be caused by any of approved by the party responsible for After youve registered with XM
these conditions: compliance could void the users Radio, keep your audio system in the
authority to operate the equipment. satellite radio mode while you wait
Driving on the north side of an for activation. This should take about
east/west mountain road. Receiving XM Radio Service 30 minutes.
Driving on the north side of a If your XM Radio service has expired
Features
large commercial truck on an or you purchased your vehicle from While waiting for activation, make
east/west road. a previous owner, you can listen to a sure your vehicle remains in an open
Driving in tunnels. sampling of the broadcasts available area with good reception. Once your
Driving on a road beside a vertical on XM Radio. With the ignition audio system is activated, youll be
wall, steep cliff, or hill to the south switch in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON able to listen to XM radio broadcasts.
of you. (II) position, push the power/volume XM Radio will continue to send an
Driving on the lower level of a knob to turn on the audio system and activation signal to your vehicle for
multi-tiered road. press the CD/XM button. A variety at least 12 hours from the activation
Driving on a single lane road of music types and styles will play. request. If the service has not been
alongside dense trees taller than activated after 36 hours, contact
50 ft. (15 m) to the south of you. If you decide to purchase XM Radio XM Radio.
Large items carried on a roof rack. service, contact XM Radio at
www.xmradio.com, or at
There may be other geographic 1-800-852-9696. You will need to give
situations that could affect XM Radio them your radio I.D. number and
reception. your credit card number. To get your
radio I.D. number, press the TUNE
bar until 0 appears in the display.
167
2009 Civic Coupe


Adjusting the Sound (Models with navigation system)
BALANCE Adjusts the side-to-

SPEAKER SETTING side strength of the sound.
To adjust the left/right balance,
touch the L or R icon.
SUBWOOFER Adjusts the

strength of sound from the
subwoofer speaker. To adjust the
sound strength, touch or
on each side of the adjustment
SOUND ICON bar.
BASS/TREBLE SETTING
The right upper display shows you
You can adjust the sound on the BASS Adjusts the bass. the current setting of the sound
navigation screen. To adjust the TREBLE Adjusts the treble. To strength coming from each speaker.
sound, push the AUDIO button, then adjust the treble and bass, touch
enter the sound grid by touching the or on each side of the SVC (speed-sensitive volume
SOUND icon on the display. treble or bass adjustment bar. The compensation) The SVC mode
adjustment bar on the right lower controls the volume based on vehicle
display shows you the current speed. The faster you go, the louder
setting. the audio volume becomes. As you
slow down, the audio volume
FADER Adjusts the front-to-back decreases. Touch the appropriate
strength of the sound. To adjust the icon (Low, Mid, Hi, Off) to select the
front/rear fader, touch the FR or RR mode.
icon.
168
2009 Civic Coupe


Adjusting the Sound (Models with navigation system)
This function is set to MID as the Screen Mode Audio System Lighting
default setting when the vehicle You can select the background You can use the instrument panel
leaves the factory. If you feel the screen to display the sound level. brightness control buttons to adjust
sound is too loud, choose low. If you There are three screen modes: level the illumination of the audio system
feel the sound is too quiet, choose Hi. (the sound level is shown with the (see page 74 ). The audio system
vertical bars), spectrum analysis (the illuminates when the parking lights
You can also select the icon with the sound level appears as ripples of are on, even if the radio is off.
joystick. Move it up and down to water), and off. Each time you touch
Features
move the highlighting and scroll the background icon, the display
through lists. Select the icon, then changes.
move the joystick to left or right to
change the setting.
The system will return to the audio

display about 10 seconds after you
stop adjusting a mode.
169
2009 Civic Coupe


Playing a Disc (Models with navigation system)
CD ICON
KNOB
OPEN BUTTON
CD BUTTON
AUDIO BUTTON
SCAN BUTTON
TUNE BAR
RDM (RANDOM) FAST FORWARD SKIPBUTTON

BUTTON BUTTON
RPT (REPEAT) BUTTON REWIND BUTTON SKIPBUTTON
170
2009 Civic Coupe


To Play a Disc Video CDs and DVDs do not work in The specifications for compatible
You operate the disc player with the this unit. WMA files are:
same controls used for the radio. To Sampling frequency:
load or play discs, the ignition switch The specifications for compatible 22.05/32/44.1/48 kHz
must be in the ACCESSORY (I) or MP3 files are: Bitrate:
ON (II) position. Sampling frequency: 32/40/48/64/80/96/128/160/
32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1) 192 kbps
16/22.05/24 kHz (MPEG2) Compatible with variable bitrate
Features
Bitrate: and multi-session
Do not use discs with adhesive labels. 32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/ Maximum layers
The label can curl up and cause the 160/192/224/256/320 kbps (including ROOT): 8 layers
disc to jam in the unit. (MPEG1)
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/ NOTE:
This audio system can also play CD- 112/128/160 kbps (MPEG2) If a file on an MP3 or WMA disc is
Rs and CD-RWs compressed in MP3 Compatible with variable bitrate protected by digital rights
or WMA formats. When playing a and multi-session management (DRM), the audio unit
disc in MP3, you will see MP3 on Maximum layers displays CD FORMAT, and then
the screen. In WMA format, WMA (including ROOT): 8 layers skips to the next file.
will appear on the screen. You can
select up to 99 folders and play up to
999 tracks. If the disc has a complex
structure, it takes a while to read the
disc before the system begins to play
it.
CONTINUED
171
2009 Civic Coupe


To Load a Disc
DISC SLOT
OPEN BUTTON CLOSE BUTTON
The disc player is behind the Insert a disc about halfway into the To return the screen to the upright
navigation screen. To use the disc disc slot. The drive will pull the disc position, press the CLOSE button on
player, press the OPEN button in the rest of the way and begin to the edge of the screen panel. Do not
beside the screen. The screen folds play it. use the folded screen as a tray. If
back, and the disc player appears. you put a cup, for example, on the
You cannot load and play 3-inch screen, the liquid inside the cup may
(8-cm) discs in this system. spill on the screen when you go over
a bump.
172
2009 Civic Coupe


Push the AUDIO button beside the To Change or Select Tracks/Files You can also select an icon with the
screen to show the audio display and joystick. Move it to left, right, up, or
operate the disc player. PRESET BUTTONS FUNCTION down to change the highlighting and
scroll through lists. Then press the
You can also operate the audio ENT on the top of the joystick to
system without using the control select the icon.
icons on the audio screen. Press the
CD button. The status bar appears SKIP Each time you press and
Features
on the bottom of the screen. On the release (preset 6), the player
navigation screen, you can see the skips forward to the beginning of the
audio information whenever you next track (file in MP3 or WMA
touch the AUDIO INFO icon on the PRESET BUTTONS mode). Press and release
lower portion of the screen. U.S. model is shown. (preset 5), to skip backward to
the beginning of the current track.
When playing a CD recorded with You can use the preset buttons while Press it again to skip to the
text data, the track, album, and artist a disc is playing to select passages beginning of the previous track.
name are shown on the audio display. and change tracks (files in MP3 or
When playing a disc in MP3 or WMA, WMA mode). Each preset buttons FF/REW To move rapidly within
the folder number and name, the file function is shown on the bottom of a track/file, press and hold
number and name, the artist name, the screen. (preset 4) or (preset 3).
and the elapsed time are shown. The
system will continuously play a disc
until you change modes. If the disc
was not recorded with text data, it
will not be displayed.
CONTINUED
173
2009 Civic Coupe


In MP3 or WMA mode In MP3 or WMA mode In MP3 or WMA mode

FOLDER SELECTION To FOLDER REPEAT This feature, FOLDER RANDOM This
select a different folder, press either when activated, replays all files in feature, when activated, plays all
side of the TUNE bar to move to the the selected folder in the order they files in each folder in random order,
beginning of the next folder. Press are compressed. To activate folder rather than in the order they are
the side of the TUNE bar to skip repeat, press and hold the RPT compressed. To activate folder
to the next folder, and the side to button (preset 1). You will see random, press the RDM button
move to the beginning of the FOLDER REPEAT in the display. (preset 2) twice. You will see
previous folder. The system continuously replays the FOLDER RANDOM in the display.
current folder. Press the RPT button The system then selects and plays
TRACK REPEAT (FILE again to turn it off. Pressing the files randomly. This continues until
REPEAT) To continuously replay RDM button or selecting a different you deactivate folder random by
a track (file in MP3 or WMA mode), folder with the TUNE bar also turns pressing the RDM button again, or if
press and release the RPT button off folder repeat. you select a different folder with the
(preset 1). You will see TRACK TUNE bar.
REPEAT in the display. Press and TRACK RANDOM (Random
hold the RPT button for 2 seconds to within a disc/folder) This
turn it off. feature plays the tracks within a disc
(the files within a folder) in random
order. To activate track random,
press and release the RDM button
(preset 2). You will see TRACK
RANDOM in the display. Press and
hold the RDM button for 2 seconds
to return to normal play.
174
2009 Civic Coupe


SCAN (TRACK/FILE SCAN) In MP3 or WMA mode Using a Track List

The scan function samples all tracks FOLDER SCAN This feature,
(files in MP3 or WMA) in the order when activated, samples all the first CD ICON
they were recorded. To activate scan, files in each folder on the disc in
press and release the SCAN button. order. To activate folder scan, press
You will see TRACK SCAN in the and hold the SCAN button. You will
display. You will get a 10 second see FOLDER SCAN in the display.
sampling of each track/file on the
Features
disc. Press and hold the SCAN The system plays the first file in
button for 2 seconds to get out of each folder for about 10 seconds. If
scan mode and play the last track/ you do nothing, the system then
file sampled. plays the first file in each folder for TRACK LIST ICON
10 seconds each. After playing the U.S. model is shown.
Pressing either SKIP button (preset first file of the last folder, the system
5 or 6) also turns off scan. goes to normal play. You can also select a track/file
directly from the folder and file lists
Pressing either SKIP button (preset on the audio display. Press the
5 or 6), or selecting a different folder AUDIO button to show the audio
with the TUNE bar, or pressing the display.
SCAN button, also turns off folder
scan.
CONTINUED
175
2009 Civic Coupe



FOLDER ICON FOLDER ICON TRACK/FILE ICON screen. To go back to the previous
display, touch the Return icon on the
screen.
To select a desired icon with the

joystick, move it in the appropriate
direction, then press ENT.
Press the AUDIO button to go back

to the normal audio playing display.
RETURN ICON RETURN ICON Pressing the CANCEL button goes
back to the previous screen, and
Touch the Track List icon to switch The display changes to the file list. pressing the MAP button cancels the
the display to the folder list, then Then, select and touch a desired file. audio control display on the screen.
select and touch a desired folder.
Touch the folder icon on the upper
left of the screen to move to the
parent folder.
176
2009 Civic Coupe


When playing a CD recorded with To Stop Playing a Disc Removing a Disc

text data, each track name is shown To play the radio when a disc is To remove a disc from the audio unit,
on the audio display. With a disc playing, press the AM/FM button or fold back the screen by pressing the
recorded in MP3 or WMA, the folder touch the FM1, FM2, AM, XM1, or OPEN button (see page 172 ). Press
number is also displayed. XM2 icon. If a PC card is in the audio the disc eject button ( ) to
unit, touch the CARD icon to play remove the disc. If you eject the disc,
If the disc was not recorded with text the PC card. Press the CD button but do not remove it from the slot,
data, only the track number is shown. again or touch the CD icon to switch the system will automatically reload
Features
back to the disc player. it after 10 seconds and put it in pause
mode. To begin playing, press the
To play an audio unit connected to CD button.
adapter cable when a disc is playing, To return the screen to the upright
touch the AUX or USB icon. position, press the CLOSE button.
If you turn the system off while a You cannot close the screen if a disc
disc is playing, either with the is partially inserted into its slot.
power/volume knob or by turning
off the ignition switch, the disc will You can also eject the disc when the
stay in the drive. When you turn the ignition switch is off.
system back on, the disc will begin
playing where it left off.
177
2009 Civic Coupe


Operating the Optional Disc Protecting Discs

Changer For information on how to handle
An optional six or eight disc changer and protect discs, see page 216 .
is available for your vehicle. This
disc changer uses the same controls
used for the in-dash disc player or
the radio.
Load the desired discs in the

magazine, and load the magazine in
the changer according to the
instructions that came with the unit.
To select the disc changer, press the

CD/AUX button. The disc and track
numbers will be displayed. To select
a different disc, use either side of the
TUNE bar. To select the previous
disc, press the side. To select the
next disc, press the side.
If you select an empty slot in the

magazine, the changer will search
for the next available disc to load and
play.
178
2009 Civic Coupe


Disc Player Error Messages (Models with navigation system)

Press the eject button, and pull out the disc.
If you see an error message in the Check if it is inserted correctly in the disc
display while playing a disc, press FOCUS Error player.
the eject button. After ejecting the Make sure the disc is not scratched or damaged
disc, check it for damage or (see page 217).
Features
deformation. If there is no damage, Press the eject button, and pull out the disc.
insert the disc again. Check the disc for damage or deformation (see
For additional information on Mechanical Error page 217).
damaged discs, see page 217 . If the disc cannot be pulled out, or the error
message does not disappear after the disc is
If there is still a problem, the error ejected, see your dealer.
message will appear again. Press the Press the eject button, and pull out the disc.
eject button, and pull out the disc. TOC Error Check the disc for damage or deformation (see
page 217).
Insert a different disc. If the new High Temperature Will disappear when the temperature returns to
disc plays, there is a problem with normal.
179
2009 Civic Coupe


Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
TRACK LIST ICON PC CARD ICON
JOYSTICK
POWER/VOLUME
KNOB
PLAY MODE
OPEN BUTTON ICON
CD/XM BUTTON
AUDIO BUTTON
SCAN BUTTON
TUNE BAR
RDM (RANDOM) FAST FORWARD SKIP BUTTON

BUTTON BUTTON
RPT (REPEAT) BUTTON REWIND BUTTON SKIP BUTTON
180
2009 Civic Coupe


To Play a PC Card Always use the recommended Never insert foreign objects into
You operate the PC card player with memory card with the appropriate the PC card slot.
the same controls used for the radio adapter (if an adapter is needed).
and the disc player. To load or play a Some memory cards will not work in The specifications for compatible
card, the ignition switch must be in this unit. MP3 files are:
the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) Sampling frequency:
position. NOTE: 32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)
When you insert a PC card into 16/22.05/24 kHz (MPEG2)
Features
The PC card player reads and plays the slot, make sure you put it in Bitrate:
cards in MP3 or WMA formats. straight. If you cannot insert it, 32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/
Depending on the format, the screen remove it, and insert again. 160/192/224/256/320 kbps
will indicate MP3 or WMA when (MPEG1)
a card is playing. The card limit of Do not keep PC cards in the 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/
the player is 99 folders and 999 vehicle. Direct sunlight and high 112/128/160 kbps (MPEG2)
tracks. If the card has a complex heat will damage them. Compatible with variable bitrate
structure, it takes some time for the and multi-session
system to begin playing it. To avoid damaging the card Maximum layers
reader, do not insert hard disc (including ROOT): 8 layers
Based on PCMCIA 2.1/JEIDA 4.2, drive cards into the PC card slot.
the recommended PC cards for the
PC card reader are: You cannot close the screen
(move it to the upright position)
CompactFlash until the PC card is inserted all the
Flash ATA way into its slot or removed.
SD memory card
CONTINUED
181
2009 Civic Coupe


The specifications for compatible Loading a PC Card Insert a PC card straight into the slot.
WMA files are: The drive will read the PC card and
Sampling frequency: PC CARD SLOT begin to play it.
32/44.1/48 kHz
Bitrate: Return the screen to the upright
48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps position by pressing the CLOSE
Compatible with variable bitrate button on the edge of the screen
and multi-session panel.
Maximum layers
(including ROOT): 8 layers Push the AUDIO button beside the
screen to show the audio display and
In WMA format, DRM (digital rights operate the PC card player.
management) files cannot be played.
If the system finds a DRM file, it You can also operate the audio
skips that file and plays the next The PC card slot is behind the system without using the control
available folder or file. navigation screen. To use the PC icons on the audio screen. Press any
card player, press the OPEN button of the appropriate control buttons.
beside the screen. The screen folds The status bar appears on the
back, and the PC card slot appears. bottom of the screen. On the
navigation screen, you can see the
audio information whenever you
touch the AUDIO INFO icon on the
screen.
182
2009 Civic Coupe


There are three play modes: Folder, To Select a Play Mode

Artist, and Album. Touch the PLAY
MODE icon, then choose one of the FOLDER MODE
PLAY MODE ICON
modes by touching its icon. When a
mode is selected, it is highlighted in
blue. MODE INDICATOR
Folder mode plays tracks in the
Features
order they were added to the card.
Artist mode plays tracks in

alphabetical order, by artist and
song title.
ARTIST MODE PLAY MODE ICON ALBUM MODE PLAY MODE ICON
Album mode plays albums
(folders) in alphabetical order.
If play mode information was not

included in the tracks when they
were added to the card, it will not be
displayed on the screen.
MODE INDICATOR MODE INDICATOR

CONTINUED
183
2009 Civic Coupe


PLAY MODE ICON
To select a play mode, push the Select the desired mode by touching After you select the play mode, the
AUDIO button to show the audio the appropriate icon, or move the display changes to the selectable
display, then touch the PLAY MODE joystick, then press the ENT. playing menu. If you select
icon on the display. Continue playing the Current Song,
the system goes into the selected
play mode after playing the current
file.
184
2009 Civic Coupe


If you select Play a New Track List, To Change or Select Tracks/Files Icons on the screen can also be
the system goes into the selected selected with the joystick. Move the
play mode immediately and begins to PRESET BUTTONS FUNCTION joystick left or right and up or down
play the files in order to the new list. until the icon is highlighted, then
press the ENT on the top of the
To go back to the previous screen, joystick to select the icon.
press the CANCEL button on the
right side of the screen. To exit the
Features
play mode screens, press the AUDIO
button.
PRESET BUTTONS
You can use the preset buttons while

a card is playing to select or change
files. Each preset buttons function is
shown on the bottom of the screen.
CONTINUED
185
2009 Civic Coupe


SKIP Each time you press and TRACK REPEAT (FILE TRACK RANDOM (Random
release (preset 6), the player REPEAT) To continuously replay within a folder) This feature
skips forward to the beginning of the a file, press and release the RPT plays the files within a folder in
next file. Press and release button (preset 1). You will see random order. To activate track
(preset 5), to skip backward to TRACK REPEAT in the display. random, press and release the RDM
the beginning of the current file. Press the RPT button again to turn it button (preset 2). You will see
Press it again to skip to the off. TRACK RANDOM in the display.
beginning of the previous file. Press and hold the RDM button for 2
FOLDER/ARTIST/ALBUM seconds to return to normal play.
FF/REW To move rapidly within REPEAT This feature, when
a file, press and hold (preset 4) activated, replays all the files in the FOLDER/ARTIST/ALBUM
or (preset 3). selected folder/artist/album in the RANDOM This feature, when
order they are recorded or listed. To activated, plays all files in each
FOLDER SELECTION To activate each repeat mode, press and folder/artist/album in random order,
select a different folder, press either hold the RPT button (preset 1) for 2 rather than in the order they are
side of the TUNE bar to move to the seconds. You will see FOLDER recorded or listed. To activate each
beginning of the next folder. Press REPEAT, ARTIST REPEAT or random play, press the RDM button
the side of the TUNE bar to skip ALBUM REPEAT in the display. (preset 2) 2 times. You will see
to the next folder, and the side to The system continuously replays the FOLDER RANDOM, ARTIST
move to the beginning of the current folder/artist/album. Press RANDOM or ALBUM RANDOM in
previous folder. and hold the RPT button for 2 the display.
seconds again to turn it off. Pressing
the RDM button, or selecting a
different folder/artist/album with
the TUNE bar also turns off the
repeat feature.
186
2009 Civic Coupe


The system then selects and plays FOLDER/ARTIST/ALBUM Using a Track List
files randomly. This continues until SCAN This feature, when
you deactivate each random play by activated, samples the first file in
pressing the RDM button again, or each folder/artist/album on the PC
you select a different folder/artist/ card in order. To activate each scan
album with the TUNE bar. feature, press and hold the SCAN
button until you hear a beep. You will
SCAN The scan function samples see FOLDER SCAN, ARTIST SCAN
Features
all files on the PC card in the order or ALBUM SCAN in the display.
they are recorded. To activate scan,
press and release the SCAN button. The system plays the first file in the
You will see TRACK SCAN in the folder for about 10 seconds. If you do TRACK LIST ICON
display. You will get a 10 second nothing, the system plays the first U.S. model is shown.
sampling of each file on the PC card. file in each folder, in order, for 10
Press and hold the SCAN button for seconds each. After playing the first You can also select a file directly
2 seconds to get out of scan mode file of the last folder/artist/album, from the folder and track lists on the
and play the last file sampled. the system returns to normal play. audio display. Press the AUDIO
button to show the audio display,
Pressing either of the SKIP buttons Pressing either of the SKIP buttons then touch the Track List icon. The
(preset 5 or 6) also turns off the scan (preset 5 or 6), selecting a different folder list menu appears on the
feature. folder/artist/album with the TUNE display.
bar, or pressing the SCAN button,
also turns off the scan feature.
CONTINUED
187
2009 Civic Coupe


FOLDER ICON ARTIST NAME
RETURN ICON
To scroll through the display, touch To select a folder, touch its icon on In artist mode, the artist name is also
the or icon on the side of the the screen. The display changes to displayed on the right side of each
screen. To go back to the previous the file list. Then, select and touch a selectable icon. Select the desired
display, touch the Return icon. desired file. In folder mode, touch file.
the folder icon on the upper left of
the screen to move to the parent
folder.
188
2009 Civic Coupe


Press the AUDIO button to go back TITLE BY KEYWORD ICON

ALBUM NAME Pressing the CANCEL button goes
pressing the MAP button cancels the
audio control display on the screen.
Song Search Function
Features
SONG SEARCH ICON
ARTIST ICON ALBUM ICON
You can then select any of three

In album mode, the album name is modes to search a file: Title by
also displayed on the right side of Keyword, Artist, and Album.
each selectable icon. Select the
desired file.
RETURN ICON
To select a desired icon with the Folder mode is shown.
direction, then press ENT. When you select Song Search from
the track list display, the song search
menu appears.
CONTINUED
189
2009 Civic Coupe


Searching for a Song Title by Keyword To cancel the selected letter, select Searching for a Song by Artist Name
the letter and touch the Delete icon.
MORE ICON To select more characters, touch the ARTIST LIST
More icon. The other character list
will be shown.
FILE LIST
DELETE ICON LIST ICON
In Title by Keyword mode, enter the Select the Artist icon, and the artist
title name, or any keyword, by list appears. Select the desired artist,
touching the letter icons on the and the artists file list is displayed.
screen. Touch the List icon to begin
the song search. If you press the After the system searches for a song,
CANCEL button on the screen, the a file list is displayed. To scroll
display returns to the mode menu through the list, touch the or
without doing a search. icon on the side of the screen. Select
the desired file by touching the
appropriate icon, or moving the
joystick and pressing the ENT.
190
2009 Civic Coupe


Searching for a Song by Album Name To Stop Playing a PC Card When you leave the vehicle, always
To play the radio when a PC card is remove the PC card from the audio
ALBUM LIST playing, press the AM/FM button or unit.
touch the FM1, FM2, AM, XM1, or
XM2 icon. If a disc is in the audio Removing a PC Card
unit, press the CD button or touch To remove a PC card from the audio
the CD icon to play the disc. Touch unit, fold back the screen by
the CARD icon to switch back to the pressing the OPEN button (see page
Features
PC card player. 172 ). Press the eject button ( )
to remove the card. If you do not
: If equipped remove it from the slot, you cannot
return the screen to the upright
To play an audio unit connected to position.
Select the Album icon, and the adapter cable when a PC card is To return the screen to the upright
album list appears. Select the desired playing, touch the AUX or USB icon. position, press the CLOSE button.
album, and its song list is displayed.
You can then select the desired song If you turn the system off while a PC You can also eject a card when the
from the list. card is playing, either with the ignition switch is off.
power/volume knob or by turning
off the ignition switch, the card will
stay in the drive. When you turn the
system back on, the card will begin
playing where it left off.
191
2009 Civic Coupe


PC Card Error Messages (Models with navigation system)
If you see an error message in the

display while playing a PC card, find Error Message Solution
the solution in the chart to the right.
If you cannot clear the error FILE ERROR The system cannot read the file(s). Check the files in the PC card.
message, take your vehicle to your There is a possibility that the files have been damaged.
dealer. NO MUSIC It appears when the PC card is empty or there are no MP3 or WMA
files in the PC card. Save the MP3 or WMA files in the PC card.
It appears when the unsupported PC card is inserted. The system
MEDIA ERROR supports CompactFlash card, Flash ATA card, and SanDisk memory
Card Adapter.
192
2009 Civic Coupe


Playing an iPod (Models with navigation system)
USB ICON
KNOB
Features
AUDIO DISPLAY
iPod INDICATOR
MAP BUTTON
CD/XM BUTTON
AUDIO BUTTON
CANCEL BUTTON
RPT (REPEAT) RDM (RANDOM) FAST FORWARD SKIP BUTTON

BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON
REWIND BUTTON SKIP BUTTON
193
2009 Civic Coupe


To Play an iPod To select the USB mode without iPods that are compatible with your
This audio system can select and using the icon, press the CD/XM audio system are listed below.
play the audio files on the iPod with button repeatedly. The status bar
the same controls used for the in- appears on the bottom of the screen. Model Firmware
dash disc player. To play an iPod, iPod 5G Ver. 1.2 or more
connect it to the USB adapter cable The audio system reads and plays iPod classic Ver. 1.0 or more
in the console compartment by using sound files to be playable on the iPod. iPod nano Ver. 1.2 or more
your dock connector. Press the The system cannot operate an iPod iPod nano Ver. 1.1.2 or more
AUDIO button beside the screen to as a mass storage device. The 2nd generation
show the audio display and touch the system will only play songs stored on iPod nano Ver. 1.0 or more
AUX icon. The ignition switch must the iPod with iTunes. 3rd generation
be in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) iPod touch Ver. 1.1.1 or more
position. The iPod will also be iPod and iTunes are registered iPhone Ver. 1.1.1 or more
recharged with the ignition switch in trademarks owned by Apple Inc.
these positions. : Use the latest firmware.
Voice Control System
You can also select an icon by You can select the AUX mode by Use only compatible iPods with the
moving the joystick. Move it to left, using the navigation system voice latest firmware. iPods that are not
right, up, or down to change the control buttons, but cannot operate compatible will not work in this audio
highlighting and scroll through lists, the play mode functions. unit.
then press ENT on the top of the
joystick to set your selection.
194
2009 Civic Coupe


NOTE: Connecting an iPod

Do not connect your iPod using a
hub. USB CONNECTOR
Do not keep the iPod in the

vehicle. Direct sunlight and high USB ADAPTER
CABLE
heat will damage it.
CABLE
Features
Do not use an extension cable
between the USB adapter cable
equipped with your vehicle and
your dock connector.
DOCK CONNECTOR
data before playing it. 1. Pull out the USB connector from 2. Connect your dock connector to
the holder and remove the cable the iPod correctly and securely.
In AAC format, DRM (digital rights from the clip in the console
management) files cannot be played. compartment. 3. Install the dock connector to the
If the system finds a DRM file, the USB adapter cable securely.
audio unit displays UNPLAYABLE,
and then skips to the next file.
CONTINUED
195
2009 Civic Coupe


vehicles audio unit. USB icon. The display also shows

the current file number and total of
Sample Display : It may take a few minutes for the selected playable files, the artist,
the Honda mark to display on album and track (file) names on the
the iPod. If the display does not navigation screen.
change, this function is not
supported on your iPod model
or firmware.
If the iPod indicator does not appear

in the audio display, check the
OK to disconnect. connections, and try to reconnect the
iPod a few times.
When the iPod is connected and the If the audio system still does not
USB mode is selected on the audio recognize the iPod, the iPod may
display, LOAD is shown for a few need to be reset. Follow the AUDIO INFO ICON
seconds, then the iPod indicator is instructions that came with your
shown on the display. On the iPod, or you can find reset On the map screen, you can see the
navigation map display, the USB instructions online at www.apple.com/ audio information whenever you
CONNECTED message will be ipod. touch the AUDIO INFO icon on the
displayed for a few seconds in the lower part of the screen.
lower part of the screen. After When the iPod is connected and the
loading, you will see Honda mark audio display is selected on the
on the iPod. That means you can screen by pressing the AUDIO
only operate your iPod with the button, the AUX icon switches to the
196
2009 Civic Coupe


To Change or Select Files SKIP Each time you press and Using a Track List
release (preset 6), the player
skips forward to the beginning of the AUDIO DISPLAY
next file. Press and release
(preset 5), to skip backward to
the beginning of the current file.
Features
FF/REW To move rapidly within
a file, press and hold (preset 4)
PRESET BUTTONS or (preset 3). TRACK LIST ICON
U.S. model is shown. U.S. model is shown.
Use the preset buttons while an iPod You can also select a file directly
is playing to select passages and from a track list on the audio display.
change files. Each preset buttons Press the AUDIO button to show the
function is shown on the bottom of audio display, then touch the Track
the screen. List icon. The track list menu
appears on the display.
CONTINUED
197
2009 Civic Coupe


To Select a File from iPod Menu
iPod MENU ICON

To scroll through the display, touch You can also select a file from the Select a desired list by touching the
the or icon on the side of the iPod menu: playlists, artists, albums appropriate icon.
screen. To go back to the previous and songs. Press the AUDIO button
display, touch the Return icon. to display the audio display on the
navigation screen. Touch the iPod
To select a desired icon with the MENU icon to display the iPod menu.
198
2009 Civic Coupe


To select a desired icon with the To Select Repeat or Random Mode:

joystick, move it in the appropriate You can select any type of repeat and
direction, then press ENT. random modes with the RPT and
RDM buttons. To confirm the
If you select ALL on either the selected mode, press the AUDIO
artists or albums list, all available button to show the audio display on
files on the selected list are played. the navigation screen.
Features
Pressing the CANCEL button goes
pressing the MAP button cancels the
audio display on the screen.
The display shows the items on that
list. Touch a desired file.

display, touch the Return icon.
CONTINUED
199
2009 Civic Coupe


Pressing either SKIP button changes ALBUM RANDOM This feature

the file while keeping this feature. plays all available albums from the
selected item in the iPod menu list
(playlists, artists, albums or songs)
in random order. The tracks/files in
each album are played in the
recorded order. To activate album
random, press and hold the RDM
button (preset 2) until you see
ALBUM RANDOM on the screen.
U.S. model is shown. Press and hold the button until you
hear a beep to turn off either random
TRACK REPEAT This feature U.S. model is shown. mode.
continuously plays a track/file. To
activate track repeat, press and TRACK RANDOM This feature You can also select another list from
release the RPT button (preset 1). plays all available tracks/files from the iPod menu while keeping the
You will see REPEAT in the display. the selected items in the iPod menu random function.
To turn it off, press and release the list (playlists, artists, albums or
RPT button again. songs) in random order. To activate
track random, press and release the
Each time you press and release the RDM button (preset 2). You will see
RPT button, the mode changes TRACK RANDOM on the screen.
between track repeat and normal
play.
200
2009 Civic Coupe


NOTE: To Stop Playing Your iPod : The displayed message may

Available operating functions vary on To play the radio, press the AM/FM vary on models or versions. On
models or versions. Some functions button or touch the FM1, FM2, AM, some models, there is no
may not be available on the vehicles XM1, or XM2 icon. Press the CD message to disconnect.
audio system. icon to switch to the disc mode (if a
disc is loaded). Each time you press When you disconnect the iPod while
the CD/XM button, the audio mode it is playing, the audio screen (if
switches between iPod, disc and selected) shows NO DATA.
Features
XM radio.
If you reconnect the same iPod, the
If a PC card is in the audio unit, system may begin playing where it
touch the CARD icon to play the PC left off, depending on what mode the
card. iPod is in when it is reconnected.
Disconnecting an iPod iPod Error Messages

You can disconnect the iPod at any If you see an error message in the
time when you see the OK to screen, see page 202 .
disconnect message in the iPod
display. Always make sure you see
the OK to disconnect message in
the iPod display before you
disconnect it. Make sure to follow
the iPods instructions on how to
disconnect the dock connector from
the USB adapter cable.
201
2009 Civic Coupe


iPod Error Messages (Models with navigation system)

screen while playing an iPod, find Error Message Solution
the solution in the chart to the right.
If you cannot clear the error UNSUPPORTED Appears when an unsupported iPod is inserted.
message, take your vehicle to your NO SONG There is no music information.
dealer.
202
2009 Civic Coupe


Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models with navigation system)
USB ICON
KNOB
Features
MP3 INDICATOR
TRACK LIST
ICON
AUDIO BUTTON
SCAN BUTTON
SOUND ICON
TUNE BAR
RPT (REPEAT) RDM (RANDOM) FAST FORWARD SKIP BUTTON

BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON
REWIND BUTTON TUNE BAR SKIP BUTTON
203
2009 Civic Coupe


To Play a USB Flash Memory To select the USB mode without The recommended USB flash
Device using the icon, press the CD/XM memory devices are 256 Mbyte or
This audio system can select and button repeatedly. The status bar higher. Some digital audio players
play the audio files from a USB flash appears on the bottom of the screen. may be compatible as well.
memory device with the same
controls used for the in-dash disc The audio system reads and plays Some USB flash memory device
player. To play a USB flash memory the audio files on the USB flash (such as devices with security lock-
device, connect it to the USB adapter memory device in MP3, WMA or out features, etc.) will not work in
cable in the console compartment. AAC formats. Depending on the this audio unit.
The ignition switch must be in the format, the display shows MP3,
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position. WMA or AAC when a USB flash
Press the AUDIO button beside the memory device is playing. The USB
screen to show the audio display and flash memory device limit is up to
touch the AUX icon. 700 folders or up to 65535 files.
You can also select an icon by : Only AAC format files recorded
moving the joystick. Move it to left, with iTunes are playable on this
right, up, or down to change the audio unit.
highlighting and scroll through lists,
then press ENT on the top of the
joystick to set your selection.
204
2009 Civic Coupe


NOTE: Depending on the type and The specifications for compatible

Do not use a device such as a card number of files, it may take some MP3 files are:
reader or hard drive as the device time before they begin to play. Sampling frequency:
or your files may be damaged. 32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)
Depending on the software the 16/22.05/24 kHz (MPEG2)
Do not connect your USB flash files were made with, it may not be Bitrate:
memory device using a hub. possible to play some files, or 32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/
display some text data. 160/192/224/256/320/VBR kbps
Features
Do not use an extension cable to (MPEG1)
the USB adapter cable equipped Voice Control System Supported standards:
with your vehicle. You can select the AUX mode by MPEG1 Audio Layer3
using the navigation system voice MPEG2 Audio Layer3
Do not keep the USB flash control buttons, but cannot operate Partition: Top partition only
memory device in the vehicle. the play mode functions. Maximum layers: 8
Direct sunlight and high heat will
damage it.

data before playing a USB flash
memory device.
CONTINUED
205
2009 Civic Coupe


The specifications for compatible Even if recorded in MP3, WMA or Connecting a USB Flash Memory
WMA files are: AAC format, a file with an Device
Sampling frequency: unsupported version cannot be
32/44.1/48 kHz played. If the system finds an USB CONNECTOR
Bitrate: unsupported file, the screen displays
48320/VBR kbps (Max 384) UNSUPPORTED, and then skips to
Supported standards: the next file.
WMA version 7/8/9
Partition: Top partition only In WMA or AAC format, DRM CABLE
Maximum layers: 8 (digital rights management) files
cannot be played. If the system finds
The specifications for compatible a DRM file, the screen displays
AAC files are: UNPLAYABLE FILE, and then skips
Sampling frequency: to the next file.
8/11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/
44.1/48 kHz 1. Pull out the USB connector from
Bitrate: the holder and remove the cable
48320 kbps from the clip in the console
Supported standards: compartment.
MPEG4/AAC LC
MPEG2/AAC LC
Partition: Top partition only
Maximum layers: 8
206
2009 Civic Coupe


To Change or Select Files
Features
PRESET BUTTONS
USB ADAPTER CABLE U.S. model is shown.
AUDIO INFO ICON
Use the preset buttons while a USB
2. Connect the USB flash memory On the map screen, you can see the flash memory device is playing to
device to the USB adapter cable audio information whenever you select passages and change files.
correctly and securely. touch the AUDIO INFO icon on the Each preset buttons function is
lower part of the screen. shown on the bottom of the screen.
When the USB device is connected
and the audio display is selected on
the screen by pressing the AUDIO
button, the AUX icon switches to the
USB icon. The display also shows
the folder and file numbers, and the
elapsed time. CONTINUED
207
2009 Civic Coupe


SKIP Each time you press and FOLDER SELECTION To To Select a File from Folder and File
release (preset 6), the player select a different folder, press either Lists
skips forward to the beginning of the side of the TUNE bar. Press the
next file. Press and release side to skip to the next folder,
(preset 5), to skip backward to and press the side to skip to the
the beginning of the current file. beginning of the previous folder.
FF/REW To move rapidly within

a file, press and hold (preset 4)
or (preset 3).
TRACK LIST ICON
You can also select a folder and file

from the lists shown on the screen.
Press the AUDIO button to show the
audio display on the navigation
screen.
208
2009 Civic Coupe



FOLDER ICON display, touch the Return icon.
To select a desired icon with the

Features
Pressing the CANCEL button goes
FOLDER ICON pressing the MAP button cancels the
audio display on the screen.
Touch the Track List icon to switch The display changes to the file list.
the display to the folder list, then Then, select and touch a desired file.
select and touch a desired folder.
Touch the folder icon on the upper
left of the screen to move to the
parent folder.
CONTINUED
209
2009 Civic Coupe


To Select Repeat, Random or Scan Press and hold the button until you
Mode: hear a beep to turn off either repeat
You can select any type of repeat, mode. Pressing either side of the
random and scan modes with the TUNE bar also turns off this feature.
RPT, RDM and SCAN buttons. To
confirm the selected mode, press the
AUDIO button to show the audio
control display on the navigation
screen.
TRACK REPEAT This feature

continuously plays a track/file. To U.S. model is shown.
activate track repeat, press and
release the RPT button (preset 1). FOLDER REPEAT This feature
You will see TRACK REPEAT in the replays all the tracks/files in the
display. selected folder in the order they are
stored. To activate folder repeat,
press and hold the RPT button
(preset 1) until you see FOLDER
REPEAT in the display.
210
2009 Civic Coupe


TRACK RANDOM This feature TRACK SCAN This feature Press and hold the button until you
plays all the tracks/files in random samples all tracks/files in the hear a beep to turn off either scan
order. To activate track random, selected folder in the order they are mode. Pressing either SKIP button
press and release the RDM button stored. To activate track scan, press also turns off this feature.
(preset 2). You will see TRACK and release the SCAN button. You
RANDOM in the display. will see SCAN in the display. You will
get a 10 second sampling of each
FOLDER RANDOM This track/file in the folder.
Features
feature plays the tracks/files in the
selected folder in random order. To FOLDER-SCAN This feature
activate folder random, press and samples the first track/file in each
hold the RDM button (preset 2) until folder in the order they are stored.
you see FOLDER RANDOM in the To activate folder scan, press and
display. hold the SCAN button until you see
F-SCAN in the display. You will get a
Press and hold the button until you 10 second sampling of each first
hear a beep to turn off either random track/file in the folder(s).
mode.
211
2009 Civic Coupe


To Stop Playing a USB Flash Disconnecting a USB Flash Memory USB Flash Memory Device Error
Memory Device Device Messages
To play the radio, press the AM/FM You can disconnect the USB flash If you see an error message in the
button or touch the FM1, FM2, AM, memory device at any time even if screen, see page 213 .
XM1, or XM2 icon. Press the CD the USB mode is selected on the
icon to switch to the disc mode (if a audio system. Make sure to follow
disc is loaded). Each time you press the USB flash memory devices
the CD/XM button, the audio mode instructions when you remove it.
switches between the USB, disc and
XM radio. When you disconnect the USB flash
memory device while it is playing,
: If equipped the audio display (if selected) shows
NO DATA.
If a PC card is in the audio unit,
touch the CARD icon to play the PC If you reconnect the same USB flash
card. memory device, the system will
begin playing where it left off.
212
2009 Civic Coupe


USB Flash Memory Device Error Messages (Models with navigation system)

screen while playing a USB flash Error Message Solution
memory device, find the solution in
the chart to the right. If you cannot The system cannot read the file(s). Check the files in the USB flash
clear the error message, take your UNPLAYABLE FILE memory device. There is a possibility that the files have been
vehicle to your dealer. damaged.
UNSUPPORTED Appears when the unsupported USB flash memory device is inserted.
NO SONG There is no music information.
Features
213
2009 Civic Coupe


AM/FM Radio Reception
Radio Frequencies Radio Reception

The radio can receive the complete How well the radio receives stations
AM and FM bands. is dependent on many factors, such
Those bands cover these frequen- as the distance from the stations
cies: transmitter, nearby large objects,
and atmospheric conditions.
AM band: 530 to 1,710 kHz
FM band: 87.7 to 107.9 MHz A radio stations signal gets weaker
as you get farther away from its
Radio stations on the AM band are transmitter. If you are listening to an
assigned frequencies at least 10 kHz AM station, you will notice the sound
apart (530, 540, 550). Stations on the volume becoming weaker, and the
FM band are assigned frequencies at station drifting in and out. If you are
least 0.2 MHz apart (87.9, 88.1, 88.3). listening to an FM station, you will Driving very near the transmitter of
see the stereo indicator flickering off a station that is broadcasting on a
Stations must use these exact and on as the signal weakens. frequency close to the frequency of
frequencies. It is fairly common for Eventually, the stereo indicator will the station you are listening to can
stations to round-off the frequency in go off and the sound will fade also affect your radios reception.
their advertising, so your radio could completely as you get out of range of You may temporarily hear both
display a frequency of 100.9 even the stations signal. stations, or hear only the station you
though the announcer may identify are close to.
the station as FM101.
214
2009 Civic Coupe


AM/FM Radio Reception
Electrical interference from passing

vehicles and stationary sources can
cause temporary reception problems.
As required by the FCC:

Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the users
Features
authority to operate the equipment.
Radio signals, especially on the FM Radio reception can be affected by

band, are deflected by large objects atmospheric conditions such as
such as buildings and hills. Your thunderstorms, high humidity, and
radio then receives both the direct even sunspots. You may be able to
signal from the stations transmitter, receive a distant radio station one
and the deflected signal. This causes day and not receive it the next day
the sound to distort or flutter. This is because of a change in conditions.
a main cause of poor radio reception
in city driving.
215
2009 Civic Coupe


Protecting Your Discs
General Information Protecting Discs

When using CD-R or CD-RW discs, When a disc is not being played,
use only high quality discs labeled store it in its case to protect it from
for audio use. dust and other contamination. To
prevent warpage, keep discs out of
When recording a CD-R or direct sunlight and extreme heat.
CD-RW, the recording must be
closed for it to be used by the To clean a disc, use a clean soft cloth.
system. Wipe across the disc from the center
to the outside edge.
Play only standard round discs.
Odd-shaped discs may jam in the A new disc may be rough on the
drive or cause other problems. inner and outer edges. The small
plastic pieces causing this roughness Handle a disc by its edges; never
Handle your discs properly to can flake off and fall on the touch either surface. Do not place
prevent damage and skipping. recording surface of the disc, stabilizer rings or labels on the disc.
causing skipping or other problems. These, along with contamination
Remove these pieces by rubbing the from fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip
inner and outer edges with the side pens, can cause the disc to not play
Do not use discs with adhesive labels. of a pencil or pen. properly, or possibly jam in the drive.
The label can curl up and cause the
disc to jam in the unit. Never try to insert foreign objects in
the system or the magazine.
216
2009 Civic Coupe


Additional Information on 1. Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick discs

Recommended Discs
The in-dash disc player/changer has
a sophisticated and delicate
mechanism. If you insert a damaged
disc as indicated in this section, it
may become stuck inside and
damage the audio unit.
Features
Examples of these discs are shown Bubbled/ With Label/ Using Printer Sealed With Plastic
to the right: Wrinkled Sticker Label Kit Ring
2. Damaged discs 3. Poor quality discs
Chipped/ Warped Burrs

Cracked
CONTINUED
217
2009 Civic Coupe


4. Small, irregular shaped discs 5. Discs with scratches, dirty discs Recommended discs are printed
with the following logo.
3-inch (8-cm) CD Triangle Shape Audio unit may not play the
Fingerprints, scratches, etc. following formats.
CD-R or CD-RW may not play due

to the recording conditions.
Scratches and fingerprints on the

discs may cause the sound to skip.
This audio unit cannot play a Dual-

disc .
Can Shape Arrow Shape
218
2009 Civic Coupe


Remote Audio Controls
CH BUTTON MODE BUTTON The VOL button adjusts the volume To activate the seek function, press
up () or down (). Press the top and hold the top () or bottom ()
or bottom of the button, hold it until of the CH button until you hear a
the desired volume is reached, then beep. The system searches up or
release it. down from the current frequency to
find a station with a strong signal.
The MODE button changes the
mode. Pressing the button If you are playing a disc, the system
Features
repeatedly selects FM1, FM2, AM, skips to the beginning of the next
disc (if a disc is loaded), or a PC card track (file in MP3 or WMA format)
(if it is loaded). On models with each time you press the top () of
VOL BUTTON satellite radio system, you can also the CH button. Press the bottom
select XM radio. () to return to the beginning of the
If equipped current track or file. Press it twice to
Three controls for the audio system If an iPod or a USB flash memory return to the previous track or file.
are mounted in the steering wheel device is plugged into the system,
hub. These let you control basic you can also select AUX. You will see the track/file number
functions without removing your and the elapsed time. If the disc has
hand from the wheel. If you are listening to the radio, use text data or is compressed in MP3 or
the CH button to change stations. WMA, you can also see any other
Each time you press and release the information (track title, file name,
top () of the button, the system folder name, etc.).
goes to the next preset station on the
band you are listening to. Press and
release the bottom () to go back to
the previous station. CONTINUED
219
2009 Civic Coupe


Remote Audio Controls, Auxiliary Input Jack
If you are playing a PC card, press When playing a USB flash memory Auxiliary Input Jack
the top () of the CH button to device, you can also use the seek
advance to the next file. Press the function to skip the folder. To
bottom () to go back to the activate this, press and hold either
previous file. side of the CH button until you hear
a beep.
In MP3 or WMA mode, you can use
the seek function to select folders.
Press and hold the top () of the
CH button until you hear a beep, to
skip forward to the first file of the
next folder. Press the bottom () to
AUXILIARY INPUT JACK
skip backward to the previous folder.
If you are playing a USB flash If equipped

memory device or iPod with the USB The auxiliary input jack is
adapter cable (if equipped), press underneath the accessory power
and release the top () of the CH socket on the front panel. The
button to skip forward to the system will accept auxiliary input
beginning of the next file. Press the from standard audio accessories.
bottom () to skip backward to the
beginning to the current file. Press it When a compatible audio unit is
twice to return to the previous file. connected to the jack, press the AUX
button (AUX icon on models with
navigation system) to select it.
220
2009 Civic Coupe


Radio Theft Protection
On models with audio system If your vehicles battery is The system will retain your AM and
Your vehicles audio system will disconnected or goes dead, or the FM presets even if power is
disable itself if it is disconnected radio fuse is removed, the audio disconnected.
from electrical power for any reason. system will disable itself. If this
To make it work again, you must happens, you will see ENTER
enter a specific code using the preset CODE in the frequency display the
buttons (icon on vehicles with next time you turn on the system.
navigation system). Because there Use the preset buttons (icons on
Features
are hundreds of number vehicles with navigation system) to
combinations possible from specific enter the code. The code is on the
digits, making the system work radio code card included in your
without knowing the exact code is owners manual kit. When it is
nearly impossible. entered correctly, the radio will start
playing.
You should have received a card that
lists your audio systems code and If you make a mistake entering the
serial numbers. It is best to store this code, do not start over; complete the
card in a safe place at home. In sequence, then enter the correct
addition, you should write the audio code. You have 10 tries to enter the
systems serial number in this owners correct code. If you are unsuccessful
manual. in 10 attempts, you must then leave
the system on for 1 hour before
If you lose the card, you must obtain trying again.
the code number from a dealer. To
do this, you will need the systems
serial number.
221
2009 Civic Coupe


Setting the Clock
On models without navigation system U.S. LX, and Canadian DX, DX-G EX, EX-L and Si models
To set the time, press the CLOCK and LX models
(AM/FM) button until the displayed CLOCK BUTTON CLOCK BUTTON
time begins to blink, then release the
button.
Change the hours by pressing the H

(preset 1) button until the numbers
advance to the desired time. Change
the minutes by pressing the M
(preset 2) button until the numbers
advance to the desired time.
Press the CLOCK (AM/FM) button

again to enter the set time.
H (HOUR) R (RESET) H (HOUR) R (RESET)
You can quickly set the time to the M (MINUTE) M (MINUTE)
nearest hour. If the displayed time is BUTTON BUTTON
before the half hour, pressing the
CLOCK (AM/FM) button until you For example: 1:06 will reset to 1:00 time is updated automatically by the
hear a beep, then pressing the R 1:52 will reset to 2:00 GPS. Refer to the navigation system
(preset 3) button sets the clock back manual for how to adjust the time.
to the previous hour. If the displayed On models with navigation system
time is after the half hour, the clock The navigation system receives
sets forward to the beginning of the signals from the global positioning
next hour. system (GPS), and the displayed
222
2009 Civic Coupe


Security System
If equipped The alarm will sound if the trunk

The security system helps to protect Except Si lock is forced, or the trunk is opened
your vehicle and valuables from theft. with the trunk release handle or the
The horn sounds and a combination Si emergency trunk opener.
of headlights, parking lights, side
marker lights, and taillights flashes if The security system will not set if
someone attempts to break into your the hood, trunk, or either door is not
vehicle or remove the radio. This fully closed. If the system will not set,
Features
alarm continues for 2 minutes, then turn the ignition switch to the ON
the system resets. To reset an (II) position, and check the
alarming system before the 2 indicators on the instrument panel.
minutes have elapsed, unlock the SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR Close either door or the trunk
drivers door with the key or the indicated on the display. Check the
remote transmitter. Once the security system is set, hood visually since it is not part of
opening either door without using the display, and shut it if necessary.
The security system automatically the key or the remote transmitter,
sets 15 seconds after you lock the the hood, or the trunk will cause the NOTE: Use the remote transmitter
doors, hood, and trunk. For the system to alarm. It also alarms if the to quickly check that the hood, the
system to activate, you must lock the audio unit is removed from the trunk, and both doors are closed.
doors from the outside with the key, dashboard or the wiring is cut. Push the lock button twice within 5
lock tab, door lock switch, or remote seconds. There should be an audible
transmitter. The security system With the system set, you can still confirmation beep.
indicator on the instrument panel open the trunk with the master key
starts blinking immediately to show (U.S. LX model) or the remote Do not attempt to alter this system
you the system is setting itself. transmitter (U.S. EX, EX-L and Si or add other devices to it.
models) without triggering the alarm.
223
2009 Civic Coupe


Cruise Control
If equipped Using Cruise Control 3. Press and release the SET/

Cruise control allows you to maintain DECEL button on the steering
a set speed above 25 mph (40 km/h) CRUISE BUTTON RES/ACCEL wheel. The CRUISE CONTROL
without keeping your foot on the indicator on the instrument panel
accelerator pedal. It should be used comes on to show the system is
for cruising on straight, open now activated.
highways. It is not recommended for
city driving, winding roads, slippery Cruise control may not hold the set
roads, heavy rain, or bad weather. speed when you are going up and
down hills. If your vehicle speed
increases going down a hill, use the
brakes to slow down. This will cancel
Improper use of the cruise SET/DECEL CANCEL BUTTON the cruise control. To resume the set
control can lead to a crash. speed, press the RES/ACCEL button.
1. Push the CRUISE button on the The CRUISE CONTROL indicator
Use the cruise control only steering wheel. The CRUISE on the instrument panel will come
when traveling on open MAIN indicator on the instrument back on.
highways in good weather. panel comes on.
When climbing a steep hill, the
The cruise control system can be automatic transmission may
left on, even when it is not in use. downshift to hold the set speed.
2. Accelerate to the desired cruising

speed above 25 mph (40 km/h).
224
2009 Civic Coupe


Cruise Control
Changing the Set Speed You can decrease the set cruising Even with the cruise control turned
You can increase the set cruising speed in any of these ways: on, you can still use the accelerator
speed in any of these ways: pedal to speed up for passing. After
Press and hold the SET/DECEL completing the pass, take your foot
Press and hold the RES/ACCEL button. Release the button when off the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
button. When you reach the you reach the desired speed. will return to the set cruising speed.
desired cruising speed, release the
button. To slow down in very small Resting your foot on the brake or
Features
amounts, tap the SET/DECEL clutch pedal causes the cruise
Push on the accelerator pedal until button. Each time you do this, control to cancel.
you reach the desired cruising your vehicle will slow down about
speed, then press the SET/ 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
DECEL button.
Tap the brake or clutch pedal
To increase the speed in very lightly with your foot. The
small amounts, tap the RES/ CRUISE CONTROL indicator on
ACCEL button. Each time you do the instrument panel goes out.
this, your vehicle speeds up about When the vehicle slows to the
1 mph (1.6 km/h). desired speed, press the SET/
DECEL button.
225
2009 Civic Coupe


Cruise Control
Cancelling Cruise Control Resuming the Set Speed

You can cancel cruise control in any When you push the CANCEL button,
of these ways: or tap the brake or clutch pedal, the
system remembers the previously
Tap the brake or clutch pedal. set cruising speed. To return to that
speed, accelerate to above 25 mph
Push the CANCEL button on the (40 km/h) and then press and
steering wheel. release the RES/ACCEL button. The
CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes
Push the CRUISE button on the on, and the vehicle accelerates to the
steering wheel. same cruising speed as before.
Pressing the CRUISE button turns

the system off and erases the
previous cruising speed.
226
2009 Civic Coupe


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
On models with navigation system Here are the main features of HFL. Bluetooth is the wireless technology
Your vehicle is equipped with the Instructions for using HFL begin on that links your phone to HFL. HFL
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL). page 231 . uses a Class 2 Bluetooth, which
HFL uses Bluetooth technology to means the maximum range between
link your cell phone to your vehicle. Voice Control HFL your phone and vehicle is 30 feet (10
With HFL, you can place and receive HFL recognizes simple voice meters).
calls through your vehicles audio commands, such as phone numbers
system, without the distraction of and names. It uses these commands To use HFL, your phone must have
Features
handling your cell phone. To use this to automatically dial, receive, and approved Bluetooth capability along
feature, you need a Bluetooth- store numbers. For more with the Hands Free Profile. This
compatible cell phone with the information on voice control, see type of phone is available through
Hands Free Profile. For more Using Voice Control on page 231 . many phone makers and cellular
information, and a list of compatible carriers. You can also find an
cell phones, visit handsfreelink.honda. Bluetooth Wireless Technology approved phone by visiting
com, or call (888) 528-7876. In The Bluetooth name and logos are handsfreelink.honda.com, or by calling
Canada, visit www.honda.ca, or call registered trademarks owned by the HandsFreeLink consumer
(888) 9-HONDA-9. Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of support at (888) 528-7876. In Canada,
such marks by Honda Motor Co., visit www.honda.ca, or call (888) 9-
The HFL is available in English on Ltd. is under license. Other HONDA-9.
U.S. models, and in both English and trademarks and trade names
French on Canadian models. To are those of their respective owners.
change the language, see page 261 .
The voice of HFL is set to female.
227
2009 Civic Coupe


Incoming/Outgoing Calls Phonebook NOTE: Your phone may not have

With a linked phone, HFL allows you HFL can store up to 50 names and phonebook import function. Visit
to send and receive calls in your phone numbers in its phonebook. handsfreelink.honda.com, or call the
vehicle without holding the phone. With a linked phone, you can then HandsFreeLink consumer support
automatically dial any name or at (888) 528-7876. In Canada, call
Help Assistance number in the phonebook. (888) 9-HONDA-9. You can see your
The HFL system has a help function phones owners manual for
to provide instructions for pairing a You can also store the desired information.
phone, or give hints on how to number to the HFL phonebook
operate HFL properly. If your directly from your cell phone using Microphone
response or command is not correct, the receive contact function in HFL. The HFL microphone is on the
or the system cannot recognize a ceiling, between the spotlights. The
command, the HFL system will give Your vehicles HFL system has the microphone is shared with the
you an appropriate command or play cellular phonebook import function. navigation system.
the help prompt. This allows you to import your
cellular phonebook to HFL. Using HFL and the navigation system have
the navigation system, you can make separate voice recognition systems.
a call directly and store a desired When HFL is in use, a voice
number in HFL from the list shown command for the navigation system
on the navigation display. For will not be recognized even if you
more information on how to import press the navigation Talk button. In
the phonebook, see page 252 . To this case, you will hear two short
make a call, see page 242 . beeps, and the HFL system has no
prompt.
228
2009 Civic Coupe


Audio System HFL Buttons The HFL buttons are used as

When HFL is in use, the sound follows:
comes through the vehicles front HFL TALK
audio system speakers. If the audio BUTTON HFL Talk: This button is used before
system is in use while operating you give a command, and to answer
either of the HFL buttons or making incoming calls.
a call, HFL overrides the audio
system. To change the volume level, Press and release the button, then
Features
use the audio system volume knob or wait for a beep before giving a
the steering wheel volume controls. NAVI VOICE command.
CONTROL
BUTTONS
HFL BACK HFL Back: This button is used to
BUTTON end a call, go back to the previous
voice control command, and to
To operate HFL, use the HFL Talk cancel an operation.
and Back buttons on the left side of
the steering wheel.
NOTE: Ensure that you use the HFL

buttons, not the NAVI buttons, to
give HFL voice commands.
229
2009 Civic Coupe


Information Display
BLUETOOTH INDICATOR
HFL MESSAGE
When you are operating HFL, dialing On the map screen, you will see a A indicator will also be
or receiving calls with the audio HFL message on the screen. displayed on the screen if your
system in use, you will see the above phone is linked to HFL.
screen on the navigation display.
230
2009 Civic Coupe


How to Use HFL To enter a command, press and When you are at the main menu,
HFL is operated by the HFL Talk release the HFL Talk button. After you can hear general HFL
and Back buttons on the left side of the beep, say your command in a information such as pairing or
the steering wheel. The next few clear, natural tone. setting up the system. Press the
pages provide instructions for all HFL Talk button, wait for the beep,
basic features of the HFL. Lower the A/C fan speed during and say Tutorial.
voice recognition operation.
NOTE: All phones may not Many commands can be spoken
Features
operate identically, and some If the microphone picks up voices together. For example, you can
may cause inconsistent operation other than yours, the system may say, Dial 123-456-7891.
of HFL. not interpret your voice
commands correctly. To enter a string of numbers in a
Using Voice Control Call or Dial command, you can say
Here are some guidelines for using If HFL does not recognize a them all at once, or you can
voice control: command, its response is Pardon. separate them in blocks of 3, 4, 7,
If it doesnt recognize the 10, and 11.
Adjust the airflow from both the command it plays an appropriate
dashboard and side vents so they Help prompt. Response time may To skip a voice prompt, press the
do not blow against the vary depending on the voice HFL Talk button while HFL is
microphone on the ceiling. command. speaking. HFL will then begin
listening for your next command.
Close the windows and the To hear a list of available options
moonroof. at any time, press the HFL Talk
button, wait for the beep, and say
Hands free help, or Help.
CONTINUED
231
2009 Civic Coupe


To go back one step in a command When you finish a command NOTE:

process, say Go back, or press sequence, HFL returns to idle. For HFL does not allow you to pair
the HFL Back button. example, when you store the name your phone if the vehicle is
If nothing is said while HFL is Eric, the HFL system response moving.
listening for a command, HFL will is Eric has been stored. The
time out and stop its voice next time you press the HFL Talk For pairing, your phone must be in
recognition, then prompt you with button, HFL begins from its main its discovery mode (searching for
available options or help menu. a Bluetooth related device).
information. The next time you
press the HFL Talk button, HFL Pairing Your Phone Up to six phones can be paired to
begins listening from the point at Your Bluetooth compatible phone HFL.
which it timed out. with Hands Free Profile must be
paired to HFL before you can make Your phones battery may drain
To end a command sequence at and receive hands-free calls. To faster when it is paired to HFL.
any time, press and hold the HFL confirm that your phone is
Back button, or press and release Bluetooth compatible, visit The following procedure works for
the HFL Talk button, wait for the handsfreelink.honda.com, or call (888) most phones. If you cannot pair
beep, and say Cancel. The next 528-7876. In Canada, call (888) 9- your phone to HFL with this
time you press the HFL Talk HONDA-9. Your phone retailer procedure, refer to your phones
button, HFL begins from its main should also be able to confirm that operating manual, visit
menu. your phone is Bluetooth compatible. handsfreelink.honda.com, call the
HandsFreeLink consumer
support at (888) 528-7876, or call
your phone retailer. In Canada,
call (888) 9-HONDA-9.
232
2009 Civic Coupe


During the pairing process, turn To pair your first phone, follow the 2. Press and release the Talk button.
off any previously paired phones prompts on the HFL system: After the beep, if you say Yes.
before pairing a new phone. 1. Park your vehicle. With your HFL responds Entering phone
phone on and the ignition switch in set up: pair menu. The pairing
Each time a phone is paired with the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) process requires operation of your
HFL, the system selects a pairing position, press and release the Bluetooth phone. For safety, only
code randomly or sequentialy. You Talk button. perform this function while the
can switch this setting between HFL prompts Welcome to vehicle is stopped.
Features
random mode and fixed mode. To Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. This HFL responds For proper system
select a pairing code setting system enables hands-free usage function a compatible Bluetooth
between Random and Fixed, refer of a mobile phone. Before using phone is required. Please visit the
to page 238 . this system, a phone needs to be HandsFreeLink website, listed in
paired or connected with the owners manual, for a list of
If after three minutes your phone HandsFreeLink. Would you like to approved phones and other system
is not ready to pair or a phone is pair a phone now? Press the information. HandsFreeLink is
not found, the system will time out Bluetooth HandsFreeLink Talk waiting to pair with a Bluetooth
and return to idle. button, and after the beep, say Yes, phone. From your phone, search
to begin the pairing process, or No, for Bluetooth devices and select
to continue. HandsFreeLink.
HFL responds When prompted
by your mobile phone, enter the
pairing code: 1234.
: For example
Go to Step 4.
CONTINUED
233
2009 Civic Coupe


NOTE: Steps 4 and 5 show a 4. Follow the prompts on your phone 6. Press and release the Talk button.
common way to get your phone into to get it into its discovery mode. After the beep, say the name you
its discovery mode (searching for a The phone will search for HFL. want to use. For example, say
Bluetooth related device). If these When it comes up, select Johns phone.
steps do not work on your phone, HandsFreeLink from the list of HFL responds Johns phone
refer to the phones operating options displayed on your phone. has been successfully paired.
manual. HFL responds Would you like to
5. When asked by the phone, enter hear the Bluetooth
3. Press and release the Talk button. the four-digit code from step 3 into HandsFreeLink tutorial now?
After the beep, if you say No, HFL your phone. Press the Talk button and after
responds Would you like to hear HFL responds HandsFreeLink the beep, say Yes to begin the
the Bluetooth HandsFreeLink has connected to a new phone. A tutorial, or say No to exit
tutorial now? Press the Talk name is needed to identify this HandsFreeLink.
button and after the beep, say yes phone. Press the Talk button and
to begin the tutorial, or say No to say a name. For example, Johns If you press and release the Talk
exit HandsFreeLink. phone. button and say Yes, HFL begins
Tutorial. If you say No, HFL
If you say Yes, HFL will begin the returns to idle.
tutorial. Follow the prompts on
HFL.
234
2009 Civic Coupe


To pair another phone, do this: To rename a paired phone, do this: 3. Press and release the Talk button.
1. With your phone on and the 1. Press and release the Talk button. After the beep, say the name of
ignition switch in the After the beep, say Phone setup. the phone you want to rename.
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) HFL responds Phone setup For example, say Johns phone.
position, press and release the options are pair, edit, delete, list, HFL responds What is the new
Talk button. After the beep, say status, next phone, and set pairing name for Johns phone? Press the
Phone setup. code. Press the Talk button and Talk button and say a name.
HFL responds Phone setup say a command.
Features
options are pair, edit, delete, list, 4. Press and release the Talk button.
status, next phone, and set pairing 2. Press and release the Talk button. After the beep, say the new name
code. Press the Talk button and After the beep, say Edit. HFL of the phone. For example, say
say a command. responds Which phone would like Lisas phone.
to edit? Press the Talk button, and HFL responds The name has
2. Press and release the Talk button. say a name, or say List, to hear the been changed.
After the beep, say Pair. names of the paired phones
3. Repeat steps 2 through 6 on pages With only one paired phone, for
233 and 234 . example, Johns phone, HFL
responds What is the new name
for Johns phone? Then go to
step 4.
CONTINUED
235
2009 Civic Coupe


To delete a paired phone, do this: 3. Press and release the Talk button. To list all paired phones, do this:
1. Press and release the Talk button. After the beep, say the name of 1. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Phone setup. the phone you want to delete. For After the beep, say Phone setup.
HFL responds Phone setup example, say Johns phone. HFL HFL responds Phone setup
options are pair, edit, delete, list, responds Would you like to delete options are pair, edit, delete, list,
status, next phone, and set pairing Johns phone? Press the Talk status, next phone, and set pairing
code. Press the Talk button and button and say Yes or No. code. Press the Talk button and
say a command. say a command.
4. Press and release the Talk button.
2. Press and release the Talk button. After the beep, say Yes. 2. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Delete. HFL responds Preparing to After the beep, say List.
HFL responds Which phone delete Johns phone. Press the HFL responds by listing the name
would like to delete? Press the Talk button and say Continue; of each paired phone. When all
Talk button and say a name, or say otherwise say Go Back or Cancel. phones paired to the system have
list, to hear the names of the been read, HFL responds The
paired phone. 5. Press and release the Talk button. entire list has been read.
After the beep, if you say
With only one paired phone, for Continue.
example, Johns phone, HFL HFL responds The phone has
responds Would you like to delete been deleted.
Johns phone? Then go to Go back or Cancel does not
step 4. delete the phone.
236
2009 Civic Coupe


To find out the status of the phone being To change from the currently linked If no other phones are found or
used, do this: phone to another paired phone, do this: paired, the first phone remains
1. Press and release the Talk button. 1. Press and release the Talk button. linked. For example, HFL
After the beep, say Phone setup. After the beep, say Phone setup. responds No other paired phones
HFL responds Phone setup HFL responds Phone setup were found/have been paired.
options are pair, edit, delete, list, options are pair, edit, delete, list, Returning to Johns phone.
status, next phone, and set pairing status, next phone, and set pairing
code. Press the Talk button and code. Press the Talk button and
Features
say a command. say a command.
2. Press and release the Talk button. 2. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Status. For After the beep, say Next phone.
example, HFL responds Johns HFL responds Searching for the
phone is linked. Battery strength next phone.
is three bars. Signal strength is The system then disconnects the
five bars, and the phone is linked phone and searches for
roaming. another paired phone. If the
system finds it, for example, HFL
Some Phones may not send the responds Pauls phone is linked.
status information to the HFL
system.
CONTINUED
237
2009 Civic Coupe


Setting a Pairing Code 2. Press and release the Talk button. 4. Press and release the Talk button.
When you pair your phone to HFL, After the beep, say Set Pairing After the beep, say a desired four-
the HFL system will automatically Code. digit number. For example, say
select a pairing code at random or in HFL responds Each time a phone 1000.
order. You can customize this setting is paired with HandsFreeLink, a HFL responds 1000. Is this
mode between Random and Fixed. If pairing code is used for security. correct? Press the Talk button and
you select the fixed mode, the HFL This code can be randomly say Yes or No.
system will select a pairing code generated by HandsFreeLink, or
sequentially. fixed, which is needed for some 5. Press and release the Talk button.
Bluetooth devices with a preset After the beep, if the number is
To change the setting mode, do this: pairing code. Would you like to set correct, say Yes.
1. Press and release the Talk button. the pairing code as Random or HFL responds HandsFreeLink
After the beep, say Phone setup. Fixed? will use this code when pairing to a
HFL responds Phone setup Bluetooth device.
options are pair, edit, delete, list, 3. Press and release the Talk button.
status, next phone, and set pairing After the beep, to select the fixed 6. If the number is not correct, say
code. Press the Talk button and mode, say Fixed. No. HFL goes back to step 3.
say a command. HFL responds What is the four-
digit number you would like to see
as the pairing code? Press the Talk
button and say the number.
238
2009 Civic Coupe


Setting Up the System Selecting the incoming 3. Press and release the Talk button.
You can select or change some notification After the beep, say Yes.
settings for the HFL system. Here The incoming notification can be HFL responds What is the four-
are the settings you can select or set to a ring tone, a prompt, or no digit number you would like to set
change. To do this, make sure your notification. The default setting is as your security passcode? Press
vehicle is parked safely, with your a prompt. the Talk button and say the
phone on and the ignition switch in number.
the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) To set a security passcode, do this:
Features
position. 1. Press and release the Talk button. If you say No, HFL returns to
After the beep, say System setup. idle.
Setting a security passcode HFL responds System setup
You can set a four-digit security options are security, change 4. Press and release the Talk button.
passcode to lock the HFL system passcode, call notification, auto After the beep, say the four-digit
for security purposes. transfer, and clear. Press the Talk passcode you want to use. For
button and say a command. example, say 1, 2, 3, 4.
If you forget your passcode, you HFL responds 1, 2, 3, 4. Is this
cannot activate HFL. Consult your 2. Press and release the Talk button. correct? Press the Talk button and
dealer to cancel the passcode. After the beep, say Security. say Yes or No.
You can also select a System HFL responds Security is
Clear command to reset HFL disabled. Would you like to enable
(see page 260 ). security? Press the Talk button
and say Yes or No.
Changing a security passcode
You can change the security
passcode.
CONTINUED
239
2009 Civic Coupe


5. Press and release the Talk button. To enter your passcode, do this; To change your security passcode, do
After the beep, say Yes. 1. Press and release the Talk button. this:
HFL responds Security is on. After the beep, HFL prompts The 1. Press and release the Talk button.
Each time the vehicle is turned on, system is locked. What is the four- After the beep, say System setup.
the passcode will be required to digit passcode? HFL responds System setup
use the system. If you forget this options are security, change
passcode, you must either go to 2. Press and release the Talk button. passcode, call notification, auto
the dealer to have it reset, or clear After the beep, say your four-digit transfer, and clear. Press the Talk
the entire system using the passcode. For example, say 1, 2, 3, button and say a command.
System Clear command. 4.
Once a passcode is set, HFL will 3. If the passcode is correct, HFL After the beep, say Change
prompt you for your passcode each responds System is unlocked. passcode.
time the ignition switch is turned to HFL responds What is the four
the ON (II) position and you press If the passcode is not correct, please digit number you would like to see
the Talk button. You will only be try again according to the HFLs as your security passcode? Press
asked for the passcode once per guidance. the Talk button and say the
ignition cycle. number.
You can also select a System Clear
command to reset HFL (see page 3. Press and release the Talk button.
260 ). After the beep, say your four-digit
passcode, for example, say 1, 2, 3,
4.
240
2009 Civic Coupe


4. If the passcode is correct, HFL To set the incoming notification, do this: If you say, Prompt. HFL responds
responds 1, 2, 3, 4. Is this correct? 1. Press and release the Talk button. An incoming call prompt will be
Press the Talk button and say Yes After the beep, say System setup. used. You will hear a You have an
or No. HFL responds System setup incoming call. prompt when
options are security, change receiving an incoming call.
5. Press and release the Talk button. passcode, call notification, auto
After the beep, say Yes. transfer, and clear. Press the Talk If you say, Off, no audible
HFL responds Security passcode button and say a command. notification of an incoming call will
Features
has been changed. be selected. During an incoming call,
2. Press and release the Talk button. there is no ring tone or prompt
After the beep, say Call playback. The audio system will still
notification. mute, and the HFL message or the
HFL responds: Would you like HFL notification screen will be
the incoming call notification to be displayed.
a ring tone, a prompt or off?

After the beep, for example, say
Ring tone.
HFL responds A ring tone will be
used. You will hear a ring tone
through the audio speakers to
announce an incoming call.
241
2009 Civic Coupe


Making a Call To make a call using a phone number, 3. Press and release the Talk button.
You can make calls using any phone do this: After the beep, say Call or Dial.
number, or by using a name in the 1. With your phone on and the HFL responds Calling or
HFL phonebook. You can also redial ignition switch in the Dialing.
the last number called. During a call, ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) Once connected, you will hear the
HFL allows you to talk up to 30 position, press and release the person you called through the
minutes after you remove the key Talk button. After the beep, say audio speakers. To change the
from the ignition switch. Continuing Call or Dial. volume, use the audio system
a call without running the engine HFL responds What name or volume knob, or the steering
may discharge and weaken the number would you like to call/ wheel volume controls.
vehicles battery. dial? Press the Talk button and say
a name, a number, or say list to 4. To end the call, press the Back
hear the phonebook entries. button.

After the beep, say the number
you want to call. For example, say
123 456 7891.
HFL responds 123 456 7891.
Press the Talk button and
continue to add numbers, or say
Call or Dial to place a call.
242
2009 Civic Coupe


To make a call from the list shown on

the navigation display, do this:
Features
1. Press the INFO button to show 4. Select a desired phonebook (see 7. The Select a number to store
the information screen, then select page 254 ). screen is displayed. Select a
a Cellular Phonebook icon. desired number to call.
5. Select a name from the list on the
2. The screen is changed as shown screen. The Select a number to
above. call screen is displayed.
3. Say or select a Search Imported 6. Select the desired number from

Phonebook icon. the list to store it in HFL.
CONTINUED
243
2009 Civic Coupe


8. Press and release the Talk button. 2. Press and release the Talk button. To redial the last number called by the
After the beep, say Call. HFL After the beep, say the name you phone, do this:
responds Dialing the number want to call. For example, say Press and release the Talk button.
received from the navigation John. After the beep, say Redial.
system. To end the call, please HFL responds Would you like to HFL responds Redialing.
press the Bluetooth call John? Press the Talk button Once connected, you will hear the
HandsFreeLink Back button on and say Yes or No. person you called through the audio
the steering wheel. speakers. To change the volume, use
3. Press and release the Talk button. the audio system volume knob, or
To make a call using a name in the HFL After the beep, say Yes. the steering wheel volume controls.
phonebook, do this: HFL responds Calling or
1. With your phone on and the Dialing.
ignition switch in the Once connected, you will hear the
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) person you called through the
position, press and release the audio speakers. To change the
Talk button. After the beep, say volume, use the audio system
Call or Dial. volume knob, or the steering
HFL responds What name or wheel volume controls.
number would you like to call/
dial? Press the Talk button and say 4. To end the call, press the Back
a name, a number, or say list to button.
hear the phonebook entries.
244
2009 Civic Coupe


Sending Numbers or Names To send a number during a call, do this: To send a name during a call, do this:
During a Call 1. Press and release the Talk button. 1. Press and release the Talk button.
HFL allows you to send numbers or After the beep, say Send. After the beep, say Send.
names during a call. This is useful HFL responds What name or HFL responds What name or
when you call a menu-driven phone number would you like to send? number would you like to send?
system. You can also program
account numbers into the HFL 2. Press and release the Talk button. 2. Press and release the Talk button.
phonebook for easy retrieval during After the beep, say the number After the beep, say the name you
Features
menu-driven calls. you want to send. For example, want to send. For example, say
say 1, 2, 3. Account number.
HFL responds 1, 2, 3. Press the HFL responds Would you like to
Talk button and continue to add send account number? Press the
numbers or say send. Talk button and say Yes or No.
NOTE: To send a pound (), say 3. Press and release the Talk button.
pound. To send a star (*), say After the beep, say Yes. The dial
star. tones will be sent, and the call will
continue.
After the beep, say Send. The
dial tones will be sent, and the call
will continue.
245
2009 Civic Coupe


Receiving a Call Transferring a Call Automatic Transferring

If you receive a call when you are not You can transfer a call from HFL to This function allows you to transfer a
on the phone, HFL interrupts the your phone, or from your phone to call automatically to the HFL system.
audio system (if it is on), and plays HFL. If you get into the vehicle while you
the incoming call notification, if are on the phone, a call will be
activated. To answer the call, press To transfer a call from HFL to your transferred automatically to the HFL
the Talk button and begin speaking. phone, or from your phone to HFL, system when you turn the ignition
If you dont want to answer the call, do this: switch to the ACCESSORY (I)
press the Back button. Press and release the Talk button. position.
After the beep, say Transfer. The
If your phone has Call Waiting, and audio switches between HFL and the With this function activated, you can
you receive a call when you are on phone. also make a call by dialing with the
the phone, press and release the number keys on the phone which
Talk button to answer it. When you has been paired to the HFL system.
do this, the original call is placed on
hold. To return to the original call, The automatic transferring function
press the Talk button again. If you can be set to on or off.
dont want to answer the new call,
disregard it, and continue with your
original call. If you want to hang up
the original call and answer the new
call, press the Back button.
246
2009 Civic Coupe


To activate this function, do this: Press the Talk button and say Yes Muting a Call
1. Press and release the Talk button. or No. During a call, you can mute or
After the beep, say System setup. unmute your voice to the person you
HFL responds System setup 3. If the setting changes from off to are talking to.
options are security, change on, press and release the Talk
passcode, call notification, auto button. After the beep, say Yes. To mute your voice, do this:
transfer, and clear. Press the Talk HFL responds Auto transfer is Press and release the Talk button.
button and say a command. enabled. After the beep, say Mute.
Features
HFL responds Mute is active.
2. Press and release the Talk button. When you make a call directly from
After the beep, say Auto transfer. the phone with the auto transfer on, To unmute your voice, do this:
If this feature is set to off, HFL make sure to stop your vehicle safely. Press and release the Talk button.
responds Auto transfer is After the beep, say Mute.
disabled. Calls dialed on the phone To end the call, press the Back HFL responds Mute is canceled.
do not automatically transfer to button.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. Would
you like to enable Auto Transfer? NOTE: Never try to dial from your
Press the Talk button and say Yes phone directly if the vehicle is
or No. moving.
If this feature is set to on, HFL If the setting changes from on to off,
responds Auto-transfer is enabled. HFL responds Auto transfer is
Calls dialed on the phone will be disabled. Use the Transfer command
automatically transferred to at the HandsFree main menu to
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. Would manually transfer calls dialed on the
you like to disable Auto Transfer? phone.
247
2009 Civic Coupe


Setting up the Phonebook 3. Press and release the Talk button. NOTE:
The HFL phonebook can store up to After the beep, say the name you Avoid using duplicate name
50 names with their associated would like to store. For example, entries.
numbers. These can be any types of say John Smith.
numbers. For example, you can store HFL responds What is the Avoid using home as a name
a phone number and use it to make a number for John Smith? Press entry.
call, or you can store an account the Talk button and say the
number and use it during a call to a number. HFL will be able to better
menu-driven phone system. You can also say an account recognize multisyllabic name
number instead of John Smith. entries (Peter instead of Pete),
To add a name, do this: or using a longer name (John
1. Press and release the Talk button. 4. Press and release the Talk button. Smith instead of John).
After the beep, say Phonebook. After the beep, say the number.
HFL responds Phonebook For example, say 123 456 7891. Use a consistent, even tone and
options are store, edit, delete, HFL responds 123 456 7891. reduce background noise when
receive contact, and list. Press the Press the Talk button and storing names, as the HFL voice
Talk button and say a command. continue to add numbers or say recognition can be sensitive.
enter.
2. Press and release the Talk button. 5. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Store. After the beep, say Enter.
HFL responds What name would HFL responds John Smith
you like to store? Press the Talk has been stored.
button and say a name.
248
2009 Civic Coupe


To edit the number of a name, do this: 3. Press and release the Talk button. To delete a name, do this:
1. Press and release the Talk button. After the beep, say the name you 1. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Phonebook. would like to edit. For example, After the beep, say Phonebook.
HFL responds Phonebook say Eric. HFL responds Phonebook
options are store, edit, delete, HFL responds What is the new options are store, edit, delete,
receive contact, and list. Press the number for Eric? Press the Talk receive contact, and list. Press the
Talk button and say a command. button and say the number. Talk button and say a command.
Features
2. Press and release the Talk button. 4. Press and release the Talk button. 2. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Edit. After the beep, say the new After the beep, say Delete.
HFL responds What name would number for Eric. For example, say HFL responds What name would
you like to edit? Press the Talk 987 654 3219. you like to delete? Press the Talk
button and say a name or say list HFL responds 987 654 3219. button and say a name or say list
to hear the phonebook entries. Press the Talk button and to hear the phonebook entries.
continue to add numbers or say
If only one number is stored, HFL enter. 3. Press and release the Talk button.
responds What is the new After the beep, say the name you
number for Eric? Then go to step 5. Press and release the Talk button. would like to delete. For example,
4. After the beep, say Enter. say Eric.
HFL responds The number has HFL responds Would you like to
been changed. delete Eric? Press the Talk button
and say Yes or No.
CONTINUED
249
2009 Civic Coupe


4. Press and release the Talk button. To call a name from the phonebook list, 3. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Yes. do this: After the beep, say Yes. HFL
HFL responds The name has 1. Press and release the Talk button. responds Calling.
been deleted. After the beep, say Phonebook.
HFL responds Phonebook Once connected, you will hear the
To list all names in the phonebook, do options are store, edit, delete, person you called through the audio
this: receive contact, and list. Press the speakers. To change the volume, use
1. Press and release the Talk button. Talk button and say a command. the audio system volume knob, or
After the beep, say Phonebook. the steering wheel volume controls.
HFL responds Phonebook 2. Press and release the Talk button.
options are store, edit, delete, After the beep, say List.
receive contact, and list. Press the HFL responds by listing the
Talk button and say a command. names in the phonebook. When it
says the name you want to call, for
2. Press and release the Talk button. example, Eric, press and
After the beep, say List. release the Talk button. After the
beep, say Call. HFL responds
HFL responds by listing the names Would you like to call Eric?
in the phonebook in the order which Press the Talk button and say Yes
they were stored. After all names are or No.
listed, HFL responds The entire list
has been read.
250
2009 Civic Coupe


Storing a Phone Number Directly 2. Press and release the Talk button. 4. Press and release the Talk button.
from Your Phone After the beep, say Receive After the beep, say the name you
You can store the desired number to contact. would like to store. For example,
the HFL phonebook directly from HFL responds The receive say Neil at work.
your cell phone. process requires operation of your HFL responds Neil at work will
Bluetooth device. For safety, only be stored. Is this correct? Press
NOTE: Your phone may not have perform this function while the the Talk button and say Yes or No.
phonebook import function. Visit vehicle is stopped. HandsFreeLink
Features
handsfreelink.honda.com, or call the is now waiting to receive a contact 5. Press and release the Talk button.
HandsFreeLink consumer support from a Bluetooth device. After the beep, if you say Yes.
at (888) 528-7876. In Canada, call HFL responds Neil at work has
(888) 9-HONDA-9. You can see your 3. Select a desired number from the been stored. Would you like
phones owners manual for list on your phone, and send it via HandsFreeLink to receive another
information. Bluetooth (steps will vary for contact? Press the Talk button and
phone types, follow your phones say Yes or No.
1. With your phone on and the operating manual).
ignition switch in the HFL responds, for example 2 Go to step 6.
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) phone numbers have been
position, press and release the received for this contact. What If you say, No, HFL returns to
Talk button. After the beep, say name would you like to store for idle.
Phonebook. the mobile number
HFL responds Phonebook 1234567891? Press the Talk
options are store, edit, delete, button and say a name or say
receive contact, and list. Press the Discard, to discard this number.
Talk button and say a command.
CONTINUED
251
2009 Civic Coupe


6. If you want to continue to store Cellular Phonebook Options

any other numbers, press and The cellular phonebook option
release the Talk button. After the allows you to store up to 1,000 names
beep, say Yes. and 10,000 phone numbers in the
HFL responds HandsFreeLink is phonebook of Bluetooth
now waiting to receive a contact HandsFreeLink from your cellular
from a Bluetooth device. phonebook. The maximum names
and numbers to be stored varies on
Go back to step 3. the data size. With HFL, you can
then automatically dial any name or
number in the phonebook.
NOTE: Your phone may not have

phonebook import function. Visit To use the cellular phonebook with
handsfreelink.honda.com, or call the HFL, say or select a Cellular
HandsFreeLink consumer support Phonebook icon from the
at (888) 528-7876. In Canada, call information screen. The navigation
(888) 9-HONDA-9. You can see your display will change as shown above.
phones owners manual for
information. If any phonebook is not stored and
your phone is not linked to HFL,
Cellular Phonebook icon is grayed
out.
252
2009 Civic Coupe


Search Imported Phonebook: This NOTE: Before selling or discarding To import the cellular phonebook
option allows you to search the your vehicle, make sure to delete the
phone numbers stored in HFL. imported phonebook data.
When you enter a persons first
name or last name, the system will PIN Number: This option allows you
find the number you want and let to add, change, or remove a PIN
you make calls. number for any phonebook that has
been imported.
Features
Import Cellular Phonebook: This
option allows you to store the
phonebook of your cellular phone in
HFL. When you link your phone to
HFL and select this option, the
system will start importing and
loading the phonebook. You can import the phonebook of
your cellular phone into HFL. Link
Delete Imported Phonebook: This your phone to HFL, and select
option allows you to delete the stored Cellular Phonebook from the
phonebook from HFL. When you information screen, then select
link your phone to HFL and select Import Cellular Phonebook from
this option, the system will the Select an option screen. When
automatically delete the phonebook the message The import was
of the linked phone from HFL (see successful is displayed, touch the
page 257 ). screen to select OK.
CONTINUED
253
2009 Civic Coupe


To search the imported phonebook Select a phonebook from the

displayed list. If the phonebook you
IMPORTED PHONEBOOK PIN ICON select has a PIN icon, you will need
the four-digit PIN number to access
the phonebook. The following screen
will appear.
IMPORTED DATE
NOTE: You can search the stored number

HFL does not allow you to import by entering keywords to make calls
your phone if your phone is not by using HFL.
paired to HFL.
For more information on pairing Select Cellular Phonebook from
your cell phone to HFL, see page the information screen, then select
232 . Search Imported Phonebook from
the Select an option screen. The
display will change as shown above.
254
2009 Civic Coupe


The system will display a list of

persons names, with the closest
match to the name you entered at
the top of the list.
Features
List ICON
Enter the PIN number. You cannot Enter the persons first name or last
access a PIN protected phonebook if name, using the joystick or touching
you do not use the correct PIN an appropriate icon. If the system
number. does not find an exact match, say or
select LIST when you finish
entering the keyword.
CONTINUED
255
2009 Civic Coupe


The following category icons will Up to three category icons are To store a number in the Bluetooth
appear: displayed in the left side of the list. HandsFreeLink
These category icons indicate how
many numbers are stored for the
Preference Fax person. If a name has more than
three category icons, is
displayed.
Home Car
After selecting a person, the system
will display a list of the persons
Mobile Voice phone numbers.
Select the desired number from the

Work Other list to make a call.
Say or select Store in

Pager HandsFreeLink from the Select a
number to call screen. The screen
shown above will appear.
Select the desired number from the

list to store it in HFL.
256
2009 Civic Coupe


To delete the imported phonebook Select a phonebook from the After you enter the correct PIN
displayed list. If the phonebook you number, or if the phonebook you
select has a PIN icon, you will need select is not PIN protected, the
the four-digit PIN number to access following screen appears.
the phonebook. The following screen
will appear.
Features
You can delete the stored
phonebook from HFL. Link your
phone to HFL and select Cellular
Phonebook from the information Say or select Yes, and the message
screen, then select Delete Imported The imported phonebook has been
Phonebook from the Select an Enter the PIN number. You cannot deleted. will appear. Select OK to
option screen. The display will access a PIN protected phonebook if complete the deletion.
change as shown above. you do not use the correct PIN
number.
CONTINUED
257
2009 Civic Coupe


To add, change, or remove a PIN To add a PIN number

number from any phonebook
1. Select the phonebook you wish to 2. Enter the four-digit PIN number.
You can add, change, or remove a add the PIN number to. When you You will be asked to re-enter the
PIN number from any phonebook. select the phonebook without a PIN to verify.
Select Cellular Phonebook from PIN icon, the display will change
the information screen, then select as shown above.
PIN Number from the Select an
option screen. The display will
change as shown above.
258
2009 Civic Coupe


To change a PIN number
Features
1. Select the phonebook that you 3. Enter your new four-digit PIN
wish to change the PIN number number. You will be asked to re-
for. The display will change as enter the PIN to verify.
shown above.
2. Enter your current PIN number.
259
2009 Civic Coupe


Clearing the System To clear the system, do this: 3. Press and release the Talk button.
This operation clears the HFL of 1. Press and release the Talk button. After the beep, say Yes.
your passcode, your paired phones, After the beep, say System setup. HFL responds Preparing to clear
all names in the HFL phonebook, HFL responds System setup the system, which may take up to
and all imported phonebooks. options are security, change two minutes to complete. To
Clearing is recommended before you passcode, call notification, auto proceed, press the Talk button and
sell your vehicle. transfer, and clear. Press the Talk say Continue, otherwise say Go
button and say a command. Back or Cancel.
2. Press and release the Talk button. 4. After saying Continue, HFL
After the beep, say Clear. responds Please wait while the
HFL responds This process will system is cleared. HFL responds
clear all paired phones, clear all The system has been cleared.
entries in the phonebook, clear the
security passcode, and restore the
defaults in the system setup. Is
this what you would like to do?
260
2009 Civic Coupe


Changing Language 3. Press and release the Talk button. 4. Example for changing name tags:
Canadian models only After the beep, say Oui or Yes. HFL responds Quel est le nom
To change language, say a command If there are no paired phones Franais pour Pauls phone?
with the current selected language. without French name tags, HFL Press and release the Talk button.
The following example is changing responds Veuillez attendre que le After the beep, say Tlphone de
the language from English to French. systme change de langue. Please Paul.
wait while the language is changed.
1. Press and release the Talk button. HFL responds La langue a t All paired phones missing a French
Features
After the beep, say Change change. name tag are recorded, the HFL
language. system returns to idle.
HFL responds English or NOTE: If there are paired phones
French? without French name tags, the This process will also be required if
following prompts will continue. there are paired phones without
2. Press and release the Talk button. English tags when changing from
After the beep, say French. If there are paired phones without French to English. HFL responds
HFL responds Vous avez French name tags, HFL responds For the system to identify phones
selectionn Franais. Les noms La langue a t change. Pour que that were paired while in another
enregistres en mode Anglais ne le systme identifie les tlphones language, the phone names need to
seron pas accessible en mode qui ont t jumels dans une autre be re-recorded.
Franais. Voulez-vous continuer? langue, les noms des tlphones
You have selected French. Name doivent etre r-enregistrs.
tags that were stored while in
English mode will not be
accessible in french mode. Would
you like to continue? Press the
Talk button and say Yes or No.
261
2009 Civic Coupe


Quick Language Selection As required by the FCC:

Canadian models only This device complies with Part 15 of the
To select a language quickly, do the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following. following two conditions: (1) This device
For example, to change from French may not cause harmful interference, and
to English. (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
1. Press and release the Talk button. interference that may cause undesired
After the beep, say Anglais. operation.
HFL responds You have selected
English. Name tags that were Changes or modifications not expressly
stored while in French mode will approved by the party responsible for
not be accessible in English mode. compliance could void the users
Would you like to continue? Press authority to operate the equipment.
the Talk button and say Yes or No.
This device complies with Industry
If you want to continue, follow steps Canada Standard RSS-210.
3 and 4 on page 261 . Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
262
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Before Driving
Before you begin driving your Break-in Period .............................. 264

vehicle, you should know what Fuel Recommendation .................. 264
gasoline to use and how to check the Service Station Procedures .......... 265
levels of important fluids. You also Refueling..................................... 265
need to know how to properly store Opening and Closing
luggage or packages. The the Hood ................................. 266
information in this section will help Oil Check .................................... 267
you. If you plan to add any Engine Coolant Check .............. 269
accessories to your vehicle, please Fuel Economy ................................ 270
read the information in this section Accessories and Modifications .... 273
Before Driving
first. Carrying Cargo .............................. 275
263
2009 Civic Coupe


Break-in Period, Fuel Recommendation
Break-in Period Fuel Recommendation We recommend using quality

Help assure your vehicles future All models except Si gasolines containing detergent
reliability and performance by paying Your vehicle is designed to operate additives that help prevent fuel
extra attention to how you drive on unleaded gasoline with a pump system and engine deposits.
during the first 600 miles (1,000 km). octane number of 87 or higher. Use
During this period: of a lower octane gasoline can cause In addition, in order to maintain good
a persistent, heavy, metallic rapping performance, fuel economy, and
Avoid full-throttle starts and rapid noise that can lead to engine damage. emissions control, we strongly
acceleration. recommend, in areas where it is
Si model only available, the use of gasoline that
Do not change the oil until the Your vehicle is designed to operate does NOT contain manganese-based
scheduled maintenance time. on premium unleaded gasoline with a fuel additives such as MMT.
pump octane number of 91 or higher.
Avoid hard braking for the first Use of a lower octane gasoline can Use of gasoline with these additives
200 miles (300 km). cause occasional metallic knocking may adversely affect performance,
noises in the engine and will result in and cause the malfunction indicator
You should also follow these decreased engine performance. Use lamp on your instrument panel to
recommendations with an of a gasoline with a pump octane come on. If this happens, contact
overhauled or exchanged engine, or number less than 87 can lead to your authorized dealer for service.
when the brakes are replaced. engine damage.
264
2009 Civic Coupe


Service Station Procedures
Some gasoline today is blended with Refueling

oxygenates such as ethanol or
MTBE. Your vehicle is designed to Push Gasoline is highly flammable
operate on oxygenated gasoline and explosive. You can be
containing up to 10% ethanol by burned or seriously injured
volume and up to 15% MTBE by when handling fuel.
volume. Do not use gasoline
containing methanol. Stop the engine, and keep
heat, sparks, and flame away.
If you notice any undesirable Handle fuel only outdoors.
Before Driving
operating symptoms, try another Wipe up spills immediately.
service station or switch to another
brand of gasoline.
TETHER
For further important fuel-related 1. Park with the drivers side closest
information, please refer to your to the service station pump.
Quick Start Guide.
2. Open the fuel fill door by pushing
You may hear a knocking noise from on the handle to the left of the
the engine if you drive the vehicle at drivers seat.
low engine speed (below about 1,000
rpm) in a higher gear. To stop this, HOLDER
raise the engine speed by shifting to
a lower gear. FUEL FILL CAP
CONTINUED
265
2009 Civic Coupe


3. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. 5. Screw the fuel fill cap back on Opening and Closing the Hood
You may hear a hissing sound as until it clicks at least once. If you
pressure inside the tank escapes. do not properly tighten the cap, HOOD RELEASE HANDLE
The fuel fill cap is attached to the the malfunction indicator lamp
fuel filler with a tether. Place the may come on (see page 362 ). You
cap in the holder on the fuel fill will also see a CHECK FUEL
door. CAP message on the information
display.
4. Stop filling the tank after the fuel
nozzle automatically clicks off. Do 6. Push the fuel fill door closed until
not try to top off the tank. Leave it latches.
some room for the fuel to expand
with temperature changes.
If the fuel nozzle keeps clicking off 1. Park the vehicle, and set the
even though the tank is not full, parking brake. Pull the hood
there may be a problem with your release handle under the lower left
vehicles fuel vapor recovery corner of the dashboard. The
system. The system helps keep hood will pop up slightly.
fuel vapor from going into the
atmosphere. Try filling at another
pump. If this does not fix the
problem, consult your dealer.
266
2009 Civic Coupe


Oil Check
GRIP DIPSTICK
Before Driving
LATCH
SUPPORT ROD CLIP DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L
2. Put your fingers under the front 3. Holding the grip, pull the support Wait a few minutes after turning the
edge of the hood near the center. rod out of its clip. Insert the end engine off before you check the oil.
Slide your hand to the left until into the hole in the hood
you feel the hood latch handle. designated by an arrow. 1. Remove the dipstick (orange
Push this handle up to release it. handle).
Lift up the hood. To close the hood, lift it up slightly
to remove the support rod from 2. Wipe off the dipstick with a clean
If the hood latch handle moves the hole. Put the support rod back cloth or paper towel.
stiffly, or if you can open the hood into its holding clip. Lower the
without lifting the handle, the hood to about a foot (30 cm) above 3. Insert the dipstick all the way back
mechanism should be cleaned and the fender, then let it drop. Make into its hole.
lubricated. sure it is securely latched. CONTINUED
267
2009 Civic Coupe


DIPSTICK
UPPER MARK
LOWER MARK
UPPER MARK
LOWER MARK
Si DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L Si
4. Remove the dipstick again, and If it is near or below the lower mark,
check the level. It should be see Adding Engine Oil on page 312 .
between the upper and lower
marks.
268
2009 Civic Coupe


Engine Coolant Check

MAX RESERVE TANK MAX RESERVE TANK
Before Driving
MIN
DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L Si MIN
Look at the coolant level in the Refer to Owners Maintenance

radiator reserve tank. Make sure it is Checks on page 308 for information
between the MAX and MIN lines. If about checking other items on your
it is below the MIN line, see Adding vehicle.
Engine Coolant on page 316 for
information on adding the proper
coolant.
269
2009 Civic Coupe


Fuel Economy
Actual Mileage and EPA Fuel

Economy Estimates Comparison. City MPG Highway MPG
Fuel economy is not a fixed number.
It varies based on driving conditions,
driving habits and vehicle condition.
Therefore, it is not possible for one
set of estimates to predict fuel
economy precisely for all drivers in
all environments. Combined Fuel Estimated Annual
Economy Fuel Cost
The EPA fuel economy estimates
shown in the example to the right (Sample U.S. EPA label shown)
are a useful tool for comparison
when buying a vehicle. EPA achieved is also provided. Estimated Annual Fuel Cost
estimates include: Provides an estimated annual fuel
Combined Fuel Economy cost, based on 15,000 miles (20,000
City MPG Represents urban Represents a combination of city and km) per year multiplied by the cost
driving in a vehicle in light traffic. A highway driving. The scale per gallon (based on EPA fuel cost
range of miles per gallon achieved is represents the range of combined data) divided by the combined fuel
also provided. fuel economy for other vehicles in economy.
the class.
Highway MPG Represents a For more information on fuel
mixture of rural and interstate economy ratings and factors that
driving, in a warmed-up vehicle, affect fuel economy, visit www.
typical of longer trips in free-flowing fueleconomy.gov (Canada: Visit www.
traffic. A range of miles per gallon vehicles.gc.ca)
270
2009 Civic Coupe


Fuel Economy
Fuel Economy Factors Use the recommended viscosity Drive Efficiently

The following factors can lower your motor oil, displaying the API Drive moderately Rapid
vehicles fuel economy: Certification Seal (see page acceleration, abrupt cornering,
Aggressive driving (hard 312). and hard braking increase fuel
acceleration and braking) consumption.
Excessive idling, accelerating and Maintain proper tire inflation
braking in stop-and-go traffic An underinflated tire increases Observe the speed limit
Cold engine operation (engines rolling resistance, which reduces Aerodynamic drag has a big effect
are more efficient when warmed fuel economy. on fuel mileage at speeds above 45
up) mph (75 km/h). Reduce your
Before Driving
Driving with a heavy load or the Avoid carrying excess weight in speed and you reduce the drag.
air conditioner running your vehicle It puts a heavier Trailers, car top carriers, roof
Improperly inflated tires load on the engine, increasing fuel racks and bike racks are also big
consumption. contributors to increased drag.
Improving Fuel Economy
Keep your vehicle clean In Always drive in the highest gear
Vehicle Maintenance particular, a build-up of snow or possible If your vehicle has a
A properly maintained vehicle mud on your vehicles underside manual transmission, you can
maximizes fuel economy. Poor adds weight and rolling resistance. boost your fuel economy by up
maintenance can significantly reduce Frequent cleaning helps your fuel shifting as early as possible.
fuel economy. Always maintain your economy.
vehicle according to the maintenance Avoid excessive idling Idling
messages displayed on the results in 0 miles per gallon.
information display (see Owners
Maintenance Checks on page 308 ).
For example: CONTINUED
271
2009 Civic Coupe


Fuel Economy
Minimize the use of the air Checking Your Fuel Economy

conditioning system The A/C
puts an extra load on the engine
which makes it use more fuel. Use
the fresh-air ventilation when
possible. Gallons of Miles per
Miles driven fuel Gallon
Plan and combine trips
Combine several short trips into
one. A warmed-up engine is more
fuel efficient than a cold one. 100 Liter Kilometers L per 100 km
Calculating Fuel Economy
Measuring Techniques
Direct calculation is the
recommended source of information 1) Fill the fuel tank until the nozzle automatically clicks off.
about your actual fuel economy. 2) Reset trip counter to zero.
Using frequency of fill-ups or taking 3) Record the total gallons (liters) needed to refill.
fuel gauge readings are NOT 4) Follow one of the simple calculations above.
accurate measures of fuel economy.
Fuel economy may improve over the
first several thousand miles.
272
2009 Civic Coupe


Accessories and Modifications
Modifying your vehicle, or installing Before installing any accessory:

some non-Honda accessories, can
make your vehicle unsafe. Before Improper accessories or Make sure the accessory does not
you make any modifications or add modifications can affect your obscure any lights, or interfere
any accessories, be sure to read the vehicles handling, stability, and with proper vehicle operation or
following information. performance, and cause a performance.
crash in which you can be hurt
Accessories or killed. Be sure electronic accessories do
Your dealer has Honda accessories not overload electrical circuits
that allow you to personalize your Follow all instructions in this (see page 364 ) or interfere with
Before Driving
vehicle, or improve its performance. owners manual regarding the proper operation of your
These accessories have been accessories and modifications. vehicle.
designed and approved for your
vehicle, and are covered by warranty. Before installing any electronic
When properly installed, cellular accessory, have the installer
Although non-Honda accessories phones, alarms, two-way radios, and contact your dealer for assistance.
may fit on your vehicle, they may not low-powered audio systems should If possible, have your dealer
meet factory specifications, and not interfere with your vehicles inspect the final installation.
could adversely affect your vehicles computer controlled systems, such
handling and stability. as your airbags, anti-lock brakes, and Do not install accessories on the
tire pressure monitoring system (if side pillars or across the rear
equipped). windows. Accessories installed in
these areas may interfere with
proper operation of the side
curtain airbags.
273
2009 Civic Coupe


Accessories and Modifications
Modifying Your Vehicle Non-Honda wheels, because they

Removing parts from your vehicle, are a universal design, can cause
or replacing components with excessive stress on suspension
non-Honda components could components and will not be
seriously affect your vehicles compatible with the tire pressure
handling, stability, and reliability. monitoring system (TPMS).
Some examples are: : If equipped
Lowering the vehicle with a non- Larger or smaller wheels and tires
Honda suspension kit that can interfere with the operation of
significantly reduces ground your vehicles anti-lock brakes and
clearance can allow the other systems.
undercarriage to hit speed bumps
or other raised objects, which Modifying your steering wheel or
could cause the airbags to deploy. any other part of your vehicles
safety features can make the
Raising your vehicle with a systems ineffective.
non-Honda suspension kit can
affect the handling and stability. If you plan to modify your vehicle,
consult your dealer.
274
2009 Civic Coupe


Carrying Cargo
Your vehicle has several convenient

storage areas:
CONSOLE COMPARTMENT DOOR POCKET
Glove box
Door and seat-back pockets
CENTER POCKET Console compartment
Center pocket
Trunk, including the rear seats
when folded down
Before Driving
However, carrying too much cargo,
or improperly storing it, can affect
your vehicles handling, stability,
stopping distance, tires, and make it
unsafe. Before carrying any type of
cargo, be sure to read the following
pages.
SEAT-BACK POCKET GLOVE BOX

TRUNK
: If equipped
275
2009 Civic Coupe


Carrying Cargo
Load Limits (4)The resulting figure equals the

The maximum load for your vehicle available amount of cargo and
is 850 lbs (385 kg) for U.S. models Overloading or improper luggage load capacity. For
and 395 kg for Canadian models. loading can affect handling and example, if the XXX amount
stability and cause a crash in equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be
See Tire And Loading Information which you can be hurt or killed. five 150 lb. passengers in your
label attached to the drivers vehicle, the amount of available
doorjamb. Follow all load limits and other cargo and luggage load capacity is
loading guidelines in this 650 lbs.
Label Example manual. (1,400 750 (5 150) = 650 lbs.)
Steps for Determining Correct Load (5)Determine the combined weight

Limit of luggage and cargo being loaded
(1)Locate the statement The on the vehicle. That weight may
combined weight of occupants and not safely exceed the available
cargo should never exceed XXX cargo and luggage load capacity
kg or XXX lbs. on your vehicles calculated in Step 4.
placard.
This figure includes the total weight (6)If your vehicle will be towing a
of all occupants, cargo, and (2)Determine the combined weight trailer, load from your trailer will
accessories, and the tongue load if of the driver and passengers that be transferred to your vehicle.
you are towing a trailer. will be riding in your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
(3)Subtract the combined weight of cargo and luggage load capacity of
the driver and passengers from your vehicle.
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
276
2009 Civic Coupe


Carrying Cargo
In addition, the total weight of the

vehicle, all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
Example 1 not exceed the Gross Vehicle
Max Load (850 lbs) Passenger Weight Cargo Weight Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross
(150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs) (550 lbs) Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both
are on a label on the drivers
doorjamb.
Example 2
Before Driving
Max Load (850 lbs) Passenger Weight Cargo Weight
(150 lbs x 4 = 600 lbs) (250 lbs)
Example 3
Max Load (850 lbs) Passenger Weight Cargo Weight
(150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs) (100 lbs)
277
2009 Civic Coupe


Carrying Cargo
Carrying Items in the Passenger Keep the glove box closed while Cargo Net
Compartment driving. If it is open, a passenger Optional
Store or secure all items that could could injure their knees during a The cargo net can be used to help
be thrown around and hurt crash or sudden stop. hold down items stored in the trunk.
someone during a crash.
Carrying Cargo in the Trunk
Do not put any items on top of the Distribute cargo evenly on the
rear shelf. They can block your floor of the trunk, placing the
view and be thrown around the heaviest items on the bottom and
vehicle during a crash. as far forward as possible.
Be sure items placed on the floor If you fold down the back seat, tie
behind the front seats cannot roll down items that could be thrown
under the seats and interfere with about the vehicle during a crash or
the drivers ability to operate the sudden stop.
pedals, the proper operation of the
seats, or the proper operation of If you carry large items that
the sensors under the seats. prevent you from closing the trunk
lid, exhaust gas can enter the
Also, keep all cargo below the passenger area. To avoid the
bottom of the windows. If it is possibility of carbon monoxide
higher, it could interfere with the poisoning, follow the instructions
proper operation of the side on page 50 .
curtain airbags.
278
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Driving
This section gives you tips on Driving Guidelines ........................ 280

starting the engine under various Preparing to Drive ......................... 281
conditions, and how to operate the Starting the Engine........................ 282
manual and automatic transmissions. Manual Transmission.................... 283
It also includes important Automatic Transmission............... 286
information on parking your vehicle, Parking ............................................ 290
the braking system, the vehicle Braking System.............................. 291
stability assist (VSA ) system, and Anti-lock Brakes (ABS) ................ 292
the tire pressure monitoring system Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ),
(TPMS). aka Electronic Stability
Control (ESC), System ......... 294
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Driving
(TPMS) ....................................... 296
Towing a Trailer ............................ 299
279
2009 Civic Coupe


Driving Guidelines
Si model Because of the low-profile tires

Your vehicle is designed to give you fitted to your vehicle, the alloy
optimum handling and performance wheels are closer to the ground.
on well-maintained roads. As part of Driving over a pothole or road
this design, your vehicle has a debris at too high a speed can
minimum of ground clearance and seriously damage a wheel. Slow
very low-profile tires. down under these conditions.
Use caution if you ever drive your

vehicle on very rough or rutted
roads. You could damage the
suspension and underbody by
bottoming out. Going too fast over
parking lot speed bumps can Curbs and steep inclines could
also cause damage. damage the front and rear
bumpers. Low curbs that do not
affect the average vehicle may be
high enough to hit the bumper on
your vehicle. The front or rear
bumper may scrape when trying to
drive onto an incline, such as a
steep driveway or trailer ramps.
280
2009 Civic Coupe


Preparing to Drive
You should do the following checks 5. Check that any items you may be 10.Fasten your seat belt. Check that
and adjustments before you drive carrying are stored properly or your passengers have fastened
your vehicle. fastened down securely. their seat belts (see page 14 ).
1. Make sure all windows, mirrors, 6. Check the seat adjustment (see 11.When you start the engine, check
and outside lights are clean and page 93 ). the gauges and indicators in the
unobstructed. Remove frost, snow, instrument panel (see page 55 ).
or ice. 7. Check the adjustment of the
inside and outside mirrors (see
2. Check that the hood is fully closed. page 106 ).
3. Check that the trunk is fully 8. Check the steering wheel
Driving
closed. adjustment (see page 76 ).
4. Visually check the tires. If a tire 9. Make sure the doors are securely
looks low, use a gauge to check its closed and locked.
pressure.
281
2009 Civic Coupe


Starting the Engine
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. In cold weather, turn off all The immobilizer system protects your The engine is harder to start in cold
electrical accessories to reduce vehicle f rom thef t. If an improperly weather. Also, the thinner air f ound at
the drain on the battery. coded key (or other device) is used, the altitudes above 8,000 f eet (2,400
engines f uel system is disabled. For meters) adds to this problem.
3. Manual transmission: more inf ormation, see page 78 .
Press the clutch pedal down all the
way. The START (III) position 5. If the engine does not start within
does not function unless the clutch 15 seconds, or starts but stalls
pedal is pressed. right away, repeat step 4 with the
accelerator pedal pressed halfway
Automatic transmission: down. If the engine starts, release
Make sure the shift lever is in pressure on the accelerator pedal
Park. Press on the brake pedal. so the engine does not race.
4. Without touching the accelerator 6. If the engine fails to start, press

pedal, turn the ignition key to the the accelerator pedal all the way
START (III) position. Do not hold down, and hold it there while
the key in the START (III) starting to clear flooding. If the
position for more than 15 seconds engine still does not start, return
at a time. If the engine does not to step 5.
start right away, pause for at least
10 seconds before trying again.
282
2009 Civic Coupe


Manual Transmission
cause your clutch to wear out faster.
Come to a full stop before you shift

into reverse. You can damage the
transmission by trying to shift into
reverse with the vehicle moving.
Push down the clutch pedal, and
pause for a few seconds before
shifting into reverse, or shift into one
of the forward gears for a moment.
This stops the gears so they wont
grind.
Driving
DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L Si
The manual transmission is On vehicles with 6-speed manual NOTE: The engine can be damaged if
synchronized in all forward gears for transmission, the lockout system you inadvertently downshift into the
smooth operation. It has a lockout so prevents you from shifting directly wrong gear (for example, going from
you cannot shift directly from fifth to from any forward gear to reverse third gear at high rpms to second gear
reverse. while the vehicle is moving at a instead of upshifting to fourth gear; the
certain speed (see page 285 ). engine speed limiter will not work in this
situation).
When shifting up or down, make
sure you push the clutch pedal down
all the way, shift to the next gear,
and let the pedal up gradually. When
you are not shifting, do not rest your
foot on the clutch pedal. This can CONTINUED
283
2009 Civic Coupe


Manual Transmission
When slowing down, you can get time on a hot day, be careful before On models with 6-speed manual
extra braking from the engine by moving the shift lever. Because of transmission
shifting to a lower gear. This extra the heat, the shift lever may be
braking can help you maintain a safe extremely hot. If the outside Shift up Normal acceleration
speed and prevent your brakes from temperature is low, the shift lever
overheating while going down a feels cold. 1st to 2nd 17 mph (27 km/h)
steep hill. Before downshifting, 2nd to 3rd 29 mph (47 km/h)
make sure the engine speed will not Recommended Shift Points 3rd to 4th 37 mph (60 km/h)
go into the tachometers red zone in Drive in the highest gear that lets 4th to 5th 43 mph (69 km/h)
the lower gear. the engine run and accelerate 5th to 6th 49 mph (79 km/h)
smoothly. This will give you good
fuel economy and effective
emissions control. The following
Rapid slowing or speeding up shift points are recommended:
can cause loss of control on
slippery surfaces. If you crash, On models with 5-speed manual
you can be injured. transmission
Use extra care when driving on Shift up Normal acceleration

slippery surfaces.
1st to 2nd 15 mph (24 km/h)
2nd to 3rd 27 mph (43 km/h)
On Si model 3rd to 4th 39 mph (63 km/h)
Your vehicle is equipped with an 4th to 5th 53 mph (85 km/h)
aluminum shift lever. If you leave the
vehicle parked outside for a long
284
2009 Civic Coupe


Manual Transmission
Engine Speed Limiter Reverse Lockout 2. If you are still unable to shift to
If you exceed the maximum speed 6-speed manual transmission reverse, apply the parking brake,
for the gear you are in, the engine The manual transmission has and turn the ignition key to the
speed will enter into the tachometers lockout so you cannot accidentally ACCESSORY (I) or LOCK (0)
red zone. If this occurs, you may feel shift from any forward gear to position.
the engine cut in and out. This is reverse while the vehicle is moving
caused by a limiter in the engines at a certain speed. If you cannot shift 3. Press the clutch pedal, and shift to
computer controls. The engine will to reverse when the vehicle is reverse.
run normally when you reduce the stopped, do the following:
rpm below the red zone. 4. With the clutch pedal still pressed,
start the engine.
Before downshifting, make sure the
Driving
engine will not go into the If you need to use this procedure to
tachometers red zone. shift to reverse, your vehicle may be
developing a problem. Have the
On Si model vehicle checked by your dealer.
Your vehicle has a rev limit indicator
to show you when the engine speed
is near the tachometers red zone
(see page 61 ).
Move the shift lever in sequence.
1. With the clutch pedal pressed,

move the shift lever to the first/
second gear side of the neutral
gate, then shift to reverse.
285
2009 Civic Coupe


Automatic Transmission
Shift Lever Position Indicators The D indicator comes on for a Shifting

few seconds when you turn the
position. If it flashes while driving (in
any shift position), it indicates a
possible problem in the transmission. SHIFT LEVER
If the malfunction indicator lamp

comes on along with the D
indicator, there is a problem with the
automatic transmission control
system. Avoid rapid acceleration, and RELEASE
have the transmission checked by BUTTON
your dealer as soon as possible.
These indicators on the instrument To shift from Park to any position,
panel show which position the shift press firmly on the brake pedal, and
lever is in. press the release button on the front
of the shift lever, then move the
lever. You cannot shift out of Park
when the ignition switch is in the
LOCK (0) or ACCESSORY (I)
position.
286
2009 Civic Coupe


To shift from: Do this: If you have done all of the above and Neutral (N) Use neutral if you
P to R Press the brake pedal, and still cannot move the lever out of need to restart a stalled engine, or if
press the shift lever release Park, see Shift Lock Release on it is necessary to stop briefly with
button. page 289 . the engine idling. Shift to the Park
R to P position if you need to leave your
N to R Press the shift lever release To avoid transmission damage, come vehicle for any reason. Press on the
D3 to 2 button. to a complete stop before shifting brake pedal when you are moving
2 to 1 into Park. You must also press the the shift lever from neutral to
1 to 2 release button to shift into Park. The another gear.
2 to D3 shift lever must be in Park before
D3 to D you can remove the key from the Drive (D) Use this position for
D to N Move the shift lever. ignition switch. your normal driving. The
Driving
D to D3 transmission automatically selects a
N to D Reverse (R) Press the brake suitable gear (1 through 5) for your
R to N pedal and press the release button speed and acceleration. You may
on the front of the shift lever to shift notice the transmission shifting up at
Park (P) This position mechani- from Park to reverse. To shift from higher engine speeds when the
cally locks the transmission. Use reverse to neutral, come to a engine is cold. This helps the engine
Park whenever you are turning off or complete stop, and then shift. Press warm up faster.
starting the engine. To shift out of the release button before shifting
Park, you must press on the brake into reverse from neutral.
pedal and have your foot off the
accelerator pedal. Press the release
button on the front of the shift lever
to move it.
CONTINUED
287
2009 Civic Coupe


Drive (D3) This position is similar First (1) To shift from second to Engine Speed Limiter
to D, except only the first three first, press the release button on the If you exceed the maximum speed
gears are selected. Use D3 to provide front of the shift lever. This position for the gear you are in, the engine
engine braking when going down a locks the transmission in first gear. speed will enter into the tachometers
steep hill. D3 can also keep the By upshifting and downshifting red zone. If this occurs, you may feel
transmission from cycling between through 1, 2, D3, and D, you can the engine cut in and out. This is
third and fourth gears in stop-and-go operate the transmission much like a caused by a limiter in the engines
driving. manual transmission without a computer controls. The engine will
clutch pedal. run normally when you reduce the
Second (2) To shift to second, rpm below the red zone.
press the release button on the front
of the shift lever. This position locks
the transmission in second gear. It
does not downshift to first gear
when you come to a stop.
Use second gear:

For more power when climbing.
To increase engine braking when
going down steep hills.
For starting out on a slippery
surface or in deep snow.
To help reduce wheel spin.
288
2009 Civic Coupe


Shift Lock Release metal fingernail file, carefully pry 6. Remove the key from the shift
Do this if pushing on the brake pedal on the edge of the cover to remove lock release slot, then install the
and pressing the release button does it. cover. Make sure the notch on the
not let you shift the transmission out cover is on the rear.
of Park: RELEASE BUTTON Return the key to the ignition
switch, press the brake pedal, and
1. Set the parking brake. restart the engine.
2. Remove the key from the ignition If you need to use the shift lock
switch. release, it means your vehicle is
developing a problem. Have it
COVER checked by your dealer.
Driving
SHIFT LOCK RELEASE SLOT
4. Insert the key in the shift lock

release slot.
5. Push down on the key while you

press the release button on the
front of the shift lever and move
the shift lever out of Park to
3. Put a cloth on the edge of the shift neutral.
lock release slot cover. Using a
small flat-tipped screwdriver or a
289
2009 Civic Coupe


Parking
Always use the parking brake when Parking Tips If the vehicle is facing uphill, turn
you park your vehicle. Make sure Make sure the moonroof (if the front wheels away from the
the parking brake is set firmly, or equipped) and the windows are curb. If your vehicle has a manual
your vehicle may roll if it is parked closed. transmission, put it in first gear.
on an incline.
Turn off the lights. If the vehicle is facing downhill,
If your vehicle has an automatic turn the front wheels toward the
transmission, set the parking brake Place any packages, valuables, etc., curb. If your vehicle has a manual
before you put the transmission in in the trunk or take them with you. transmission, put it in reverse gear.
Park. This keeps the vehicle from
moving and putting pressure on the Lock the doors. Make sure the parking brake is
parking mechanism in the fully released before driving away.
transmission. On vehicles with security system Driving with the parking brake
Check the indicator on the partially set can overheat or
instrument panel to verify that the damage the rear brakes.
security system is set.
Never park over dry leaves, tall

grass, or other flammable Never install a sunshade between the
materials. The hot three way upper and lower meters on the
catalytic converter could cause instrument panel. If you do, you could
these materials to catch on fire. cause heat damage to the upper meter
on a very hot day.
290
2009 Civic Coupe


Braking System
Your vehicle is equipped with front Constant application of the brakes Braking System Design
disc brakes. The brakes on the rear when going down a long hill builds The hydraulic system that operates
wheels may be disc or drum, up heat and reduces their effective- the brakes has two separate circuits.
depending on the model. A power ness. Use the engine to assist the Each circuit works diagonally across
assist helps reduce the effort needed brakes by taking your foot off the the vehicle (the left-front brake is
on the brake pedal. The anti-lock accelerator and downshifting to a connected with the right-rear brake,
brake system (ABS) helps you retain lower gear. etc.). If one circuit should develop a
steering control when braking very problem, you will still have braking
hard. Check the brakes after driving at two wheels.
through deep water. Apply the
On vehicles with vehicle stability brakes moderately to see if they feel Brake Pad Wear Indicators
assist (VSA) system, the emergency normal. If not, apply them gently and If the brake pads need replacing, you
Driving
brake assist system increases the frequently until they do. Be extra will hear a distinctive, metallic
stopping force when you depress the cautious in your driving. screeching sound when you apply
brake pedal hard in an emergency the brake pedal. If you do not have
situation. the brake pads replaced, they will
screech all the time. It is normal for
Resting your foot on the pedal keeps the brakes to occasionally squeal or
the brakes applied lightly, builds up squeak when you apply them.
heat, and reduces their effectiveness
and reduces brake pad life. In
addition, fuel economy can be
reduced. It also keeps your brake
lights on all the time, confusing
drivers behind you.
291
2009 Civic Coupe


Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)
The anti-lock brake system (ABS) You will feel a pulsation in the brake ABS Indicator
helps prevent the wheels from pedal when the ABS activates, and
locking up, and helps you retain you may hear some noise. This is If this indicator comes on, the anti-
steering control by pumping the normal: it is the ABS rapidly lock function of the braking system
brakes rapidly, much faster than a pumping the brakes. On dry has shut down. The brakes still work
person can do it. pavement, you will need to press on like a conventional system, but
the brake pedal very hard before the without anti-lock. You should have
The electronic brake distribution ABS activates. However, you may your dealer inspect your vehicle as
(EBD) system, which is part of the feel the ABS activate immediately if soon as possible.
ABS, also balances the front-to-rear you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
braking distribution according to If the indicator comes on while
vehicle loading. driving, test the brakes as instructed
on page 363 .
You should never pump the brake pedal.
Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the
brake pedal. This is sometimes
referred to as stomp and steer.
292
2009 Civic Coupe


Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)
If the ABS indicator and the brake Important Safety Reminders A vehicle with ABS may require a
system indicator come on together, ABS does not reduce the time or longer distance to stop on loose or
and the parking brake is fully distance it takes to stop the uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
released, the EBD system may also vehicle. It only helps with the snow, than a vehicle without anti-
be shut down. steering control during braking. lock.
Test your brakes as instructed on ABS will not prevent a skid that
page 363 . If the brakes feel normal, results from changing direction
drive slowly and have your vehicle abruptly, such as trying to take a
repaired by your dealer as soon as corner too fast or making a sudden
possible. Avoid sudden hard braking lane change. Always drive at a safe
which could cause the rear wheels to speed for the road and weather
Driving
lock up and possibly lead to a loss of conditions.
control.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of
On vehicles with VSA system stability. Always steer moderately
The VSA indicator will come on when you are braking hard. Severe
along with the ABS indicator. or sharp steering wheel movement
can still cause your vehicle to veer
into oncoming traffic or off the road.
293
2009 Civic Coupe


Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Standard on U.S. EX-L and Si models The VSA system cannot enhance the the ON (II) position, there may be a
Optional on Canadian EX-L and Si vehicles driving stability in all problem with the VSA system. Have
models situations and does not control your your dealer inspect your vehicle as
The vehicle stability assist (VSA) vehicles entire braking system. It is soon as possible.
system helps to stabilize the vehicle still your responsibility to drive and
during cornering if the vehicle turns corner at reasonable speeds and to NOTE: The main function of the
more or less than desired. It also leave a sufficient margin of safety. VSA system is generally known as
assists you in maintaining traction Electronic Stability Control (ESC).
while accelerating on loose or VSA Activation Indicator The system also includes a traction
slippery road surfaces. It does this control function.
by regulating the engines output and When VSA activates, you will see the
by selectively applying the brakes. VSA Activation indicator blinks. Without VSA, your vehicle will have
normal braking and cornering ability,
When VSA activates, you may notice Vehicle Stability Assist but it will not have VSA traction and
that the engine does not respond to (VSA) System Indicator stability enhancement.
the accelerator in the same way it If this indicator comes on while
does at other times. There may also driving, pull to the side of the road U.S. models
be some noise from the VSA when it is safe, and turn off the If the low tire pressure indicator or
hydraulic system. You will also see engine. Reset the system by TPMS indicator comes on, the VSA
the VSA activation indicator blink. restarting the engine. If the VSA system automatically turns on even if
system indicator stays on or comes the VSA system is turned off by
back on while driving, have the VSA pressing the VSA OFF switch (see
system inspected by your dealer. page 295 ). If this happens, you
cannot turn the VSA system off by
If the indicator does not come on pressing the VSA OFF switch again.
when the ignition switch is turned to
294
2009 Civic Coupe


Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA Off Switch VSA is turned on every time you VSA and Tire Sizes
start the engine, even if you turned it Driving with varying tire or wheel
off the last time you drove the sizes may cause the VSA to
vehicle. malfunction. When replacing tires,
make sure they are of the same size
In certain unusual conditions when and type as your original tires (see
your vehicle gets stuck in shallow page 342 ).
mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA temporarily If you install winter tires, make sure
switched off. When the VSA system they are the same size as those that
is off, the traction control system is were originally supplied with your
also off. You should only attempt to vehicle. Exercise the same caution
Driving
free your vehicle with the VSA off if during winter driving as you would if
you are not able to free it when the your vehicle was not equipped with
This switch is under the drivers side VSA is on. VSA.
vent. To turn the VSA system on and
off, press and hold it until you hear a Immediately after freeing your
beep. vehicle, be sure to switch the VSA on
again. We do not recommend driving
When VSA is off, the VSA activation your vehicle with the VSA and
indicator comes on as a reminder. traction control systems switched off.
Press and hold the switch again. It
turns the system back on.
295
2009 Civic Coupe


Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
U.S. models only Low Tire Pressure Driving on a significantly under

Your vehicle is equipped with a tire Indicator inflated tire causes the tire to
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) When the low tire pressure indicator overheat and can lead to tire failure.
that turns on every time you start the is on, one or more of your tires is Underinflation also reduces fuel
engine and monitors the pressure in significantly underinflated. You efficiency and tire tread life, and may
your tires while driving. should stop and check your tires as affect the vehicles handling and
soon as possible, and inflate them to stopping ability.
Each tire has its own pressure the proper pressure as indicated on
sensor (not including the spare tire). the vehicles tire information placard. Because tire pressure varies by
If the air pressure of a tire becomes temperature and other conditions,
significantly low while driving, the If you think you can safely drive a the low tire pressure indicator may
sensor in that tire immediately sends short distance to a service station, come on unexpectedly.
a signal that causes the low tire proceed slowly, and inflate the tire to
pressure indicator to come on. the recommended pressure shown
on the drivers doorjamb.
If the tire is flat, or if the tire

pressure is too low to continue
driving, replace the tire with the
compact spare tire (see page 351 ).
If you cannot make the low tire

pressure indicator go out after
inflating the tires to the specified
values, have your dealer check the
system as soon as possible.
296
2009 Civic Coupe


For example, if you check and fill information label and in the owners When you restart the vehicle with
your tires in a warm area, then drive manual (see page 337 ). the compact spare tire, the TPMS
in extremely cold weather, the tire indicator may also come on and stay
pressure will be lower than Tire Pressure Monitoring on after driving several miles
measured and could be underinflated System (TPMS) Indicator (kilometers).
and cause the low tire pressure This indicator comes on and stays on
indicator to come on. Or, if you if there is a problem with the tire
check and adjust your tire pressure pressure monitoring system.
in cooler conditions, and drive into
extremely hot conditions, the tire If this happens, the system will shut
may become overinflated. However, off and no longer monitor tire
the low tire pressure indicator will pressures. Have the system checked
Driving
not come on if the tires are by your dealer as soon as possible.
overinflated.
On vehicles with VSA system
Refer to page 335 for tire inflation If the low tire pressure indicator or
guidelines. TPMS indicator comes on, the VSA
system automatically turns on even if
Although your tire pressure is the VSA system is turned off by
monitored, you must manually check pressing the VSA OFF switch (see
the tire pressures monthly. page 295 ). If this happens, you
cannot turn the VSA system off by
Each tire, including the spare, should pressing the VSA OFF switch again.
be checked monthly when cold, and
set to the recommended inflation
pressure as specified on the tire
297
2009 Civic Coupe


Changing a Tire with TPMS The low tire pressure indicator or As required by the FCC:
If you have a flat tire, the low tire the TPMS indicator will go off, after This device complies with Part 15 of the
pressure indicator will come on. several miles (kilometers) driving, FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
Replace the flat tire with the when you replace the spare tire with following two conditions: (1) This device
compact spare tire (see page 351 ). the specified regular tire equipped may not cause harmful interference, and
with the tire pressure monitor sensor. (2) this device must accept any
Each wheel (except the compact interference received, including
spare tire wheel) is equipped with a Never use a puncture-repairing agent interference that may cause undesired
tire pressure sensor mounted inside in a flat tire. If used, you will have to operation.
the tire behind the valve stem. You replace the tire pressure sensor.
must use TPMS specific wheels. It is Have the flat tire repaired by your Changes or modifications not expressly
recommended that you always have dealer as soon as possible. approved by the party responsible for
your tires serviced by your dealer or compliance could void the users
qualified technician. authority to operate the equipment.
After you replace the flat tire with This device complies with Industry
the compact spare tire, the low tire Canada Standard RSS-210.
pressure indicator stays on. This is Operation is subject to the following two
normal; the system is not monitoring conditions: (1) this device may not cause
the spare tire pressure. Manually interference, and (2) this device must
check the spare tire pressure to be accept any interference that may cause
sure it is correct. After several miles undesired operation of the device.
(kilometers) driving with the
compact spare tire, the TPMS
indicator comes on and the low tire
pressure indicator goes off.
298
2009 Civic Coupe


Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a Towing Your Vehicle

trailer. Attempting to do so can void Your vehicle is not designed to be
your warranties. towed behind a motor home. If your
vehicle needs to be towed in an
emergency, see page 370 .
Driving
299
2009 Civic Coupe

300
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Maintenance
This section explains why it is Maintenance Safety ....................... 302

important to keep your vehicle well Maintenance Minder ..................... 303
maintained and how to follow basic Fluid Locations............................... 310
maintenance safety precautions. Adding Engine Oil ......................... 312
Recommended Engine Oil........ 312
This section also includes Synthetic Oil ............................... 313
instructions on how to read the Engine Oil Additives ................. 313
maintenance minder messages on Changing the Engine Oil and
the information display, and Filter ............................................ 314
instructions for simple maintenance Engine Coolant ............................... 316
tasks you may want to take care of Windshield Washers ..................... 319
yourself. Automatic Transmission Fluid..... 320
Manual Transmission Fluid ......... 321
If you have the skills and tools to Brake and Clutch Fluid ................. 322
Maintenance
perform more complex maintenance Power Steering Fluid ..................... 323
tasks on your vehicle, you may want Lights .............................................. 324
to purchase the service manual. See Cleaning the Seat Belts ................. 331
page 395 for information on how to Floor Mats ...................................... 332
obtain a copy, or see your dealer. Dust and Pollen Filter ................... 333
Wiper Blades .................................. 333
Tires ................................................ 335
Checking the Battery .................... 345
Vehicle Storage .............................. 347
301
2009 Civic Coupe


Maintenance Safety
All service items not detailed in this Injury from moving parts. Do
section should be performed by a not run the engine unless
certified technician or other qualified Improperly maintaining this instructed to do so.
mechanic. vehicle, or failing to correct a
problem before driving can
Important Safety Precautions cause a crash in which you can
To eliminate potential hazards, read be seriously hurt or killed. Failure to properly follow
the instructions before you begin, maintenance instructions and
and make sure you have the tools Always follow the inspection precautions can cause you to
and skills required. and maintenance be seriously hurt or killed.
Make sure your vehicle is parked recommendations and
on level ground, the parking brake schedules in this owners Always follow the procedures
is set, and the engine is off. manual. and precautions in this owners
manual.
To clean parts, use a commercially
available degreaser or parts Potential Vehicle Hazards
cleaner, not gasoline. Carbon Monoxide poison from Some of the most important safety
engine exhaust. Be sure there is precautions are given here. However,
To reduce the possibility of fire or adequate ventilation whenever you we cannot warn you of every
explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, operate the engine. conceivable hazard that can arise in
and flames away from the battery performing maintenance. Only you
and all fuel-related parts. Burns from hot parts. Let the can decide whether or not you
engine and exhaust system cool should perform a given task.
Wear eye protection and down before touching any parts.
protective clothing when working
with the battery or compressed air.
302
2009 Civic Coupe


Maintenance Minder
Your vehicle displays engine oil life Engine Oil Life Indicator The remaining engine oil life is
and maintenance service items on displayed on the information display
the information display to show you INFORMATION DISPLAY according to this table:
when you should have your dealer
perform engine oil replacement and Calculated Engine Displayed
indicated maintenance service. Oil Life (%) Engine Oil Life (%)
100 % 91 % 100 %
Based on the engine operating 90 % 81 % 90 %
conditions and accumulated engine 80 % 71 % 80 %
revolutions, the onboard computer in 70 % 61 % 70 %
your vehicle calculates the remaining 60 % 51 % 60 %
engine oil life and displays it as a MAINTENANCE ENGINE OIL LIFE 50 % 41 % 50 %
percentage. MINDER INDICATOR INDICATOR 40 % 31 % 40 %
30 % 21 % 30 %
Maintenance
To see the current engine oil life, 20 % 16 % 20 %
turn the ignition switch to the ON 15 % 11 % 1 15 %
(II) position, then push and release 10 % 6 % 1 10 %
the SEL/RESET button repeatedly 15 % 6 % 2 15 %
until the engine oil life indicator 5%1% 5%
appears (see page 65 ). 0% 0%
1: DX and Canadian DX-G

2: LX, EX, EX-L, and Si
CONTINUED
303
2009 Civic Coupe


Maintenance Minder
The 15 and 10 percent oil life

indicators remind you that your
vehicle will soon be due for SERVICE MESSAGE
scheduled maintenance.
MAINTENANCE ENGINE OIL LIFE

ITEM CODE(S) INDICATOR
If the remaining engine oil life is 15 When the remaining engine oil life is
to 6 percent, you will see the engine 5 to 1 percent, you will see a
oil life indicator every time you turn SERVICE message along with the
the ignition switch to the ON (II) same maintenance item code(s),
position. The maintenance minder every time you turn the ignition
indicator will also come on, and the switch to the ON (II) position.
maintenance item code(s) for other
scheduled maintenance items
needing service will be displayed
next to the engine oil life indicator.
304
2009 Civic Coupe


Maintenance Minder
The maintenance item code or codes

indicate the main and sub items
required at the time of the oil change
(see page 309 ).
You can switch the display to the

odometer, the trip meter, and the
outside temperature indicator (if
equipped) by pushing the SEL/
RESET button on the dashboard
repeatedly. NEGATIVE MILEAGE
When the engine oil life is 15 to 1

percent, the maintenance minder
Maintenance
indicator ( ) comes on every When the remaining engine oil life is If you do not perform the indicated
time you turn the ignition switch to 0 percent, the engine oil life indicator maintenance, negative mileage is
the ON (II) position, then it goes out will blink. The display comes on displayed and begins to blink after
if you switch the information display. every time you turn the ignition the vehicle has been driven 10 miles
switch to the ON (II) position. The (10 km) or more.
When you see this message, have maintenance minder indicator Negative mileage means your
the indicated maintenance ( ) also comes on and remains vehicle has passed the maintenance
performed by your dealer as soon as on in the instrument panel. When required point.
possible. you see this message, immediately Immediately have the indicated
have the indicated maintenance done maintenance done by your dealer.
by your dealer.
CONTINUED
305
2009 Civic Coupe


Maintenance Minder
You can change the information Maintenance Main Items and Sub Resetting the Engine Oil Life
display from the engine oil life Items Display
display to the odometer, the trip Your dealer will reset the display
meter, or the outside temperature (if MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEM after completing the required
equipped) every time you press and maintenance service. You will see
release the SEL/RESET button. OIL LIFE 100% on the information
display the next time you turn the
When the engine oil life is 0 percent ignition switch to the ON (II)
or negative mileage, the position.
maintenance minder indicator
( ) remains on even if you If maintenance service is done by
change the information display. someone other than your dealer,
MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM reset the maintenance minder as
Immediately have the service follows:
performed, and make sure to reset
the display as described as follows. All maintenance items displayed on 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
the information display are in code. (II) position.
For an explanation of these
maintenance codes, see page 309 . 2. Press the SEL/RESET button
repeatedly until the engine oil life
indicator is displayed.
306
2009 Civic Coupe


Maintenance Minder
Important Maintenance
Precautions
If you have the required service
done but do not reset the display, or
reset the display without doing the
service, the system will not show the
proper maintenance intervals. This
can lead to serious mechanical
problems because you will no longer
have an accurate record of when
maintenance is needed.
Your authorized Honda dealer

3. Press the SEL/RESET button for 4. Press the SEL/RESET button for knows your vehicle best and can
Maintenance
about 10 seconds. The engine oil more than 5 seconds. The provide competent, efficient service.
life and the maintenance item maintenance item code(s) will
code(s) will blink. disappear, and the engine oil life
will reset to 100.
CONTINUED
307
2009 Civic Coupe


Maintenance Minder
However, service at a dealer is not U.S. Vehicles: Maintenance, Engine oil level Check every
mandatory to keep your warranties replacement, or repair of time you fill the fuel tank. See
in effect. Maintenance may be done emissions control devices and page 267 .
by any qualified service facility or systems may be done by any
person who is skilled in this type of automotive repair establishment Engine coolant level Check the
automotive service. Make sure to or individual using parts that are radiator reserve tank every time
have the service facility or person certified to EPA standards. you fill the fuel tank. See page 269 .
reset the display as previously
described. Keep all receipts as proof According to state and federal Automatic transmission Check
of completion, and have the person regulations, failure to perform the fluid level monthly. See page
who does the work fill out the maintenance on the items marked 320 .
maintenance record. Check your with will not void your emissions
warranty booklet for more warranties. However, all Brakes Check the fluid level
information. maintenance services should be monthly. See page 322 .
performed in accordance with the
We recommend using Honda parts intervals indicated by the Tires Check the tire pressure
and fluids whenever you have information display. monthly. Examine the tread for
maintenance done. These are wear and foreign objects. See page
manufactured to the same high Owners Maintenance Checks 335 .
quality standards as the original You should check the following
components, so you can be confident items at the specified intervals. If Lights Check the operation of
of their performance and durability. you are unsure of how to perform the headlights, parking lights,
any check, turn to the appropriate taillights, high-mount brake light,
page listed. and license plate lights monthly.
See page 324 .
308
2009 Civic Coupe


Maintenance Minder
Symbol Maintenance Main Items Symbol Maintenance Sub Items

A Replace engine oil 1 Rotate tires
B Replace engine oil and oil filter 2 Replace air cleaner element
Inspect front and rear brakes If you drive in dusty conditions, replace every 15,000
Check parking brake adjustment miles (24,000 km).
Visually inspect these items: Replace dust and pollen filter
Tie rod ends, steering gear box, and boots If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high
Suspension components concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
Driveshaft boots from diesel-powered vehicles, replace every 15,000
Brake hoses and line (including ABS) miles (24,000 km).
Maintenance Minder
All fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect drive belt
Exhaust system 3 Replace transmission fluid
Fuel lines and connections 4 Replace spark plugs
Inspect valve clearance
: If the message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the 5 Replace engine coolant
display is reset, change the engine oil every year.
: See information on maintenance and emissions warranty in the center

column on page 308 .
NOTE: Independent of the maintenance minder indicator in the information

display, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km).
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 only if they are noisy.
309
2009 Civic Coupe


Fluid Locations
DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, and EX-L models
ENGINE OIL FILL CAP ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK BRAKE FLUID

(Orange handle) (Black cap)
POWER STEERING FLUID CLUTCH FLUID

(Red cap) (Manual
transmission only)
(Light gray cap)
WASHER FLUID
(Blue cap) AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
FLUID DIPSTICK
(Yellow loop)
ENGINE COOLANT
RESERVOIR
RADIATOR CAP
: Except for Canadian DX-G with manual transmission
310
2009 Civic Coupe


Fluid Locations
Si model
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK ENGINE OIL FILL CAP BRAKE FLUID

(Orange handle) (Black cap)
CLUTCH FLUID
(Light gray cap)
WASHER FLUID
(Blue cap)
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
RESERVOIR
RADIATOR CAP
311
2009 Civic Coupe


Adding Engine Oil
ENGINE OIL FILL CAP ENGINE OIL FILL CAP Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your
engines performance and longevity.
Always use a premium-grade
detergent oil displaying the API
Certification Seal. This seal indicates
the oil is energy conserving, and that
it meets the American Petroleum
Institutes latest requirements. It is
highly recommended that you use
Honda Motor Oil in your vehicle for
DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L Si optimum engine protection.
Unscrew and remove the engine oil Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and API CERTIFICATION SEAL
fill cap on the valve cover. Pour the tighten it securely. Wait a few
oil slowly and carefully so you do not minutes, and recheck the oil level on
spill any. Clean up any spills the engine oil dipstick. Do not fill
immediately. Spilled oil could above the upper mark; you could
damage components in the engine damage the engine.
compartment.
312
2009 Civic Coupe


Adding Engine Oil
Make sure the API Certification Seal Si model: Synthetic Oil

says For Gasoline Engines. You may use a synthetic motor oil if
it meets the same requirements
The oil viscosity or weight is given for a conventional motor oil: it
provided on the containers label. displays the API certification seal,
and it is the proper weight. You must
DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, and follow the oil and filter change
EX-L models: intervals shown on the information
Honda Motor Oil is the preferred display.
5W-20 lubricant for your vehicle.
5W-20 oil is formulated for year- Engine Oil Additives
round protection of your vehicle, to Ambient Temperature Your vehicle does not require any oil
improve cold weather starting and additives. Additives may adversely
fuel economy. affect the engine or transmission
Maintenance
An oil with a viscosity of 5W-30 is performance and durability.
preferred for improved fuel economy
and year-round protection in your
vehicle. You may use a 10W-30 oil if
the temperature in your area never
goes below 20F (7C).
Ambient Temperature
313
2009 Civic Coupe


Changing the Engine Oil and Filter
Always change the oil and filter DRAIN BOLT WASHER DRAIN BOLT
according to the maintenance WASHER
messages shown on the information
display. The oil and filter collect
contaminants that can damage your
engine if they are not removed
regularly.
Changing the oil and filter requires

special tools and access from
underneath the vehicle. The vehicle
should be raised on a service station- DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L Si
type hydraulic lift for this service.
Unless you have the knowledge and 1. Run the engine until it reaches 2. Open the hood, and remove the
proper equipment, you should have normal operating temperature, engine oil fill cap. Remove the oil
this maintenance done by a skilled then shut it off. drain bolt and washer from the
technician. bottom of the engine. Drain the oil
into an appropriate container.
314
2009 Civic Coupe


Changing the Engine Oil and Filter
OIL FILTER 6. Refill the engine with the

OIL recommended oil.
FILTER
Engine oil change capacity
(including filter):
DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L

3.9 US qt (3.7 )
Si
4.6 US qt (4.4 )
DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L Si 7. Replace the engine oil fill cap.
Start the engine. The oil pressure
3. Remove the oil filter, and let the 4. Install a new oil filter according to indicator should go out within 5
Maintenance
remaining oil drain. A special the instructions that come with it. seconds. If it does not, turn off the
wrench (available from your engine, and check your work.
dealer) is required. Make sure to clean off any dirt
and dust on the connecting 8. Let the engine run for several
Make sure the oil filter gasket is surface of a new oil filter. minutes, then check the drain bolt
not stuck to the engine block. If it and oil filter for leaks.
is, remove it before installing a 5. Put a new washer on the drain bolt,
new oil filter. then reinstall the drain bolt.
Tighten the drain bolt to:
29 lbfft (39 Nm , 4.0 kgfm)
CONTINUED
315
2009 Civic Coupe


Changing the Engine Oil and Filter, Engine Coolant
9. Turn off the engine, let it sit for Adding Engine Coolant
several minutes, then check the oil
level on the dipstick. If necessary, RESERVE TANK RESERVE TANK
add more oil.
Improper disposal of engine oil can be

harmf ul to the environment. If you
change your own oil, please dispose of
the used oil properly. Put it in a sealed
container and take it to a recycling
center. Do not discard it in a trash bin DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L Si
or dump it on the ground.
If the coolant level in the reserve Always use Honda Long-life Anti-
tank is at or below the MIN line, add freeze/Coolant Type 2. This coolant
coolant to bring it up to the MAX line. is pre-mixed with 50 percent
Inspect the cooling system for leaks. antifreeze and 50 percent distilled
water. Never add straight antifreeze
or plain water.
316
2009 Civic Coupe


Engine Coolant
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not If the reserve tank is completely

available, you may use another empty, you should also check the
major-brand non-silicate coolant as a coolant level in the radiator. RADIATOR CAP
temporary replacement. Make sure it
is a high-quality coolant
recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda Removing the radiator cap
coolant can result in corrosion, while the engine is hot can
causing the cooling system to cause the coolant to spray out,
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling seriously scalding you.
system flushed and refilled with
Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as Always let the engine and
possible. radiator cool down before DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L
removing the radiator cap.
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator
are cool.
2. Relieve any pressure in the cooling

system by turning the radiator cap
counterclockwise, without
pressing down.
CONTINUED
317
2009 Civic Coupe


Engine Coolant
RADIATOR CAP RESERVE TANK RESERVE TANK
3. Remove the radiator cap by 4. The coolant level should be up to 6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank.
pushing down and turning the base of the filler neck. Add Fill it to halfway between the MAX
counterclockwise. coolant if it is low. and MIN marks. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.
Pour the coolant slowly and
carefully so you do not spill any. Do not add any rust inhibitors or
Clean up any spill immediately; it other additives to your vehicles
could damage components in the cooling system. They may not be
engine compartment. compatible with the coolant or
engine components.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and
tighten it fully.
318
2009 Civic Coupe


Windshield Washers
Check the fluid level in the LEVEL GAUGE When you refill the reservoir, clean
windshield washer reservoir at least the edges of the windshield wiper
monthly during normal use. blades with windshield washer fluid
on a clean cloth. This will help to
LEVEL GAUGE condition the blade edges.
Do not use engine antif reeze or a

vinegar/water solution in the
windshield washer reservoir. Antif reeze
Si can damage your vehicles paint, while
a vinegar/water solution can damage
On Canadian models: The low washer the windshield washer pump. Use only
Maintenance
DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L level indicator comes on when the commercially-available windshield
level is low (see page 63 ). washer f luid.
Check the fluid level by removing
the cap and looking at the level Fill the reservoir with a good-quality
gauge. windshield washer fluid. This
increases the cleaning capability and
prevents freezing in cold weather.
319
2009 Civic Coupe


Automatic Transmission Fluid
DIPSTICK 5. If the level is below the lower

mark, add fluid into the dipstick
hole to bring it to the level
marks.
UPPER Pour the fluid slowly and carefully
MARK so you do not spill any. Clean up
LOWER
MARK any spill immediately; it could
damage components in the engine
compartment.
Always use Honda Genuine

Check the fluid level with the engine 2. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) ATF-Z1 (automatic transmission
at normal operating temperature. from the transmission, and wipe it fluid).
with a clean cloth.
1. Park the vehicle on level ground. 6. Insert the dipstick all the way back
Start the engine, let it run until the 3. Insert the dipstick all the way into into the transmission securely as
radiator fan comes on, then shut the transmission securely as shown in the illustration.
off the engine. For accurate shown in the illustration.
results, wait about 60 seconds (but
no longer than 90 seconds) before 4. Remove the dipstick, and check
doing step 2. the fluid level. It should be
marks.
320
2009 Civic Coupe


Automatic Transmission Fluid, Manual Transmission Fluid
The transmission should be drained Manual Transmission Fluid

and refilled with new fluid according
to the maintenance minder (see page FILLER BOLT FILLER BOLT
303 ).
If you are not sure how to add fluid,

contact your dealer.
Use only Honda Genuine ATF-Z1

(Automatic Transmission Fluid). Do Correct Level
not mix with other transmission f luids. DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L Si Correct Level
Using transmission f luid other than
Maintenance
Honda Genuine ATF-Z1 may cause Check the fluid level with the If Honda MTF is not available, you
deterioration in transmission operation transmission at normal operating may use an SAE 10W-30 or 10W-40
and durability, and could result in temperature and the vehicle sitting viscosity motor oil with the API
damage to the transmission. on level ground. Remove the Certification seal that says FOR
Damage resulting f rom the use of transmission filler bolt, and carefully GASOLINE ENGINES as a
transmission f luid other than Honda feel inside the bolt hole with your temporary replacement. However,
Genuine ATF-Z1 is not covered by the finger. The fluid level should be up motor oil does not contain the proper
Honda new vehicle warranty. to the edge of the bolt hole. If it is additives, and continued use can
not, add Honda Manual cause stiffer shifting. Replace as
Transmission Fluid (MTF) until it soon as it is convenient.
starts to run out of the hole. Reinstall
the filler bolt, and tighten it securely. CONTINUED
321
2009 Civic Coupe


Manual Transmission Fluid, Brake and Clutch Fluid
The transmission should be drained Brake and Clutch Fluid Brake System
and refilled with new fluid according Check the brake fluid level in the
to the maintenance minder (see page reservoirs monthly. MAX
303 ).
Replace the brake fluid according to
If you are not sure how to check and the maintenance minder (see page
add fluid, contact your dealer. 303 ).
Always use Honda Heavy Duty

Brake Fluid DOT 3. If it is not
available, you should use only DOT 3
or DOT 4 fluid, from a sealed
container, as a temporary MIN
replacement.
The fluid level should be between
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can the MIN and MAX marks on the side
cause corrosion and decrease the life of the reservoir. If the level is at or
of the system. Have the brake below the MIN mark, your brake
system flushed and refilled with system needs attention. Have the
Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid brake system inspected for leaks or
DOT 3 as soon as possible. worn brake pads.
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not

compatible with your vehicles
braking system and can cause
extensive damage.
322
2009 Civic Coupe


Brake and Clutch Fluid, Power Steering Fluid
Clutch Fluid Power Steering Fluid Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so
Manual Transmission only you do not spill any. Clean up any
UPPER LEVEL spill immediately; it could damage
MAX components in the engine
compartment.
Always use Honda Power Steering

Fluid. You may use another power
steering fluid as an emergency
replacement, but have the power
steering system flushed and refilled
with Honda PSF as soon as possible.
LOWER LEVEL
MIN A low power steering fluid level can
Maintenance
All models except Si and Canadian DX-G indicate a leak in the system. Check
The fluid level should be between with manual transmission the fluid level frequently, and have
the MIN and MAX marks on the side Check the level on the side of the the system inspected as soon as
of the reservoir. If it is not, add reservoir when the engine is cold. possible.
brake fluid to bring it up to that level. The fluid should be between the
Use the same fluid specified for the UPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL.
brake system. If not add power steering fluid to the
UPPER LEVEL mark. Turning the steering wheel to f ull lef t
A low fluid level can indicate a leak or right lock and holding it there can
in the clutch system. Have this damage the power steering pump.
system inspected as soon as possible.
323
2009 Civic Coupe


Lights
Headlight Aiming Replacing a Headlight Bulb High Beam Headlight

The headlights were properly aimed Your vehicle has halogen headlight
when your vehicle was new. If you bulbs. When replacing a bulb, handle CLIP COOLANT
TUBE
regularly carry heavy items in the it by its base, and protect the glass
trunk, readjustment may be required. from contact with your skin or hard
Adjustments should be done by your objects. If you touch the glass, clean
dealer or another qualified it with denatured alcohol and a clean
technician. cloth.
Halogen headlight bulbs get very hot

when lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratch
on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter. 1. Open the hood.
To change a bulb on the drivers

side, remove the coolant tube from
the two clips, then remove the
reserve tank from its holder by
pulling it straight up.
324
2009 Civic Coupe


Lights
4. Insert the new bulb into the hole,

and turn it one-quarter turn
clockwise to lock it in place.
5. Push the electrical connector back

onto the bulb. Make sure it is on
all the way.
6. Turn on the headlights to test the

BULB
new bulb.
7. (Drivers side)
HOLDER TAB CONNECTOR Put the tube back in the clips and
install the reserve tank back in
Maintenance
2. Remove the electrical connector place, making sure its bottom tab
from the bulb by pushing on the is in the holder.
tab to unlock it, then slide the
connector off the bulb.
3. Remove the bulb by turning it

about one-quarter turn
counterclockwise.
CONTINUED
325
2009 Civic Coupe


Lights
Low Beam Headlight 4. Remove the bulb from the

headlight assembly by turning it
SCREW BULB one-quarter turn counterclockwise.
5. Insert the new bulb into the hole,

and turn it one-quarter turn
6. Push the electrical connector back

onto the bulb. Make sure it is on
all the way.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR 7. Turn on the headlights to test the

new bulb.
1. To change the drivers side bulb, 2. Use a Phillips-head screwdriver to
start the engine, turn the steering remove the screw from the inner 8. Reinstall the inner fender cover.
wheel all the way to the right, and fender, and pull the inner fender Then reinstall the screw and
turn off the engine. To change the cover back. tighten it securely.
passengers side bulb, turn the
steering wheel to the left. 3. Remove the electrical connector
from the bulb by pushing on the
tab to unlock it, then slide the
connector off the bulb.
326
2009 Civic Coupe


Lights
Replacing the Front Side Marker/ 4. Remove the bulb from the socket
Parking/Turn Signal Light Bulb by pushing the bulb in and turning
it counterclockwise until it unlocks.
5. Install the new bulb in the socket.

Turn it clockwise to lock it in place.
6. Insert the socket back into the

headlight assembly. Turn it
7. Turn on the lights to make sure

the new bulb is working.
Maintenance
8. Reinstall the inner fender cover.
1. To change the drivers side bulb, 2. Use a Phillips-head screwdriver to Then reinstall the screw and
start the engine, turn the steering remove the screw from the inner tighten it securely.
wheel all the way to the right, and fender, and pull the inner fender
turn off the engine. To change the cover back.
passengers side bulb, turn the
steering wheel to the left. 3. Remove the socket from the
headlight assembly by turning it
one-quarter turn counterclockwise.
327
2009 Civic Coupe


Lights
Replacing Rear Bulbs 4. Pull the bulb straight out of its

socket. Push the new bulb straight
into the socket until it bottoms.
5. Reinstall the socket into the light

assembly by turning it clockwise
until it locks.
6. Turn on the lights to make sure

7. Reinstall the trunk lining. Make

FASTENER sure it is installed under the edge
of the trunk seal.
1. Open the trunk. 2. Determine which of the four bulbs
is burned out: stop/tail-light, back- 8. Put the fastener into the hole on
Remove the screw in the center of up light, side marker light, or turn the side of the trunk lining.
the fastener on the side of the signal light. Reinstall the screw.
trunk lining. Pull the lining back.
3. Remove the socket by turning it
one-quarter turn counterclockwise.
328
2009 Civic Coupe


Lights
Replacing a Fog Light Bulb

If equipped
Your vehicle uses halogen light
bulbs. When replacing a bulb, handle
it by its plastic case, and protect the
glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass,
clean it with denatured alcohol and a
clean cloth.
MOUNTING BOLTS
Halogen light bulbs get very hot when
lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on 1. Remove the mounting bolts with a 2. Pull the fog light assembly from
Maintenance
the glass can cause the bulb to overheat wrench. the bumper while taking out the
and shatter. tabs from the bracket.
The fog lights were properly aimed

when your vehicle was new. If you
regularly carry heavy items in the
trunk, readjustment may be required.
Adjustment should be done by your
dealer or another qualified
technician.
CONTINUED
329
2009 Civic Coupe


Lights
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
5. Insert the new bulb into the hole, Rear License Plate Light Bulbs
and turn it one-quarter turn The license plate has two lights
TAB clockwise to lock it in place. above it. You can access either of
them from the back of the trunk lid.
6. Push the electrical connector back If your vehicle has a trunk lining,
onto the bulb. Make sure it is on these bulbs should be replaced by
all the way. your dealer.
7. Turn on the fog lights to test the

new bulb.
8. Reinstall the fog light assembly

into the bumper while setting the
3. Remove the electrical connector tabs in the bracket. Tighten the
from the bulb by pushing on the mounting bolts securely.
tab and pulling the connector
down.
4. Remove the bulb from the fog

light assembly by turning it one-
quarter turn counterclockwise.
330
2009 Civic Coupe


Lights, Cleaning the Seat Belts
Replacing a High-mount Brake 3. Pull the bulb straight out of its Cleaning the Seat Belts
Light Bulb socket. Push the new bulb straight
into the socket until it bottoms. LOOP
4. Reinstall the socket. Turn it

clockwise until it locks. Make sure
5. Reinstall the cover, and tighten its

BULB holding clips securely.
On EX, EX-L, and Si models

The high-mount brake light should
be replaced by your dealer.
Maintenance
SOCKET
If your seat belts get dirty, use a soft
On DX, Canadian DX-G, and LX models brush with a mixture of mild soap
1. Open the trunk, then remove the and warm water to clean them. Do
holding clips from the cover, and not use bleach, dye, or cleaning
remove the cover. solvents. Let the belts air-dry before
you use the vehicle.
2. Remove the socket from the light
assembly by turning it one-quarter
turn counterclockwise.
CONTINUED
331
2009 Civic Coupe


Cleaning the Seat Belts, Floor Mats
Dirt build-up in the loops of the seat Floor Mats If you remove a floor mat, make sure
belt anchors can cause the belts to to re-anchor it when you put it back
retract slowly. Wipe the insides of in your vehicle.
the loops with a clean cloth
dampened in mild soap and warm If you use a non-Honda floor mat,
water or isopropyl alcohol. make sure it fits properly and that it
can be used with the floor mat
anchors. Do not put additional floor
mats on top of the anchored mat.
If equipped
The drivers and right rear
passengers floor mats that came
with your vehicle hook over the floor
mat anchors. This keeps the floor
mats from sliding forward and
possibly interfering with the pedals
(drivers floor mat) or with the seat
weight sensors (right rear floor mat).
332
2009 Civic Coupe


Dust and Pollen Filter, Wiper Blades
Dust and Pollen Filter Wiper Blades

On models with A/C Check the condition of the wiper
This filter removes the dust and blades at least every six months.
pollen that is brought in from the Replace them if you find signs of
outside through the heating and cracking in the rubber, areas that are
cooling system. getting hard, or if they leave streaks
and unwiped areas when used.
Have your dealer replace the filter
when this service is indicated by a
maintenance message on the
information display. It should be
replaced every 15,000 miles (24,000
km) if you drive primarily in urban
areas that have high concentrations To replace a wiper blade:
Maintenance
of soot in the air, or if the flow from
the heating and cooling system 1. Raise each wiper arm off the
becomes less than usual. windshield, lifting the drivers side
first, then the passengers side.
Do not open the hood when the wiper

arms are raised, or you will damage the
hood and wiper arms.
CONTINUED
333
2009 Civic Coupe


Wiper Blades
RELEASE TAB BLADE
HOLDER
RELEASE BUTTON COVER
2. Disconnect the blade assembly 3. Pull up the cover release tab on 4. Slide the blade out of the holder.
from the wiper arm by pushing in the end of the blade assembly,
the release button. Then slide the then remove the cover.
blade assembly out of the wiper
arm.
334
2009 Civic Coupe


Wiper Blades, Tires
5. Align the slots in the new blade Tires Inflation Guidelines

with the retaining edges on the To safely operate your vehicle, your Keeping the tires properly inflated
holder, then slide the blade onto tires must be the proper type and provides the best combination of
the holder. Keep about 1 inch of size, in good condition with adequate handling, tread life, and riding
the holder extended from the tread, and correctly inflated. comfort.
blade assembly so you can
reinstall the cover. The following pages give more Underinflated tires wear unevenly,
detailed information on how to take adversely affect handling and fuel
6. Reinstall the cover onto the blade care of your tires and what to do economy, and are more likely to
assembly. when they need to be replaced. fail from being overheated.
7. Slide the wiper blade assembly Overinflated tires can make your
onto the wiper arm. Make sure it vehicle ride more harshly, are
locks in place. Using tires that are excessively more prone to damage from road
Maintenance
worn or improperly inflated can hazards, and wear unevenly.
8. Lower the wiper arm down against cause a crash in which you can
the windshield, the passengers be seriously hurt or killed.
side first, then the drivers side.
Follow all instructions in this
owners manual regarding tire
inflation and maintenance.
CONTINUED
335
2009 Civic Coupe


Tires
We recommend that you visually Use a gauge to measure the air If you check air pressures when the
check your tires every day. If you pressure in each tire at least once a tires are hot [driven for several miles
think a tire might be low, check it month. Even tires that are in good (kilometers)], you will see readings 4
immediately with a tire gauge. condition may lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to to 6 psi (30 to 40 kPa, 0.3 to 0.4
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm ) per kgf/cm ) higher than the cold
U.S. models month. Remember to check the readings. This is normal. Do not let
The tire pressure monitoring system spare tire at the same time. air out to match the recommended
(TPMS) warns you when a tire cold air pressure. The tire will be
pressure is low. See page 296 for Check the air pressures when the underinflated.
more information. tires are cold. This means the
vehicle has been parked for at least 3 You should get your own tire
Even though your vehicle is hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 pressure gauge and use it whenever
equipped with TPMS, we km). Add or release air, if needed, to you check your tire pressures. This
recommend that you visually check match the recommended cold tire will make it easier for you to tell if a
your tires every day. pressures on this page. pressure loss is due to a tire problem
and not due to a variation between
gauges.
While tubeless tires have some

ability to self-seal if they are
punctured, you should look closely
for punctures if a tire starts losing
pressure.
336
2009 Civic Coupe


Tires
Recommended Tire Pressures Si competitive event at sustained high

The following charts show the Tire Size Cold Tire Pressure speeds (over 118 mph or 190 km/h),
recommended cold tire pressures for Front/Rear be sure to adjust the cold tire
most normal driving conditions. P215/45R17 87V 32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 pressures as shown below. If you do
kgf/cm ) not, excessive heat can build up and
DX and Canadian DX-G with automatic cause sudden tire failure.
transmission Optional Summer Tire for U.S. Si
Tire Size Cold Tire Pressure Tire Size Cold Tire Pressure Tire SizeCold Tire Pressure for High
Front/Rear 215/45ZR17 91W 32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 Speed Driving
P195/65R15 89H 32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 kgf/cm ) Si model only
kgf/cm ) P215/45R17 87V
The compact spare tire pressure is:
Canadian DX-G with manual transmission 60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm ) Front/Rear:
Tire Size Cold Tire Pressure 35 psi (240 kPa , 2.4 kgf/cm )
Maintenance
Front/Rear For convenience, the recommended
P195/65R15 89S 32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 tire sizes and cold tire pressures are When you return to normal speed
kgf/cm ) on a label on the drivers doorjamb. driving, be sure to readjust the tire
For additional information about pressure for normal driving. You
LX, EX, EX-L your tires, see page 379 . should wait until the tires are cold
Tire Size Cold Tire Pressure before adjusting the tire pressure.
Front/Rear High Speed Driving
P205/55R16 89H 32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 Si model only Except Si model
kgf/cm ) We strongly recommend that you do Tire pressure for high speed driving
not drive faster than the posted is the same as for normal driving.
speed limits and conditions allow. If
you ever drive in a sanctioned
337
2009 Civic Coupe


Tires
Tire Inspection INDICATOR LOCATION MARKS Tire Service Life

Every time you check inflation, you The service life of your tires is
should also examine the tires for dependent on many factors,
damage, foreign objects, and wear. including, but not limited to, driving
habits, road conditions, vehicle
You should look for: loading, inflation pressure,
Bumps or bulges in the tread or maintenance history, speed, and
side of the tire. Replace the tire if environmental conditions (even
you find either of these conditions. when the tires are not in use).
Cuts, splits, or cracks in the side In addition to your regular

of the tire. Replace the tire if you TREAD WEAR INDICATOR inspections and inflation pressure
can see fabric or cord. maintenance, it is recommended that
Your tires have wear indicators you have annual inspections
Excessive tread wear. molded into the tread. When the performed once the tires reach five
tread wears down, you will see a 1/2 years old. It is also recommended
inch (12.7 mm) wide band across the that all tires, including the spare, be
tread. This shows there is less than removed from service after 10 years
1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on from the date of manufacture,
the tire. regardless of their condition or state
of wear.
A tire this worn gives very little
traction on wet roads. You should
replace the tire if you can see three
or more tread wear indicators.
338
2009 Civic Coupe


Tires
The last four digits of the TIN (tire Tire Maintenance

identification number) are found on In addition to proper inflation,
the sidewall of the tire and indicate correct wheel alignment helps to For vehicles equipped with aluminum
the date of manufacture (See Tire decrease tire wear. If you find a tire wheels:
Labeling on page 381 ). is worn unevenly, have your dealer Improper wheel weights can damage
check the wheel alignment. your vehicles aluminum wheels. Use
only Honda wheel weights f or
Have your dealer check the tires if balancing.
you feel a consistent vibration while
driving. A tire should always be
rebalanced if it is removed from the
wheel. When you have new tires
installed, make sure they are
balanced. This increases riding
Maintenance
comfort and tire life. For best results,
have the installer perform a dynamic
balance.
339
2009 Civic Coupe


Tires
Tire Rotation When the tires are rotated, make The mileage you can expect from
sure the air pressures are checked. your vehicle tires is the same as
Front Front comparable mid-and rear-engine
Tire Wear sports cars, and it will vary greatly
Si model only with your driving habits.
The tires that came on your vehicle
were designed and constructed to If you drive moderately, the front
provide superior grip during tires could last more than 10,000
acceleration, braking, and cornering. miles (16,000 km). However, the
mileage will be substantially less if
As a trade-off, they will wear more you tend to drive your vehicle at the
(For Non-directional (For Directional rapidly than tires used on ordinary upper limits of its capabilities.
Tires and Wheels) Tires and Wheels) passenger vehicles. Because of the
vehicles weight distribution, and the You should carefully inspect your
To help increase tire life and fact that the front wheels are the vehicles tires for wear, damage, and
distribute wear more evenly, rotate driving wheels, you can expect them proper inflation every 7,500 miles
the tires according to the to wear more rapidly than the rear (12,000 km).
maintenance messages displayed on tires.
the information display.
Move the tires to the positions
shown in the illustration each time
they are rotated. If you purchase
directional tires, rotate only front-to-
back.
340
2009 Civic Coupe


Tires
Replacing Tires and Wheels It is best to replace all four tires at

Replace your tires with radial tires of the same time. If that is not possible
the same size, load range, speed or necessary, replace the two front Installing improper tires on your
rating, and maximum cold tire tires or two rear tires as a pair. vehicle can affect handling and
pressure rating (as shown on the Replacing just one tire can seriously stability. This can cause a crash
tires sidewall). affect your vehicles handling. in which you can be seriously
hurt or killed.
Mixing radial and bias-ply tires on If you ever replace a wheel, make
your vehicle can reduce braking sure that the wheels specifications Always use the size and type of
ability, traction, and steering match those of the original wheels. tires recommended in this
accuracy. Using tires of a different owners manual.
size or construction can cause the On vehicles with TPMS
ABS and vehicle stability assist Also be sure you use only TPMS
system (VSA) to work inconsistently. specific wheels. If you do not, the
Maintenance
tire pressure monitoring system will
The ABS and VSA system (if not work.
equipped) work by comparing the
speed of each wheel. When replacing Replacement wheels are available at
tires, use the same size originally your dealer.
supplied with the vehicle. Tire size
and construction can affect wheel
speed and may cause the system to
activate.
341
2009 Civic Coupe


Tires
Wheel and Tire Specifications Tires: Winter Driving

Wheels: DX and Canadian DX-G with Tires marked M S or All
DX and Canadian DX-G automatic transmission Season on the sidewall have an all-
15 x 6 J P195/65R15 89H weather tread design suitable for
most winter driving conditions.
LX, EX, EX-L Canadian DX-G with manual
16 x 6 1/2 J transmission For the best performance in snowy
P195/65R15 89S or icy conditions, you should install
Si snow tires or tire chains. They may
17 x 7 J LX, EX, EX-L be required by local laws under
P205/55R16 89H certain conditions.
Si Summer Tires
P215/45R17 87V Si model only
(all season tire) If your vehicle is equipped with
Optional for U.S. Si summer tires, be aware that these
215/45ZR17 91W tires are not designed for winter
(summer tire) driving conditions. For more
information, consult your dealer.
See page 379 for information about
DOT Tire Quality Grading, and page
381 for tire size and labeling
information.
342
2009 Civic Coupe


Tires
Snow Tires Tire Chains Because your vehicle has limited tire
If you mount snow tires on your Mount tire chains on your tires when clearance, Honda strongly
vehicle, make sure they are radial required by driving conditions or recommends using the chains listed
tires of the same size and load range local laws. Install them only on the below, made by Security Chain
as original tires. Mount snow tires on front tires. Company (SCC).
all four wheels. The traction
provided by snow tires on dry roads When installing chains, follow the DX, Canadian DX-G
may be lower than your original tires. manufacturers instructions, and Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain
Check with the tire dealer for mount them as tight as you can. SC1030
maximum speed recommendations. Make sure they are not contacting
the brake lines or suspension. Drive LX, EX, EX-L, Si
slowly with them installed. If you Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain
hear them coming into contact with SC1032
the body or chassis, stop and
Maintenance
investigate. Remove them as soon as
you begin driving on cleared roads.
CONTINUED
343
2009 Civic Coupe


Tires
Wheels
Clean the wheels as you would the
Traction devices that are the wrong Using the wrong chains, or not rest of the exterior. Wash them with
size or improperly installed can properly installing chains, can the same solution, and rinse them
damage your vehicles brake lines, damage the brake lines and thoroughly.
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop cause a crash in which you can
driving if they are hitting any part of be seriously injured or killed. If equipped
the vehicle. Aluminum alloy wheels have a
Follow all instructions in this protective clear-coat that keeps the
owners manual regarding the aluminum from corroding and
selection and use of tire chains. tarnishing. Cleaning the wheels with
harsh chemicals (including some
commercial wheel cleaners) or a stiff
brush can damage the clear-coat. To
clean the wheels, use a mild
detergent and a soft brush or sponge.
344
2009 Civic Coupe


Checking the Battery
TEST INDICATOR WINDOW TEST INDICATOR WINDOW If additional battery maintenance is

needed, see your dealer or a
qualified technician.
WARNING: Battery posts,

terminals, and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L Si
Check the condition of the battery Check the terminals for corrosion (a
Maintenance
monthly by looking at the test white or yellowish powder). To
indicator window. The label on the remove it, cover the terminals with a
battery explains the test indicators solution of baking soda and water. It
colors. will bubble up and turn brown. When
this stops, wash it off with plain
The location of the test indicator water. Dry off the battery with a
window varies between cloth or paper towel. Coat the
manufacturers. terminals with grease to help prevent
further corrosion.
CONTINUED
345
2009 Civic Coupe


Checking the Battery
If you need to connect the battery to If your vehicles battery is

a charger, disconnect both cables to disconnected or goes dead, the audio
prevent damaging your vehicles system may disable itself. The next
electrical system. Always disconnect time you turn on the radio, you will
the negative () cable first, and see ENTER CODE in the
reconnect it last. frequency display. Use the preset
buttons to enter the code (see page
221 ).
The battery gives off explosive On vehicles with navigation system

hydrogen gas during normal The navigation system will also
operation. disable itself. The next time you turn
on the ignition switch, the system
A spark or flame can cause the will require you to enter a PIN
battery to explode with enough before it can be used. Refer to the
force to kill or seriously hurt you. navigation system manual.
Wear protective clothing and a

face shield, or have a skilled
technician do the battery
maintenance.
346
2009 Civic Coupe


Vehicle Storage
If you need to park your vehicle for Block the rear wheels. Cover the vehicle with a
an extended period (more than 1 breathable cover, one made
month), there are several things you If the vehicle is to be stored for a from a porous material such as
should do to prepare it for storage. longer period, it should be cotton. Non-porous materials, such
Proper preparation helps prevent supported on jackstands so the as plastic sheeting, trap moisture,
deterioration and makes it easier to tires are off the ground. which can damage the paint.
get your vehicle back on the road. If
possible, store your vehicle indoors. Leave one window open slightly (if If possible, periodically run the
the vehicle is being stored engine until it reaches full
Fill the fuel tank. indoors). operating temperature (the
cooling fans cycle on and off
Wash and dry the exterior Disconnect the battery. twice). Preferably, do this once a
completely. month.
Support the front wiper blade
Maintenance
Clean the interior. Make sure the arms with a folded towel or rag so
carpeting, floor mats, etc., are they do not touch the windshield.
completely dry.
To minimize sticking, apply a
Leave the parking brake off. Put silicone spray lubricant to all door
the transmission in reverse and trunk seals. Also, apply a
(manual) or Park (automatic). vehicle body wax to the painted
surfaces that mate with the door
and trunk seals.
347
2009 Civic Coupe

348
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Taking Care of the Unexpected
This section covers the more Compact Spare Tire....................... 350

common problems that motorists Changing a Flat Tire ..................... 351
experience with their vehicles. It If the Engine Wont Start .............. 355
gives you information about how to Jump Starting ................................. 357
safely evaluate the problem and what If the Engine Overheats ............... 359
to do to correct it. If the problem has Low Oil Pressure Indicator .......... 361
stranded you on the side of the road, Charging System Indicator........... 361
you may be able to get going again. Malfunction Indicator Lamp ........ 362
If not, you will also find instructions Brake System Indicator ................ 363
on getting your vehicle towed. Fuses ............................................... 364
Fuse Locations ............................... 368
Emergency Towing ....................... 370

349
2009 Civic Coupe


Compact Spare Tire
Use the compact spare tire as a Do not mount tire chains on the INDICATOR LOCATION MARK
temporary replacement only. Get compact spare tire.
your regular tire repaired or replaced,
and put it back on your vehicle as Do not use your compact spare
soon as you can. tire on another vehicle unless it is
the same make and model.
Check the inflation pressure of the
compact spare tire every time you On Si model
check the other tires. It should be Do not use a compact spare tire
inflated to: mounted on a front wheel; it will
damage the limited slip differential
60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm ) (see page 351 ). TREAD WEAR INDICATOR
Follow these precautions: All U.S. models Replace the tire when you can see
The low tire pressure indicator the tread wear indicator bars. The
Never exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). comes on and stays on after you replacement should be the same size
replace the flat tire with the and design tire, mounted on the
This tire gives a harsher ride and compact spare tire. After several same wheel. The spare tire is not
less traction on some road miles (kilometers) driving with the designed to be mounted on a regular
surfaces. Use greater caution compact spare tire, the TPMS wheel, and the spare wheel is not
while driving. indicator comes on and the low designed for mounting a regular tire.
tire pressure indicator goes off.
350
2009 Civic Coupe


Changing a Flat Tire
If you have a flat tire while driving, JACK TOOL CASE

stop in a safe place to change it.
Drive slowly along the shoulder until The vehicle can easily roll off
you get to an exit or an area that is the jack, seriously injuring
far away from the traffic lanes. anyone underneath.
The compact spare tire is smaller Follow the directions for

than a standard tire, and it will affect changing a tire exactly, and
the vehicles handling. Drive never get under the vehicle
cautiously when the spare is when it is supported only by the
mounted on your vehicle. jack.
TRUNK FLOOR SPARE TIRE
On Si model only
The size difference may also cause 1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and 3. Open the trunk. Raise the trunk
damage to the differential, so do not non-slippery ground. Put the floor by lifting up on the back edge.
mount the compact spare on the transmission in Park (automatic)

front. If either front tire goes flat, or reverse (manual). Apply the 4. Take the tool kit case out of the
remove the rear tire on that same parking brake. trunk.
side, mount the compact spare tire
on the rear, then mount the rear tire 2. Turn on the hazard warning lights, 5. Unscrew the wing bolt, and take
on the front. and turn the ignition switch to the the spare tire out of its well.
LOCK (0) position. Have all
passengers get out of the vehicle
while you change the tire.
CONTINUED
351
2009 Civic Coupe


JACKING POINTS
WHEEL NUT WRENCH
6. Canadian DX-G model 7. Loosen each wheel nut 1/2 turn 8. Place the jack under the jacking
Remove the center cap from the with the wheel nut wrench. point nearest the tire you need to
wheel with the extension. change. Turn the end bracket
clockwise until the top of the jack
contacts the jacking point. Make
sure the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
352
2009 Civic Coupe


WHEEL NUTS
WHEEL NUT WRENCH EXTENSION WHEEL NUTS WHEEL COVER BRAKE HUB
9. Use the extension and the wheel DX, and U.S. LX models 11. Before mounting the spare tire,
nut wrench as shown to raise the Do not attempt to forcibly pry the wipe any dirt off the mounting
vehicle until the flat tire is off the wheel cover off with a screwdriver surface of the wheel and hub with

ground. or other tool. The wheel cover a clean cloth. Wipe the hub
cannot be removed without first carefully; it may be hot from
10. Remove the wheel nuts, then removing the wheel nuts. driving.
remove the flat tire. Handle the
wheel nuts carefully; they may be
hot from driving. Place the flat tire
on the ground with the outside
surface facing up.
CONTINUED
353
2009 Civic Coupe


12. Put on the spare tire. Put the 14. Tighten the wheel nuts securely in 15. On EX, EX-L and Si models in the U.S.,
wheel nuts back on finger-tight, the same crisscross pattern. Have and LX, EX-L and Si models in
then tighten them in a crisscross the wheel nut torque checked at Canada
pattern with the wheel nut wrench the nearest automotive service Remove the center cap from the
until the wheel is firmly against facility. flat tire.
the hub. Do not try to tighten the
wheel nuts fully. Tighten the wheel nuts to:
80 lbfft (108 Nm , 11 kgfm)
13. Lower the vehicle to the ground,
and remove the jack.
354
2009 Civic Coupe


Changing a Flat Tire, If the Engine Wont Start
SPACER CONE WING BOLT

If the Engine Wont Start
Diagnosing why the engine wont
Loose items can fly around the start falls into two areas, depending
interior in a crash and could on what you hear when you turn the
seriously injure the occupants. ignition switch to the START (III)
position:
Store the wheel, jack, and tools
securely before driving. You hear nothing, or almost
For For normal nothing. The engines starter
compact tire motor does not operate at all, or
spare tire 20. Store the wheel cover or center operates very slowly.
cap in the trunk. Make sure it does
not get scratched or damaged. You can hear the starter motor
16. Place the flat tire face down in the operating normally, or the starter
spare tire well. 21. Lower the trunk floor, then close motor sounds like it is spinning
the trunk lid. faster than normal, but the engine

17. Remove the spacer cone from the does not start up and run.
wing bolt, turn it over, and put it 22. On all U.S. models
back on the bolt. Your vehicles original tire has a
tire pressure monitoring system
18. Secure the flat tire by screwing sensor. To replace a tire, refer to
the wing bolt back into its hole. Changing a Tire with TPMS (see
page 298 ).
19. Store the jack and tools in the tool
kit case. Place the tool kit case in
the center of the flat tire.
355
2009 Civic Coupe


If the Engine Wont Start
Nothing Happens or the Starter Turn the ignition switch to the than normal, when you turn the
Motor Operates Very Slowly START (III) position. If the ignition switch to the START (III)
When you turn the ignition switch to headlights do not dim, check the position, but the engine does not run.
the START (III) position, you do not condition of the fuses. If the fuses Are you using a properly coded
hear the normal noise of the engine are OK, there is probably key? An improperly coded key will
trying to start. You may hear a something wrong with the cause the immobilizer system
clicking sound, a series of clicks, or electrical circuit for the ignition indicator in the instrument panel
nothing at all. switch or starter motor. You will to blink rapidly (see page 78 ).
Check these things: need a qualified technician to
determine the problem. See Are you using the proper starting
Check the transmission interlock. Emergency Towing on page 370 . procedure? Refer to Starting the
If you have a manual transmission, Engine on page 282 .
the clutch pedal must be pushed If the headlights dim noticeably or
all the way to the floor or the go out when you try to start the Do you have fuel? Check the fuel
starter will not operate. With an engine, either the battery is gauge; the low fuel indicator may
automatic transmission, it must be discharged or the connections are not be working.
in Park or neutral. corroded. Check the condition of
the battery and terminal connec- There may be an electrical
Turn the ignition switch to the ON tions (see page 345 ). You can problem, such as no power to the
(II) position. Turn on the then try jump starting the vehicle fuel pump. Check all the fuses
headlights, and check their from a booster battery (see page (see page 364 ).
brightness. If the headlights are 357 ).
very dim or do not come on at all, If you find nothing wrong, you will
the battery is discharged. See The Starter Operates Normally need a qualified technician to find
Jump Starting on page 357 . In this case, the starter motors the problem. See Emergency
speed sounds normal, or even faster Towing on page 370 .
356
2009 Civic Coupe


Jump Starting
Although this seems like a simple To jump start your vehicle: DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L
procedure, you should take several 1. Open the hood, and check the
precautions. physical condition of the battery.
In very cold weather, check the
condition of the electrolyte. If it
seems slushy or frozen, do not try
A battery can explode if you do jump starting until it thaws.
not follow the correct procedure,
seriously injuring anyone
nearby.
If a battery sits in extreme cold, the
Keep all sparks, open flames, electrolyte inside can f reeze. BOOSTER BATTERY
and smoking materials away Attempting to jump start with a f rozen
from the battery. battery can cause it to rupture. The numbers in the illustrations
show you the order to connect the
2. Turn off all the electrical jumper cables.

You cannot start your vehicle with an accessories: heater, A/C, audio
automatic transmission by pushing system, lights, etc. Put the
or pulling it. transmission in neutral (manual)
or Park (automatic), and set the
parking brake.
CONTINUED
357
2009 Civic Coupe


Jump Starting
BOOSTER BATTERY
3. Connect one jumper cable to the 4. Connect the second jumper cable 6. Start the vehicle. If the starter
positive () terminal on your to the negative () terminal on motor still operates slowly, check
battery. Connect the other end to the booster battery. Connect the that the jumper cables have good
the positive () terminal on the other end to the grounding strap metal-to-metal contact.
booster battery. as shown. Do not connect this
jumper cable to any other part of
the engine.
5. If the booster battery is in another

vehicle, have an assistant start
that vehicle and run it at a fast idle.
358
2009 Civic Coupe


Jump Starting, If the Engine Overheats
7. Once your vehicle is running, If the Engine Overheats

disconnect the negative cable from The reading of the vehicles
your vehicle, then from the temperature gauge should stay in Steam and spray from an
booster battery. Disconnect the the midrange. If it climbs to the red overheated engine can
positive cable from your vehicle, mark, you should determine the seriously scald you.
then from the booster battery. reason (hot day, driving up a steep
hill, etc.). Do not open the hood if steam
Keep the ends of the jumper cables is coming out.
away from each other and any metal If the vehicle overheats, you
on the vehicle until everything is should take immediate action. The
disconnected. Otherwise, you may only indication may be the 1. Safely pull to the side of the road.
cause an electrical short. temperature gauge climbing to or Put the transmission in neutral
above the red mark. Or you may (manual) or Park (automatic), and
see steam or spray coming from set the parking brake. Turn off all
under the hood. accessories, and turn on the
hazard warning lights.

2. If you see steam and/or spray
Driving with the temperature gauge coming from under the hood, turn
reading at the red mark can cause off the engine. Wait until you see
serious damage to the engine. no more signs of steam or spray,
then open the hood.
CONTINUED
359
2009 Civic Coupe


If the Engine Overheats
3. If you do not see steam or spray, 7. If there was no coolant in the 9. Start the engine, and set the
leave the engine running and reserve tank, you may need to add temperature control dial to
watch the temperature gauge. If coolant to the radiator. Let the maximum heat. Add coolant to the
the high heat is due to overloading, engine cool down until the reading radiator up to the base of the filler
the engine should start to cool reaches the middle of the neck. If you do not have the
down almost immediately. If it temperature gauge, or lower, proper coolant mixture available,
does, wait until the temperature before checking the radiator. you can add plain water.
gauge comes down to the midpoint, Remember to have the cooling
then continue driving. system drained and refilled with
the proper mixture as soon as you
4. If the temperature gauge stays at Removing the radiator cap can.
the red mark, turn off the engine. while the engine is hot can
cause the coolant to spray out, 10. Put the radiator cap back on
5. Look for any obvious coolant leaks, seriously scalding you. tightly. Run the engine, and check
such as a split radiator hose. the temperature gauge. If it goes
Everything is still extremely hot, Always let the engine and back to the red mark, the engine
so use caution. If you find a leak, it radiator cool down before needs repair (see Emergency
must be repaired before you removing the radiator cap. Towing on page 370 ).
continue driving (see Emergency
Towing on page 370 ). 8. Using gloves or a large heavy 11. If the temperature stays normal,
cloth, turn the radiator cap check the coolant level in the
6. If you dont find an obvious leak, counterclockwise, without pushing radiator reserve tank. If it has
check the coolant level in the down, to the first stop. After the gone down, add coolant to the
radiator reserve tank (see page pressure releases, push down on MAX mark. Put the cap back on
269 ). Add coolant if the level is the cap, and turn it until it comes tightly.
below the MIN mark. off.
360
2009 Civic Coupe


Low Oil Pressure Indicator, Charging System Indicator
Low Oil Pressure Indicator 1. Safely pull off the road, and shut Charging System Indicator
This indicator should never off the engine. Turn on the hazard If the charging system
come on when the engine is warning indicators. indicator comes on brightly
running. If it starts flashing or stays when the engine is running, the
on, the oil pressure has dropped very 2. Let the vehicle sit for a minute. battery is not being charged.
low or lost pressure. Serious engine Open the hood, and check the oil
damage is possible, and you should level (see page 267 ). An engine Immediately turn off all electrical
take immediate action. very low on oil can lose pressure accessories. Try not to use other
during cornering and other driving electrically operated controls such as
maneuvers. the power windows. Keep the engine
running; starting the engine will
Running the engine with low oil 3. If necessary, add oil to bring the discharge the battery rapidly.
pressure can cause serious mechanical level back to the full mark on the
damage almost immediately. Turn of f dipstick (see page 312 ). Go to a service station or garage
the engine as soon as you can saf ely get where you can get technical
the vehicle stopped. 4. Start the engine, and watch the oil assistance.

pressure indicator. If it does not go
out within 10 seconds, turn off the
engine. There is a mechanical
problem that needs to be repaired
before you can continue driving
(see Emergency Towing on page
370 ).
361
2009 Civic Coupe


Malfunction Indicator Lamp
If the indicator comes on If the indicator comes on repeatedly, these codes are set. If they are not
while driving, it means one even though it may turn off as you set, the test cannot be completed.
of the engines emissions control continue driving, have your vehicle
systems may have a problem. Even checked by the dealer as soon as If the battery in your vehicle has
though you may feel no difference in possible. been disconnected or gone dead,
your vehicles performance, it can these codes may be erased. It can
reduce your fuel economy and cause take several days of driving under
increased emissions. Continued various conditions to set the codes
operation may cause serious damage. If you keep driving with the again.
malf unction indicator lamp on, you can
If you have recently refueled your damage your vehicles emissions To check if they are set, turn the
vehicle, the indicator coming on controls and engine. Those repairs may ignition switch to the ON (II)
could be due to a loose or missing not be covered by your vehicles position, without starting the engine.
fuel fill cap. You will also see a warranties. The malfunction indicator lamp will
CHECK FUEL CAP message on come on for 20 seconds. If it then
the information display. Tighten the If your vehicle has an automatic goes off, the readiness codes are set.
cap until it clicks at least once. transmission, the malfunction If it blinks five times, the readiness
Tightening the cap will not turn the indicator lamp may also come on codes are not set. If possible, do not
indicator off immediately; it can take with the D indicator. take your vehicle for an emissions
several days of normal driving. test until the readiness codes are set.
Readiness Codes Refer to Emissions Testing for
Your vehicle has certain readiness more information (see page 388 ).
codes that are part of the on-board
diagnostics for the emissions
systems. In some states, part of the
emissions testing is to make sure
362
2009 Civic Coupe


Brake System Indicator
U.S. Canada The brake system However, if the brake pedal does not If the ABS indicator and the VSA
indicator normally feel normal, you should take system indicator (if equipped) come
comes on when immediate action. A problem in one on with the brake system indicator,
you turn the ignition switch to the part of the systems dual circuit have your vehicle inspected by your
ON (II) position and as a reminder to design will still give you braking at dealer immediately.
check the parking brake. It will stay two wheels. You will feel the brake
on if you do not fully release the pedal go down much farther before
parking brake. the vehicle begins to slow down, and
you will have to press harder on the
If the brake system indicator comes pedal.
on while driving, the brake fluid level
is probably low. Press lightly on the Slow down by shifting to a lower
brake pedal to see if it feels normal. gear, and pull to the side of the road
If it does, check the brake fluid level when it is safe. Because of the long
the next time you stop at a service distance needed to stop, it is
station (see page 322 ). hazardous to drive the vehicle. You

should have it towed and repaired as
If the fluid level is low, take your soon as possible (see Emergency
vehicle to a dealer, and have the Towing on page 370 ).
brake system inspected for leaks or
worn brake pads. If you must drive the vehicle a short
distance in this condition, drive
slowly and carefully.
363
2009 Civic Coupe


Fuses
INTERIOR UNDER-HOOD Checking and Replacing Fuses

If something electrical in your
vehicle stops working, check for a
blown fuse first. Determine from the
chart on pages 368 and 369 , or the
diagram on the fuse box lid, which
fuse or fuses control that device.
Check those fuses first, but check all
TAB the fuses before deciding that a
blown fuse is the cause. Replace any
blown fuses, and check if the device
FUSE LABEL works.
The vehicles fuses are contained in The under-hood fuse box is in the
two fuse boxes. engine compartment on the drivers
side, next to the brake fluid reservoir.
The interior fuse box is on the To open it, push the tabs as shown.
drivers lower left side.
364
2009 Civic Coupe


Fuses
FUSE BLOWN FUSE BLOWN
FUSE PULLER
1. Turn the ignition switch to the 3. Check each of the large fuses in 4. Check the smaller fuses in the
LOCK (0) position. Make sure the the under-hood fuse box by under-hood fuse box and all the
headlights and all other looking through the top at the wire fuses in the interior fuse box by

accessories are off. inside. Removing these fuses pulling out each one with the fuse
requires a Phillips-head screw- puller provided on the back of the
2. Remove the cover from the fuse driver. under-hood fuse box cover.
box.
CONTINUED
365
2009 Civic Coupe


Fuses
If you cannot drive the vehicle

BLOWN without fixing the problem, and you
do not have a spare fuse, take a fuse Replacing a f use with one that has a
of the same rating or a lower rating higher rating greatly increases the
from one of the other circuits. Make chances of damaging the electrical
sure you can do without that circuit system. If you do not have a
temporarily (such as the accessory replacement f use with the proper rating
power socket or radio). f or the circuit, install one with a lower
rating.
If you replace the blown fuse with a
spare fuse that has a lower rating, it 6. If the replacement fuse of the
might blow out again. This does not same rating blows in a short time,
indicate anything wrong. Replace the there is probably a serious
5. Look for a blown wire inside the fuse with one of the correct rating as electrical problem in your vehicle.
fuse. If it is blown, replace it with soon as you can. Leave the blown fuse in that
one of the spare fuses of the same circuit and have your vehicle
rating or lower. checked by a qualified technician.
366
2009 Civic Coupe


Fuses
All models except DX and Canadian

SPARE FUSES
DX-G
If the drivers power window fuse is
removed, the AUTO function of the
drivers window will be disabled. You
should reset the AUTO feature, (see
page 103 ).
If the radio fuse is removed, the

audio system may disable itself. The
next time you turn on the radio, you
FUSE PULLER will see ENTER CODE in the
frequency display. Use the preset
Your vehicle has spare fuses on the buttons to enter the five-digit code
back of the under-hood fuse box (see page 221 ).
cover.

When the audio system is disabled,
the clock setting in the audio system
will be canceled. You will need to
reset the clock (see page 222 ).
367
2009 Civic Coupe


Fuse Locations
UNDER-HOOD FUSE BOX No. Amps. Circuits Protected

5 Not Used
6 20 A Sub Fan Motor
7 30 A Main Fan Motor (A/T)
20 A Main Fan Motor (M/T)
8 40 A Rear Defroster
9 40 A Blower
10 10 A Hazard
11 15 A FI Sub
12 15 A Stop, Horn
13 Not Used
14 Not Used
15 7.5 A Oil Level Sensor
16 Not Used
17 (15 A) Audio Amp2
No. Amps. Circuits Protected 18 15 A Ignition Coil
1 100 A Main Fuse 19 15 A FI Main
(70 A) EPS2 20 7.5 A MG Clutch
2 60 A Option Main 21 15 A DBW
50 A Ignition Switch Main 22 7.5 A Interior Light
3 30 A ABS/VSA Motor 23 10 A Back Up
30 A ABS/VSA F/S
40 A 1 1 : Si model with VSA
4 50 A Headlight Main 2 : If equipped
40 A Power Window Main
368
2009 Civic Coupe


Fuse Locations
INTERIOR FUSE BOX No. Amps. Circuits Protected

17 10 A Left Headlight Low Beam
18 20 A Headlight High Beam Main
19 15 A Small Lights Main
20 Not Used
21 20 A Headlight Low Beam Main
22 Not Used
23 Not Used
24 (20 A) Moonroof
25 20 A Door Lock
26 20 A Drivers Power Window
27 (20 A) HAC Option
28 (15 A) Rear Accessory Socket
29 15 A Accessory
No. Amps. Circuits Protected No. Amps. Circuits Protected 30 20 A Front Passengers Power
1 7.5 A Power Window 9 7.5 A ODS (Occupant Detection Window

2 15 A Fuel Pump System) 31 Not Used
3 10 A IG1 ACG 10 7.5 A Meter 32 Not Used
4 7.5 A ABS/VSA 11 10 A SRS 33 Not Used
5 (15 A) Heated Seats 12 10 A Right Headlight High Beam 34 Not Used
6 (20 A) Front Fog Lights 13 10 A Left Headlight High Beam 35 7.5 A Accessory, Radio
7 7.5 A TPMS 14 7.5 A Small Lights (Interior) 36 10 A IG2 HAC
8 Not Used 15 7.5 A Small Lights (Exterior) 37 7.5 A Daytime Running Lights
16 10 A Right Headlight Low Beam 38 30 A Front Wiper
: If equipped
369
2009 Civic Coupe


Emergency Towing
If your vehicle needs to be towed, If, due to damage, your vehicle must
call a professional towing service or be towed with the front wheels on
organization. Never tow your vehicle the ground, do this: Improper towing preparation will
with just a rope or chain. It is very damage the transmission. Follow the
dangerous. Manual transmission: above procedure exactly. If you cannot
Release the parking brake. shif t the transmission or start the
There are two ways to tow your Shift the transmission to neutral. engine (automatic transmission), your
vehicle: Leave the ignition switch in the vehicle must be transported with the
ACCESSORY (I) position so the f ront wheels of f the ground.
Flat-bed Equipment The operator steering wheel does not lock.
loads your vehicle on the back of a With the front wheels on the ground,
truck. This is the best way to Automatic transmission: do not tow the vehicle more than 50
transport your vehicle. Start the engine. miles (80 km), and keep the speed
Press on the brake pedal. Move below 35 mph (55 km/h).
Wheel-lift Equipment The tow the shift lever through all its
truck uses two pivoting arms that go positions. Do not tie down the vehicle at an
under the front tires and lift them off Shift to D position for 5 seconds, angle that would allow the towing
the ground. The rear tires remain on then to N. cables to contact the vehicles front
the ground. This is an acceptable Turn off the engine. bumper. To avoid possible damage,
way to tow your vehicle. Release the parking brake. protect the front bumper with tape.
Leave the ignition switch in the
ACCESSORY (I) position so the If your vehicle is equipped with a
steering wheel does not lock. front spoiler, remove it before
towing so it is not damaged.
370
2009 Civic Coupe


Emergency Towing
Trying to lif t or tow your vehicle by the The steering system can be damaged if
bumpers will cause serious damage. the steering wheel is locked. Leave the
The bumpers are not designed to ignition switch in the ACCESSORY (I)
support the vehicles weight. position, and make sure the steering
wheel turns f reely bef ore you begin
towing.

371
2009 Civic Coupe

372
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Technical Information
The diagrams in this section give Identification Numbers ................. 374 Emissions Controls........................ 385
you the dimensions and capacities of Specifications ................................. 376 The Clean Air Act ...................... 385
your vehicle and the locations of the DOT Tire Quality Grading Crankcase Emissions Control
identification numbers. It also (U.S. Vehicles) ....................... 379 System..................................... 385
includes information you should Uniform Tire Quality Evaporative Emissions Control
know about your vehicles tires and Grading ................................... 379 System..................................... 385
emissions control systems. Treadwear .................................. 379 Onboard Refueling Vapor
Traction....................................... 379 Recovery ................................. 385
Temperature .............................. 380 Exhaust Emissions Controls .... 386
Tire Labeling .................................. 381 PGM-FI System ..................... 386
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Ignition Timing Control
(TPMS) Required Federal System................................. 386
Explanation............................. 383 Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) System .................... 386
Three Way Catalytic
Converter ............................ 386
Replacement Parts..................... 386
Three Way Catalytic Converter ... 387
Emissions Testing ......................... 388
373
2009 Civic Coupe


Identification Numbers
Your vehicle has several identifying

numbers located in various places. LID
The vehicle identification number

(VIN) is the 17-digit number your VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
dealer uses to register your vehicle
for warranty purposes. It is also
necessary for licensing and insuring
your vehicle. The easiest place to
find the VIN is on a plate fastened to
the top of the dashboard. You can
see it by looking through the
windshield on the drivers side. It is
also on the certification label
attached to the drivers doorjamb,
and is stamped on the engine
compartment bulkhead. The VIN is
also provided in bar code on the
certification label.
To access the VIN in the engine

compartment, slide the lid on the
back of the engine compartment.
Make sure to close the lid before
closing the hood. CERTIFICATION LABEL
374
2009 Civic Coupe


Identification Numbers
The engine number is stamped into DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, and EX-L
the engine block. It is on the front.
The transmission number is on a

label on top of the transmission. ENGINE NUMBER
AUTOMATIC/MANUAL
TRANSMISSION NUMBER
Si
ENGINE NUMBER
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
NUMBER
375
2009 Civic Coupe


Specifications
Dimensions Engine
Length 174.8 in (4,440 mm) Type Water cooled 4-stroke
Width 68.9 in (1,751 mm) SOHC VTEC1, DOHC i-VTEC2
Height 53.5 in (1,358 mm) 4-cylinder gasoline engine
Wheelbase 104.3 in (2,650 mm) Bore x Stroke 3.19 x 3.44 in (81.0 x 87.3 mm)1
Track Front 59.0 in (1,499 mm) 3.39 x 3.39 in (86 x 86 mm)2
Rear 59.9 in (1,522 mm) 1 Displacement 110 cu-in (1,799 cm ) 1
60.2 in (1,528 mm) 2 122 cu-in (1,998 cm ) 2
Compression ratio 10.5 1
1 : LX, Canadian DX-G (M/T), EX, EX-L 11.0 2
2 : DX, Canadian DX-G (A/T) Spark plugs1 NGK: IZFR6K-11S
DENSO: SKJ20DR-M11S
Seating Capacities Spark plugs2 NGK: IFR7G-11KS
Total 5 DENSO: SK22PR-M11S
Front 2
Rear 3 1 : DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L
2 : Si
Weights
Gross vehicle weight rating See the certification label attached
to the drivers doorjamb.
376
2009 Civic Coupe


Specifications
Capacities Air Conditioning

Fuel tank Approx. 13.2 US gal (50 ) Refrigerant type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Engine Change1 A/T 1.45 US gal (5.5 )3 Charge quantity 14.115.9 oz (400450 g)
coolant M/T 1.37 US gal (5.2 )3 Lubricant oil type SP-10
1.19 US gal (4.5 )4
Total A/T 1.88 US gal (7.1 )3 Lights
M/T 1.72 US gal (6.5 )3 Headlights (HI) 12 V 60 W (HB3)
1.80 US gal (6.8 )4 Headlights (LO) 12 V 51 W (HB4)
Engine oil Change2 Front turn signal/Side marker/ 12 V 28/8 W (Amber)
Including 3.9 US qt (3.7 )3 Parking light
filter 4.6 US qt (4.4 )4 Fog lights2 12 V 55 W (H11)
Without filter 3.7 US qt (3.5 )3 Rear turn signal lights 12 V 21 W (Amber)
4.4 US qt (4.2 )4 Stop/Taillights 12 V 21/5 W
Total 4.8 US qt (4.5 )3 Rear side marker lights 12 V 3 CP
5.8 US qt (5.5 )4 Back-up lights 12 V 18 W
Manual Change 1.5 US qt (1.4 )3 High-mount brake light 1
12 V 21 W
transmission 1.6 US qt (1.5 )4 License plate lights 12 V 3 CP
fluid Total 1.7 US qt (1.6 )3 Ceiling light 12 V 8 W
1.8 US qt (1.7 )4 Spotlights 12 V 8 W
Automatic Change 2.5 US qt (2.4 ) Trunk light 12 V 5 W
transmission Total 6.2 US qt (5.9 ) 1 : U.S. DX and LX
fluid Canada: DX, DX-G, LX
Windshield U.S. Vehicles 2.6 US qt (2.5 ) EX, EX-L, Si: Replacement of the light should be done by your
washer Canada 4.8 US qt (4.5 ) dealer.
reservoir Vehicles 2 : If equipped
1 : Including the coolant in the reserve tank and that remaining in
the engine
Reserve tank capacity: 0.11 US gal (0.4 )
2 : Excluding the oil remaining in the engine
3 : U.S.: DX, LX, EX, EX-L Canada: DX, DX-G, LX, EX-L
4 : Si
377
2009 Civic Coupe


Specifications
Battery Tires
Capacity 12 V 36 AH/5 HR 1 Size Front/Rear P195/65R15 89H 1
12 V 38 AH/5 HR 2, 3 P195/65R15 89S 2
12 V 45 AH/20 HR 1 P205/55R16 89H 3
12 V 47 AH/20 HR 2, 3 P215/45R17 87V 4
215/45ZR17 91W 5
1 : U.S.: DX, LX, EX, EX-L Spare T125/70D15 95M 6
2 : Canada: DX, DX-G, LX, EX-L T135/80R16 101M 7
3 : Si T125/70D16 96M 8
Pressure Front/Rear 32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 kgf/cm )
Fuses Spare 60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )
Interior See page 369 or the fuse label
attached to the dashboard. 1 : U.S.: DX
Under-hood See page 368 or the fuse box Canada: DX, DX-G with automatic transmission
cover. 2 : Canada: DX-G with manual transmission
3 : LX, EX, EX-L
Alignment 4 : Si (all season tires)
Toe-in Front 0.00 in (0.0 mm) 5 : Optional for U.S. Si (summer tires)
Rear 0.08 in (2.0 mm) 6 : U.S.: DX, LX, EX
Camber Front 0 Canada: DX, DX-G, LX, EX-L without VSA
Rear 045 1 7 : U.S.: EX-L and Si
130 2 Canada: EX-L and Si with VSA
Caster Front 7 8 : Canada: Si without VSA
1 : LX, Canadian DX-G (M/T), EX, EX-L

2 : DX, Canadian DX-G (A/T)
378
2009 Civic Coupe


DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all Treadwear Traction

U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. The treadwear grade is a compara- The traction grades, from highest to
All tires are also graded for tive rating based on the wear rate of lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those
treadwear, traction, and temperature the tire when tested under controlled grades represent the tires ability to
performance according to conditions on a specified government stop on wet pavement as measured
Department of Transportation test course. For example, a tire under controlled conditions on
(DOT) standards. The following graded 150 would wear one and one- specified government test surfaces
explains these gradings. half (1 1/2) times as well on the of asphalt and concrete. A tire
government course as a tire graded marked C may have poor traction
Uniform Tire Quality Grading 100. The relative performance of performance.
Quality grades can be found where tires depends upon the actual condi-
applicable on the tire sidewall tions of their use, however, and may Warning: The traction grade
between tread shoulder and depart significantly from the norm assigned to this tire is based on
maximum section width. For due to variations in driving habits, straight-ahead braking traction tests,
example: service practices and differences in and does not include acceleration,
Treadwear 200 road characteristics and climate. cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
Traction AA traction characteristics.
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
379
2009 Civic Coupe


DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Temperature Warning: The temperature grade for

The temperature grades are A (the this tire is established for a tire that
highest), B, and C, representing the is properly inflated and not
tires resistance to the generation of overloaded. Excessive speed,
heat and its ability to dissipate heat underinflation, or excessive loading,
when tested under controlled either separately or in combination,
conditions on a specified indoor can cause heat buildup and possible
laboratory test wheel. Sustained high tire failure.
temperature can cause the material
of the tire to degenerate and reduce
tire life, and excessive temperature
can lead to sudden tire failure. The
grade C corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger car
tires must meet under the Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.
109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than the
minimum required by law.
380
2009 Civic Coupe


Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle Tire Size 89 Load index (a numerical code
have a number of markings. Those Whenever tires are replaced, they associated with the maximum
you should be aware of are described should be replaced with tires of the load the tire can carry).
below. same size. Following is an example
of tire size with an explanation of H Speed symbol (an
Tire Labeling Example what each component means. alphabetical code indicating
(1) the maximum speed rating).
P205/55R16 89H
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
P Vehicle type (P indicates The tire identification number (TIN)
passenger vehicle). is a group of numbers and letters
that look like the following example.
205 Tire width in millimeters. TIN is located on the sidewall of the
tire.
55 Aspect ratio (the tires section
height as a percentage of its DOT B97R FW6X 2202
width).
DOT This indicates that the tire
(4) (1) R Tire construction code (R meets all requirements of
indicates radial). the U.S. Department of
(3) (2) Transportation.
16 Rim diameter in inches.
(1) Tire Size B97R Manufacturers
(2) Tire Identification Number (TIN) identification mark.
(3) Maximum Tire Pressure
(4) Maximum Tire Load CONTINUED
381
2009 Civic Coupe


Tire Labeling
FW6X Tire type code.
2202 Date of manufacture.

Year
Week
Maximum Tire Pressure

Max Press The maximum air
pressure the tire can
hold.
Maximum Tire Load

Max Load The maximum load the
tire can carry at
maximum air pressure.
382
2009 Civic Coupe


Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation
U.S. models only As an added safety feature, your Driving on a significantly under-
Each tire, including the spare (if vehicle has been equipped with a tire inflated tire causes the tire to
provided), should be checked pressure monitoring system (TPMS) overheat and can lead to tire failure.
monthly when cold and inflated to that illuminates a low tire pressure Under-inflation also reduces fuel
the inflation pressure recommended telltale efficiency and tire tread life, and may
by the vehicle manufacturer on the affect the vehicles handling and
vehicle placard or tire inflation stopping ability.
pressure label.
when one or more of your tires is Please note that the TPMS is not a
(If your vehicle has tires of a significantly under-inflated. substitute for proper tire
different size than the size indicated maintenance, and it is the drivers
on the vehicle placard or tire Accordingly, when the low tire responsibility to maintain correct tire
inflation pressure label, you should pressure telltale illuminates, you pressure, even if under-inflation has
determine the proper tire inflation should stop and check your tires as not reached the level to trigger
pressure for those tires.) soon as possible, and inflate them to illumination of the TPMS low tire
the proper pressure. pressure telltale.
CONTINUED
383
2009 Civic Coupe


Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation
Your vehicle has also been equipped Always check the TPMS malfunction
with a TPMS malfunction indicator telltale after replacing one or more
to indicate when the system is not tires or wheels on your vehicle to
operating properly. The TPMS ensure that the replacement or
malfunction indicator is provided by alternate tires and wheels allow the
a separate telltale, which displays the TPMS to continue to function
symbol TPMS when illuminated. properly.
When the malfunction indicator is

illuminated,
the system may not be able to detect

or signal low tire pressure as
intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a

variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or
alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly.
384
2009 Civic Coupe


Emissions Controls
The burning of gasoline in your The Clean Air Act intake manifold. They are then
vehicles engine produces several by- The United States Clean Air Act drawn into the engine and burned.
products. Some of these are carbon sets standards for automobile
monoxide (CO), oxides of nitrogen emissions. It also requires that Evaporative Emissions Control
(NOx), and hydrocarbons (HC). automobile manufacturers explain to System
Gasoline evaporating from the tank owners how their emissions controls As gasoline evaporates in the fuel
also produces hydrocarbons. Con- work and what to do to maintain tank, an evaporative emissions
trolling the production of NOx, CO, them. This section summarizes how control canister filled with charcoal
and HC is important to the environ- the emissions controls work. adsorbs the vapor. It is stored in this
ment. Under certain conditions of canister while the engine is off. After

sunlight and climate, NOx and HC In Canada, Honda vehicles comply the engine is started and warmed up,
react to form photochemical smog. with the Canadian emission the vapor is drawn into the engine
Carbon monoxide does not contri- requirements, as specified in an and burned during driving.
bute to smog creation, but it is a agreement with Environment
poisonous gas. Canada, at the time they are Onboard Refueling Vapor
manufactured. Recovery
The onboard refueling vapor
Crankcase Emissions Control recovery (ORVR) system captures
System the fuel vapors during refueling. The
Your vehicle has a positive vapors are adsorbed in a canister
crankcase ventilation system. This filled with activated carbon. While
keeps gasses that build up in the driving, the fuel vapors are drawn
engines crankcase from going into into the engine and burned off.
the atmosphere. The positive
crankcase ventilation valve routes
them from the crankcase back to the
385
2009 Civic Coupe


Emissions Controls
Exhaust Emissions Controls much air is going into the engine. It Three Way Catalytic Converter
The exhaust emissions controls then controls how much fuel to inject The three way catalytic converter is
include three or four systems: under all operating conditions. in the exhaust system. Through
PGM-FI, ignition timing control, chemical reactions, it converts HC,
exhaust gas recirculation (DX, Ignition Timing Control System CO, and NOx in the engines exhaust
Canadian DX-G, LX, EX and EX-L), This system constantly adjusts the to carbon dioxide (CO2), nitrogen
and three way catalytic converter. ignition timing, reducing the amount (N2), and water vapor.
These systems work together to of HC, CO, and NOx produced.
control the engines combustion and Replacement Parts
minimize the amount of HC, CO, and Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) The emissions control systems are
NOx that comes out the tailpipe. The System designed and certified to work to-
exhaust emissions control systems On DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX and gether in reducing emissions to
are separate from the crankcase and EX-L models levels that comply with the Clean Air
evaporative emissions control The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) Act. To make sure the emissions
systems. system takes some of the exhaust remain low, you should use only new
gas and routes it back into the intake Honda replacement parts or their
PGM-FI System manifold. Adding exhaust gas to the equivalent for repairs. Using lower
The PGM-FI system uses sequential air/fuel mixture reduces the amount quality parts may increase the
multiport fuel injection. It has three of NOx produced when the fuel is emissions from your vehicle.
subsystems: air intake, engine burned.
control, and fuel control. The The emissions control systems are
powertrain control module (PCM) in covered by warranties separate from
automatic transmission vehicles or the rest of your vehicle. Read your
the engine control module (ECM) in warranty manual for more informa-
manual transmission vehicles uses tion.
various sensors to determine how
386
2009 Civic Coupe


Three Way Catalytic Converter
DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L Si model Always use unleaded gasoline.
Even a small amount of leaded
gasoline can contaminate the
catalyst metals, making the three
way catalytic converter ineffective.
Keep the engine well maintained.
Have your vehicle diagnosed and

repaired if it is misfiring, back-
firing, stalling, or otherwise not
THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER running properly.
The three way catalytic converter for the chemical reactions to take
contains precious metals that serve place. It can set on fire any
as catalysts, promoting chemical combustible materials that come
reactions to convert the exhaust near it. Park your vehicle away from
gasses without affecting the metals. high grass, dry leaves, or other
The catalytic converter is referred to flammables.
as a three-way catalyst, since it acts
on HC, CO, and NOx. A replacement A defective three way catalytic
unit must be an original Honda part converter contributes to air pollution,
or its equivalent. and can impair your engines per-
formance. Follow these guidelines to
The three way catalytic converter protect your vehicles three way
must operate at a high temperature catalytic converter.
387
2009 Civic Coupe


Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes If the testing facility determines that 4. Without touching the accelerator
If you take your vehicle for an the readiness codes are not set, you pedal, start the engine, and let it
emissions test shortly after the will be requested to return at a later idle for 20 seconds.
battery has been disconnected or date to complete the test. If you must
gone dead, it may not pass the test. get the vehicle retested within the 5. Keep the vehicle in Park
This is because of certain readiness next two or three days, you can (automatic transmission) or
codes that must be set in the on- condition the vehicle for retesting by neutral (manual transmission).
board diagnostics for the emissions doing the following. Increase the engine speed to 2,000
systems. These codes are erased rpm, and hold it there until the
when the battery is disconnected, 1. Make sure the gas tank is nearly, temperature gauge rises to at least
and set again only after several days but not completely, full (around 1/4 of the scale (about 3 minutes).
of driving under a variety of 3/4).
conditions. 6. Without touching the accelerator
2. Make sure the vehicle has been pedal, let the engine idle for 20
parked with the engine off for 6 seconds.
hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient

temperature is between 40 and
95F (4 and 35C).
388
2009 Civic Coupe


Emissions Testing
7. Select a nearby lightly traveled 8. Then drive in city/suburban

major highway where you can traffic for at least 10 minutes.
maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph When traffic conditions allow, let
(80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 the vehicle coast for several
minutes. Drive on the highway in seconds without using the
D (automatic) or 5th (manual). Do accelerator pedal or the brake
not use the cruise control. When pedal.
traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds
without moving the accelerator 9. Make sure the vehicle has been
pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary parked with the engine off for 30
slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot minutes.
do this for a continuous 90
seconds because of traffic If the testing facility determines the
conditions, drive for at least 30 readiness codes are still not set, see
seconds, then repeat it two more your dealer.
times (for a total of 90 seconds).
389
2009 Civic Coupe

390
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Warranty and Customer Relations
Customer Service Information..... 392

Warranty Coverages ..................... 393
Reporting Safety Defects
(U.S. Vehicles) ........................... 394
Authorized Manuals ...................... 395

391
2009 Civic Coupe


Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are Canadian Owners: When you call or write, please give
trained professionals. They should Customer Relations us this information:
be able to answer all your questions. Honda Canada Inc.
If you encounter a problem that your 715 Milner Avenue Vehicle identification number (see
dealership does not solve to your Toronto, ON page 374 )
satisfaction, please discuss it with M1B 2K8
the dealerships management. The Name and address of the dealer
service manager or general manager Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9 who services your vehicle
can help. Almost all problems are Fax: Toll-free 1-877-939-0909
solved in this way. Toronto (416) 287-4776 Date of purchase
If you are dissatisfied with the In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Mileage on your vehicle
decision made by the dealerships Islands:
management, contact Honda Bella International Your name, address, and
Customer Service. P.O. Box 190816 telephone number
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
U.S. Owners: A detailed description of the
American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Tel: (787) 620-7546 problem
Automobile Customer Service
Mail Stop 500-2N-7A Name of the dealer who sold the
1919 Torrance Boulevard vehicle to you
Torrance, California 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 999-1009
392
2009 Civic Coupe


Warranty Coverages
U.S. Owners Seat Belt Limited Warranty a seat Replacement Battery Limited
Your new vehicle is covered by these belt that fails to function properly is Warranty provides prorated
warranties: covered by a limited warranty. coverage for a replacement battery
Please read your warranty booklet purchased from your dealer.
New Vehicle Limited Warranty for details.

covers your new vehicle, except for Replacement Muffler Lifetime
the battery, emissions control Rust Perforation Limited Warranty Limited Warranty provides
systems, and accessories against all exterior body panels are coverage for as long as the pur-
defects in materials and covered for rust-through from the chaser of the muffler owns the
workmanship. inside for the specified time period vehicle.
with no mileage limit.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Restrictions and exclusions apply to
Warranty and Emissions Accessory Limited Warranty all these warranties. Please read the
Performance Warranty these two Honda accessories are covered 2009 Honda warranty information
warranties cover your vehicles under this warranty. Time and booklet that came with your vehicle
emissions control systems. Time, mileage limits depend on the type of for precise information on warranty
mileage, and coverage are accessory and other factors. Please coverages. Your vehicles original
conditional. Please read your read your warranty booklet for tires are covered by their
warranty booklet for exact details. manufacturer. Tire warranty
information. information is in a separate booklet.
Replacement Parts Limited
Original Equipment Battery Limited Warranty covers all Honda Canadian Owners
Warranty this warranty gives up replacement parts against defects in Please refer to the 2009 warranty
to 100% credit toward a replacement materials and workmanship. manual that came with your vehicle.
battery.
393
2009 Civic Coupe


Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Vehicles)
If you believe that your vehicle has a If NHTSA receives similar com- To contact NHTSA, you may call the
defect which could cause a crash or plaints, it may open an investigation, Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
could cause injury or death, you and if it finds that a safety defect 1-888-327-4236
should immediately inform the exists in a group of vehicles, it may (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
National Highway Traffic Safety order a recall and remedy campaign. http://www.saf ercar.gov; or write to:
Administration (NHTSA) in addition However, NHTSA cannot become Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New
to notifying American Honda Motor involved in individual problems Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC
Co., Inc. between you, your dealer, or 20590.
American Honda Motor Co., Inc. You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from http://www.saf ercar.gov.
394
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Authorized Manuals
Purchasing Factory Authorized Manuals (U.S. only) Service Manual:

The publications shown below can be purchased from Helm Covers maintenance and recommended procedures for
Incorporated. You can order by phone or online: repair to engine and chassis components. It is written
Call Helm Inc. at 1-800-782-4356 (credit card orders only) for the journeyman mechanic, but it is simple enough
Go online at www. helminc. com for most mechanically inclined owners to understand.
If you are interested in other years or models, contact Helm Inc.
at 1-800-782-4356. Electrical Troubleshooting Manual:
Complements the Service Manual by providing in-depth
Publication Form Description troubleshooting information for each electrical circuit
Form Number in your vehicle.
61SNA08 2009 Honda Civic 2/4 door Service Manual
61SNA08EL 2006-2009 Honda Civic 2/4 door Body Repair Manual:
Authorized Manuals
Electrical Troubleshooting Manual Describes the procedures involved in the replacement
61SNA30 2006-2009 Model Series Honda Civic 2/4 door of damaged body parts.
Body Repair Manual
31SVA630 2009 Honda Civic 2-door Owners Manual
31SNA820 2009 Honda Civic Navigation System Manual
31SNAM30 2009 Honda Civic Honda Service History
31SVAQ30 2009 Honda Civic 2-door Quick Start Guide
HON-R Order Form for Previous Years
Indicate Year and Model Desired
395
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
396
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Index
A Automatic Transmission............... 286 Fluid ............................................ 322

Capacity, Fluid ........................... 377 Parking ........................................ 107
AAC ......................................... 151, 206 Checking Fluid Level ................ 320 System Design ........................... 291
Accessories and Modifications .... 273 Shifting ........................................ 286 System Indicator .................. 58, 363
ACCESSORY (Ignition Key Shift Lever Position Wear Indicators ......................... 291
Position) ........................................ 79 Indicators ................................ 286 Braking System.............................. 291
Accessory Power Sockets............. 110 Shift Lever Positions ................. 287 Break-in, New Vehicle .................. 264
Active Head Restraints ................... 98 Shift Lock Release ..................... 289 Brightness Control, Instruments ... 74
Adding Engine Coolant ................. 316 Bulb Replacement
Additives, Engine Oil..................... 313 B Back-up Lights ........................... 328
Airbag (SRS) ................................ 9, 21 Brake Lights............................... 328
Airbag System Components ........... 21 Battery Fog Lights .................................. 329
Air Conditioning System ............... 116 Charging System Front Parking Lights ................. 327
Usage .......................................... 119 Indicator............................ 57, 361 Front Side Marker Lights......... 327
Air Pressure, Tires ........ 335, 337, 378 Jump Starting ............................. 357 Headlights .................................. 324
Antifreeze ....................................... 316 Maintenance ............................... 345 High-mount Brake Light .......... 331
Anti-lock Brakes (ABS) Specifications ............................. 378 Rear Lights ................................. 328
Indicator ................................ 59, 292 Before Driving ............................... 263 Specifications ............................. 377
Operation .................................... 292 Belts, Seat ..................................... 8, 18 Turn Signal Lights ..................... 327
Anti-theft, Audio System............... 221 Beverage Holders .......................... 109 Bulbs, Halogen ............................... 324
Anti-theft Steering Column Bluetooth HandsFreeLink ........ 227
Lock ............................................... 79 Booster Seats ................................... 47 C
Audio System ................................. 121 Brakes
INDEX
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ...... 82 Anti-lock System (ABS) ............ 292 Capacities Chart............................. 377
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners .... 19 Break-in, New Linings .............. 264
Automatic Speed Control.............. 224 Bulb Replacement ..................... 328 CONTINUED
I
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Index
Carbon Monoxide Hazard .............. 50 Small Children.............................. 38 Crankcase Emissions Control

Carrying Cargo .............................. 275 Tether ........................................... 45 System......................................... 385
CAUTION, Explanation of .............. iii Warning Labels ............................ 51 Cruise Control Indicator ................. 62
CD Care .......................................... 216 Where Should a Child Sit? .......... 33 Cruise Control Operation ............. 224
CD Changer ........................... 137, 178 Child Seats Cup Holders.................................... 109
CD Changer Error Messages ...... 139 Installing ....................................... 40 Customer Service Information..... 329
CD Player ............................... 132, 170 LATCH.......................................... 41
Ceiling Light ................................... 113 Selecting ....................................... 39 D
Certification Label ......................... 374 Tether Anchorage Points ........... 45
Chains ............................................. 343 Cleaning DANGER, Explanation of ................ iii
Changing a Flat Tire ..................... 351 Seat Belts .................................... 331 Dashboard .................................... 3, 54
Changing Oil Clock ............................................... 222 Daytime Running Lights................. 73
How to ......................................... 314 Clutch Fluid .................................... 323 Daytime Running Lights
When to....................................... 303 CO in the Exhaust ......................... 385 Indicator ........................................ 63
Charging System Indicator .... 57, 361 Coat Hook ....................................... 110 Dead Battery .................................. 357
Check Fuel Cap Message ............... 68 Cold Weather, Starting in ............. 282 Defects, Reporting Safety............. 394
Checklist, Before Driving ............. 281 Compact Spare Tire....................... 350 Defogger, Rear Window ................. 75
Child Safety ...................................... 32 Console Compartment .................. 109 Defrosting the Windows ............... 120
Booster Seats ............................... 47 Consumer Information.................. 392 Dimensions ..................................... 376
Child Seats .................................... 39 Controls, Instruments and .............. 53 Dimming the Headlights ................ 72
Important Safety Coolant Dipstick
Reminders .......................... 32, 35 Adding ......................................... 316 Automatic Transmission........... 320
Infants ........................................... 37 Checking ..................................... 269 Engine Oil ................................... 267
Large Children ............................. 46 Proper Solution .......................... 316 Directional Signals ........................... 72
LATCH.......................................... 41 Temperature Gauge .................... 68 Disc Brake Wear Indicators ......... 291
Risks with Airbags....................... 33 Disc Care ........................................ 216
II
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Index
Disc Player ............................. 132, 170 Charging System Indicator ...... 361 Speed Limiter ..................... 285, 288
Display Change Button ................... 66 Checking the Fuses................... 364 Starting........................................ 282
Disposal of Used Oil ...................... 316 Hazard Warning Flashers .......... 75 Ethanol in Gasoline ....................... 265
Doors Jump Starting ............................. 357 Evaporative Emissions Controls .. 385
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking.. 82 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ...... 361 Exhaust Fumes ................................ 50
Locking and Unlocking ............... 80 Malfunction Indicator Lamp .... 362 Expectant Mothers, Use of Seat
Power Door Locks ....................... 81 Overheated Engine ................... 359 Belts by ......................................... 16
DOT Tire Quality Grading ......... 379 Towing ........................................ 370
Downshifting, Manual Emergency Brake .......................... 107 F
Transmission .............................. 283 Emergency Flashers ....................... 75
Driver and Passenger Safety ............ 5 Emergency Towing ....................... 370 Fan Control..................................... 117
Driving ............................................ 279 Emergency Trunk Opener ............. 92 Features .......................................... 115
Economy ..................................... 270 Emissions Controls........................ 385 Filling the Fuel Tank ..................... 265
Dust and Pollen Filter ................... 333 Emissions Testing ......................... 388 Filters
Engine Dust and Pollen .......................... 333
E Adding Engine Coolant ............. 316 Oil ................................................ 314
Coolant Temperature Gauge ..... 68 Flashers, Hazard Warning.............. 75
Economy, Fuel ............................... 270 If It Wont Start .......................... 355 Flat Tire, Changing a .................... 351
Electric Power Steering (EPS) Malfunction Indicator Floor Mats ...................................... 332
Indicator ........................................ 60 Lamp ................................. 57, 362
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Oil Life Indicator........................ 303
System......................................... 294 Oil Pressure Indicator ......... 57, 361
Emergencies................................... 349 Oil, Synthetic .............................. 313
INDEX
Battery, Jump Starting .............. 357 Oil, What Kind to Use ............... 312
Brake System Indicator ............ 363 Overheating................................ 359
Changing a Flat Tire ................. 351 Specifications ............................. 376 CONTINUED
III
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Index
Fluids Fuse Locations ............................... 368 H

Automatic Transmission........... 320 Fuses, Checking the ...................... 364
Brake ........................................... 322 Halogen Headlight Bulbs.............. 324
Clutch .......................................... 323 G HandsFreeLink ............................ 227
Manual Transmission ............... 321 Hazard Warning Flashers............... 75
Power Steering........................... 323 Gas Mileage, Improving................ 270 Headlights
Windshield Washer ................... 319 Gasoline .......................................... 264 Aiming ......................................... 324
Fog Lights......................................... 73 Gauge ............................................ 68 Daytime Running Lights............. 73
FM Stereo Radio Low Fuel Indicator ...................... 64 High Beam Indicator ................... 63
Reception .................................... 214 Octane Requirement ................. 264 Lights On Indicator ..................... 63
Folding Rear Seat ............................ 99 Tank, Refueling ......................... 265 Reminder Chime .......................... 72
Four-way Flashers ........................... 75 Gas Station Procedures................. 265 Replacing Halogen Bulbs ......... 324
Front Airbags ............................... 9, 23 Gauges Turning on .................................... 72
Front Seat Engine Coolant Temperature .... 68 Head Restraints ............................... 96
Adjusting ....................................... 93 Fuel ................................................ 68 Heated Mirrors .............................. 107
Airbags ...................................... 9, 23 Gearshift Lever Positions Heaters, Seat .................................. 101
Fuel .................................................. 264 Automatic Transmission........... 286 Heating and Cooling ...................... 116
Check Fuel Cap Message ........... 68 Manual Transmission ............... 284 High Altitude, Starting at .............. 282
Economy ..................................... 270 Glove Box ....................................... 109 High Beam ........................................ 72
Fill Door and Cap....................... 265 Gross Axle Weight Rating High-mount Brake Light............... 331
Gauge ............................................ 68 (GAWR) ...................................... 277 Hood, Opening and Closing the ... 266
Low Fuel Indicator ...................... 64 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Horn............................................... 4, 70
Octane Requirement ................. 264 (GVWR) ...................................... 277 Hydraulic Clutch ............................ 323
Oxygenated ................................ 265
Tank, Refueling ......................... 265
Fuel Economy ................................ 270
IV
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Index
I Maintenance Minder........... 60, 303 Using LATCH .............................. 41

Malfunction Indicator Lamp .... 362 Instrument Panel ......................... 3, 54
Identification Number, Vehicle.... 374 REV Limit ..................................... 61 Instrument Panel Brightness ......... 74
Ignition Security System ........................... 64 Instrument and Controls................. 53
Keys............................................... 77 Seat Belt ........................................ 57 Interior Lights ................................ 113
Switch ............................................ 79 Side Airbag Off ............................ 58 Introduction ......................................... i
Timing Control System ............. 386 SRS ................................................ 58 iPod ........................................ 140, 193
Immobilizer System......................... 78 TPMS .................................... 61, 297
Important Safety Precautions .......... 6 Trunk Open .................................. 63 J
Indicators Turn Signal and Hazard
ABS (Anti-Lock Brake)............... 59 Warning .................................... 59 Jacking up the Vehicle .................. 352
Brake (Parking and Brake VSA Activation ............................. 62 Jack, Tire ........................................ 351
System) ............................. 58, 363 VSA System .................................. 62 Jump Starting ................................. 357
Charging System ................. 57, 361 Washer Level ............................... 63
Cruise Control .............................. 62 Indicators, Instrument K
Door Open .................................... 63 Panel ........................................ 55, 57
DRL (Daytime Running Infant Restraint ................................ 37 Keys ................................................... 77
Lights)....................................... 63 Infant Seats
EPS (Electric Power Steering) .. 60 Installing ....................................... 40 L
Fog Light ...................................... 63 Tether Anchor Points ................. 45
High Beam .................................... 63 Inflation, Proper Tire .................... 335 Label, Certification ........................ 374
Key (Immobilizer System) ......... 59 Information Display ......................... 65 Lane Change, Signaling .................. 72
Lights On ...................................... 63 Inside Mirror .................................. 106 Lap/Shoulder Belts ................... 14, 19
INDEX
Low Fuel ....................................... 64 Inspection, Tire .............................. 338 LATCH System ................................ 41
Low Oil Pressure ................. 57, 361 Installing a Child Seat ..................... 40
Low Tire Pressure ............... 61, 296 Tether Anchorage Points ........... 45 CONTINUED
V
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Index
Lights Owners Maintenance Odometer .......................................... 66

Bulb Replacement ..................... 324 Checks .................................... 308 Odometer, Trip ................................ 66
Indicators ................................ 55, 57 Safety........................................... 302 Oil
Parking .......................................... 72 Malfunction Indicator Lamp .. 57, 362 Change, How to ......................... 314
Turn Signal ................................... 72 Manual Transmission.................... 283 Change, When to ....................... 303
Load Limits..................................... 276 Checking Fluid Level ................ 321 Checking Engine ....................... 267
LOCK (Ignition Key Position) ....... 79 Shifting ........................................ 283 Pressure Indicator ............... 57, 361
Locks Manual Transmission Fluid ......... 321 Selecting Proper Viscosity
Anti-theft Steering Column ........ 79 Mats, Floor ..................................... 332 Chart ....................................... 313
Fuel Fill Door ............................. 265 Meters, Gauges ................................ 65 ON (Ignition Key Position) ............ 79
Power Door .................................. 81 Mirrors, Adjusting ......................... 106 Onboard Refueling Vapor
Trunk ............................................ 91 Modifying Your Vehicle................ 274 Recovery ..................................... 385
Low Coolant Level ......................... 269 Moonroof ........................................ 104 Outside Mirrors ............................. 106
Low Fuel Indicator .......................... 64 MP3 ................. 133, 151, 171, 181, 205 Outside Temperature ...................... 67
Low Oil Pressure Indicator .... 57, 361 Overheating, Engine ..................... 359
Lower Anchors................................. 41 N Owners Maintenance Checks ..... 308
Lower Gear, Downshifting to a.... 283 Oxygenated Fuels.......................... 265
Lubricant Specifications Chart .... 377 Neutral Gear Position.................... 287
Luggage, Storing (Cargo) ............ 275 New Vehicle Break-in ................... 264 P
Normal Shift Speeds...................... 284
M NOTICE, Explanation of .................... i Panel Brightness Control ............... 74
Numbers, Identification ................ 374 Park Gear Position......................... 287
Maintenance ................................... 301 Parking ............................................ 290
Items ................................... 306, 309 O Parking Brake ................................ 107
Minder......................................... 303 Parking Brake and Brake
Minder Indicator .................. 60, 303 Octane Requirement, Gasoline .... 264 System Indicator .................. 58, 363
VI
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Index
Parking Lights ......................... 72, 328 Using LATCH .............................. 41 Fuses ........................................... 364
Parking Over Things that Light Bulbs ................................. 324
Burn..................................... 290, 387 R Maintenance Minder ................. 303
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ..... 29 Spark Plugs................................. 376
PC Card ........................................... 180 Radiator Overheating .................... 359 Tires and Wheels ....................... 342
PC Card Error Messages.............. 192 Radio/Disc Sound System ............ 122 Wiper Blades .............................. 333
PGM-FI System.............................. 386 Radio/Disc/PC Card/USB Sound Replacing Seat Belts After a
Pollen Filter .................................... 333 System......................................... 157 Crash ............................................. 20
Power Door Locks ........................... 81 Recommended Tire Pressures .... 337 Reporting Safety Defects ........... 394
Power Socket Locations ....... 108, 110 Radio Theft Protection.................. 221 Reserve Tank, Engine
Power Steering Fluid ..................... 323 Readiness Codes .................... 362, 388 Coolant ................................ 269, 316
Power Windows ............................. 102 Rear Lights, Bulb Restraint, Child ................................ 32
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts .......... 16 Replacement ............................... 328 Reverse Gear Position................... 287
Preparing to Drive ......................... 281 Rear Seat Access ............................. 94 Reverse Lockout ............................ 285
Protecting Adults and Teens.......... 11 Rear Seat, Folding ........................... 99 Rotation, Tire ................................. 340
Additional Safety Precautions .... 16 Rearview Mirror ............................ 106
Advice for Pregnant Women...... 16 Rear Window Defogger .................. 75 S
Protecting Children ......................... 32 Reclining the Seat-backs ................. 93
General Guideline ........................ 32 Recommended Shift Speeds ........ 284 Safety Belts................................... 8, 18
Installing a Child Seat ................. 40 Refueling ......................................... 265 Safety Defects, Reporting .......... 394
Protecting Infants ........................ 37 Reminder Indicators.................. 55, 57 Safety Features .................................. 7
Protecting Larger Children ........ 46 Remote Audio Controls................. 219 Airbags ............................................ 9
Protecting Small Children .......... 38 Remote Transmitter ........................ 87 Seat Belts ........................................ 8
INDEX
Selecting a Child Seat.................. 39 Replacement Information Safety Labels, Location of .............. 51
Using Child Seats with Dust and Pollen Filter ............... 333
Tethers...................................... 45 Engine Oil and Filter ................. 314 CONTINUED
VII
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Index
Safety Messages ............................... iii Setting the Clock ........................... 222 How the Passenger Airbag
Satellite Radio ........................ 127, 161 Shift Lever Position Indicators .... 286 Off Indicator Works ................ 29
Seat Belts ...................................... 8, 18 Shift Lock Release ......................... 289 How the Side Airbag Off
Additional Information ................ 18 Side Airbags ................................. 9, 26 Indicator Works ....................... 29
Automatic Seat Belt Off Indicator ........................... 29, 58 How the SRS Indicator Works ... 28
Tensioners ................................ 19 Side Curtain Airbags ................... 9, 28 How Your Front Airbags
Cleaning ...................................... 331 Side Marker Lights, Bulb Work.......................................... 23
Lap/Shoulder Belt ................. 14, 19 Replacement ............................... 328 How Your Side Airbags Work.... 26
Maintenance ................................. 20 Signaling Turns ................................ 72 How Your Side Curtain Airbags
Reminder Indicator and Snow Chains ................................... 343 Work.......................................... 28
Beeper ................................. 18, 57 Snow Tires ...................................... 343 SRS Indicator.............................. 28, 58
System Components.................... 18 Sockets, Accessory Power ............ 110 START (Ignition Key Position) ..... 79
Use During Pregnancy................ 16 Sound System ................................. 121 Starting the Engine........................ 282
Wearing a Lap/Shoulder Spare Tire In Cold Weather at High
Belt ...................................... 14, 19 Inflating ....................................... 350 Altitude ................................... 282
Seating Capacities.......................... 376 Specifications ............................. 378 With a Dead Battery ................. 357
Seats .................................................. 93 Spark Plugs ..................................... 376 Steam Coming from Engine ......... 359
Adjusting ....................................... 93 Specifications ................................. 376 Steering Wheel
Folding .......................................... 99 Speed Control ................................. 224 Adjustments ................................. 76
Heaters........................................ 101 Speed Limiter ......................... 285, 288 Anti-theft Column Lock .............. 79
Security System ............................. 223 Spotlights ........................................ 113 Steering Wheel
Selecting a Child Seat ...................... 39 SRS, Additional Information........... 21 Buttons ....................... 219, 224, 229
Serial Number ................................ 374 Additional Safety Precautions .... 31 Stereo Sound System .................... 121
Service Intervals ............................ 303 Airbag Service .............................. 30 Storing Your Vehicle ..................... 347
Service Manual ............................ 395 Airbag System Components ....... 21
Service Station Procedures .......... 265
VIII
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Index
Supplemental Restraint Tire Pressure Monitoring Emergency Wrecker ................. 370

System................................... 9, 21 System (TPMS) ......................... 296 Transmission
Servicing ....................................... 30 Tires ................................................ 335 Checking Fluid Level,
SRS Indicator.......................... 28, 58 Air Pressure ....................... 335, 337 Automatic ............................... 320
System Components.................... 21 Chains ......................................... 343 Checking Fluid Level,
SVC (Speed-sensitive Volume Checking Wear .......................... 338 Manual .................................... 321
Compensation) ................... 126, 168 Compact Spare ........................... 350 Fluid Selection ................... 320, 321
Synthetic Oil ................................... 313 DOT Tire Quality Grading ....... 379 Identification Number............... 375
Inflation ....................................... 335 Shifting the Automatic .............. 286
T Inspection ................................... 338 Shifting the Manual ................... 283
Labeling ...................................... 381 Treadwear .................................... 379
Taking Care of the Unexpected .. 349 Low Tire Pressure Treadwear Indicators .................... 338
Technical Descriptions Indicator............................ 61, 296 Trip Meter ........................................ 66
DOT Tire Quality Grading ..... 379 Maintenance ............................... 339 Trunk................................................. 91
Emissions Control Systems ...... 385 Replacing .................................... 341 Emergency Opener ..................... 92
Three Way Catalytic Rotating....................................... 340 Opening......................................... 91
Converter........................ 386, 387 Service Life ................................. 338 Open Indicator ............................. 63
Temperature Gauge ........................ 68 Snow ............................................ 343 Turn Signals ..................................... 72
Tether Anchor Points...................... 45 Specifications ............................. 348
Theft Protection, Radio................. 221 Summer Tires .................... 337, 342 U
Three Way Catalytic TPMS .......................................... 296
Converter ............................ 386, 387 Wear ............................................ 340 Unexpected, Taking Care
Time, Setting the ........................... 222 Wheels ........................................ 344 of the ........................................... 349
INDEX
Tire Chains ..................................... 343 Tools, Tire Changing .................... 351 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ... 379
Tire, How to Change a Flat .......... 351 Towing
A Trailer ...................................... 299 CONTINUED
IX
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Index
Unleaded Gasoline......................... 264 Warning Labels, Location of .......... 51 X

USB Adapter Warranty Coverages ..................... 393
Cable ................... 142, 152, 195, 206 Washer, Windshield XM Radio .............................. 127, 161
USB Flash Memory Device.. 149, 203 Checking the Fluid Level ......... 319

Used Oil, How to Dispose of ........ 316 Indicator ........................................ 63 : U.S. only
Operation ...................................... 71
V Wheels
Adjusting the Steering ................ 76
Vanity Mirror ................................. 111 Alignment and Balance ............. 339
Vehicle Capacity Load .................. 276 Compact Spare ........................... 350
Vehicle Dimensions....................... 376 Replacing .................................... 341
Vehicle Identification Number..... 374 Wrench, Nut ............................... 352
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ) Windows
System..................................... 294 Auto Reverse .............................. 103
VSA Activation Indicator .... 62, 294 Operating the Power ................. 102
VSA Off Switch .......................... 295 Rear, Defogger ............................ 75
VSA System Indicator ......... 62, 294 Windshield
Vehicle Storage .............................. 347 Cleaning ........................................ 71
Ventilation ...................................... 118 Defroster .................................... 120
VIN .................................................. 374 Washers ........................................ 71
Viscosity, Oil................................... 313 Wipers, Windshield
Changing Blades ........................ 333
W Operation ...................................... 71
WMA ............... 133, 151, 171, 182, 206
WARNING, Explanation of ............. iii Worn Tires ..................................... 338
Warning Button, Hazard ................. 75 Wrecker, Emergency Towing ...... 370
X
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Service Information Summary
Gasoline: Automatic Transmission Fluid: Brake Fluid:

DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L: Honda Genuine ATF-Z1 Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane (Automatic Transmission Fluid) DOT 3 preferred, or a DOT 3 or
number of 87 or higher. (see page 320 ). DOT 4 brake fluid as a temporary
Si: replacement (see page 322 ).
Premium unleaded gasoline, Manual Transmission Fluid:
pump octane number of 91 or Honda Manual Transmission Tire Pressure (measured cold):
higher. Fluid preferred, or an SAE 10W-30 DX, Canadian DX-G
or 10W-40 motor oil as a Front/Rear:
Fuel Tank Capacity: temporary replacement (see page 32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 kgf/cm )
13.2 US gal (50 ) 321 ). LX, EX, EX-L
Front/Rear:
Recommended Engine Oil: Capacity (including differential): 32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 kgf/cm )
DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L: DX, Canadian DX-G, LX, EX, EX-L: Si
API Premium grade 5W-20 1.5 US qt (1.4 ) Front/Rear:
detergent oil (see page 313 ). Si: 32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 kgf/cm )
1.6 US qt (1.5 )
Oil change capacity (including Spare Tire:
filter): Power Steering Fluid: 60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )
3.9 US qt (3.7 ) All models except Si and
Si: Canadian DX-G (M/T):
API Premium grade 5W-30 Honda Power Steering Fluid
detergent oil (see page 313 ). preferred, or another brand of
Oil change capacity (including power steering fluid as a
filter): temporary replacement. Do not
4.6 US qt (4.4 ) use ATF (see page 323 ).
2009 Civic Coupe

Main Menu
Owners Identification
OWNER This owners manual should be considered

a permanent part of the vehicle and should
remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owners manual covers all models of

ADDRESS the Civic 2-door. You may find descriptions
STREET of equipment and features that are not on
your particular model.
The information and specifications included

CITY STATE/PROVINCE ZIP CODE/ in this publication were in effect at the time
POSTAL CODE of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co.,
V. I. N. Ltd. reserves the right, however, to
discontinue or change specifications or
design at any time without notice and
DELIVERY DATE without incurring any obligation whatsoever.
(Date sold to original retail purchaser)
DEALER NAME DEALER NO. POUR CLIENTS CANADIEN

AVIS IMPORTANT: Si vous avez
besoin dun Manuel du Conducteur
ADDRESS en franais, veuillez demander
STREET votre concessionnaire de
commander le numro de pice
33SVAC30
CITY STATE/PROVINCE ZIP CODE/
POSTAL CODE
OWNERS SIGNATURE
DEALERS SIGNATURE
2009 Civic Coupe

Honda Civic Sedan 2009 - Usuario - Eng

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Honda Civic Sedan 2009 - Usuario - Eng

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Main Menu

Maintaining your vehicle according to the maintenance minder shown in the

California Proposition 65 Warning

Event Data Recorders

Service Diagnostic Recorders

Owner's Identification Form

Service Information Summary ( fluid capacities and tire pressures)

Contents Before Driving Warranty and Customer

Features Technical Information

INSTRUMENT PANEL HAZARD WARNING MOONROOF SWITCH (P.104)

Your Vehicle at a Glance

DRIVERS FRONT AIRBAG

HEADLIGHTS/FOG LIGHTS3/ WINDSHIELD WIPERS/WASHERS

Driver and Passenger Safety

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Your vehicle is equipped with many

Driver and Passenger Safety

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Seat Belts Help keep you from being thrown

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Driver and Passenger Safety

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Airbags can pose hazards. To do

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Driver and Passenger Safety

Main Menu Table Of Contents

If you sit too close to the steering 3.Adjust the Seat-Backs

Main Menu Table Of Contents

4.Adjust the Head Restraints

Reclining the seat-back too far Improperly positioning head

Driver and Passenger Safety

Reclining a seat-back so that the

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Make sure all seat belts are

If necessary, pull up on the belt again

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Driver and Passenger Safety

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Driver and Passenger Safety

Do not attach or place objects on

Do not attach hard objects on or

Main Menu Table Of Contents

When no one is sitting in the front

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Driver and Passenger Safety

To deactivate the lockable retractor,

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Airbag System Components

(8) (12) (8) (9) (17) (2) (13) (17)

Driver and Passenger Safety

(1) Drivers Airbag (1) (4)

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Automatic front seat belt

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Driver and Passenger Safety

Emergency backup power in case This can happen if the severity of a

Main Menu Table Of Contents

After a crash, you may see what Dual-Threshold Airbags

Main Menu Table Of Contents

Driver and Passenger Safety